Docuprint cm305 DF SERVICE M

DocuPrint CM305 df
Service Manual 1st Edition

DocuPrint CM305 df
Service Manual 1st Edition Issued: January 2011
• This service manual covers the following models • Revision and Modification Information
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Color Laser Printer When design changes or revisions relating to
DocuPrint CM305 df this service manual occur, the overseas
technical information or overseas service
• Related Materials bulletin may be issued as supplementary
No other related materials issued other than this information until such changes are
service manual. accomodated in the updated version of this
• Confidentiality service manual.
• This service manual is issued intending use by
maintenance service personnel authorized by CAUTION Important changes including
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Copying, transferring or revisions of spare part
leasing this manual without prior consent by numbers and adjustment
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited. specifications must
• When a page becomes irrelavant (e.g. immediately be reflected on
superceded by a replacement page), destroy the respective pages of this
the page by burning or shredding it. service manual upon
• Handle with care to avoid loss or damage of reception of such
the manual. information.
Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CS/TS

MinatoMirai Center Bldg. 7F
3-6-1 Minatomirai Nishi-ku, Yokohama, Kanagawa 220-0012, JAPAN
TEL: 045-414-5725
[XEROX] [The Document Company] are registered trademarks.
PRINTED IN JAPAN
Company Name
Department Name
Telephone No.
Full Name Employee No.

Preface
Getting to know the Service Manual
How to use the Service Manual
Terms and Symbols
Abbreviations
Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
Chapter 4 Disassembly / Assembly and Adjustments
Chapter 5 Parts List
Chapter 6 General
Chapter 7 Wiring Data
Chapter 8 Accessories (Not yet issued)
Chapter 9 Installation
Chapter 10 Machine Overview

Preface
Preface
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1 Getting to know the Service Manual .............................................................. Preface-1

2 How to use the Service Manual ..................................................................... Preface-1
2.1 Contents of Manual ......................................................................................................Preface-1
2.2 Information on Updating ...............................................................................................Preface-2
3 Terms and Symbols ....................................................................................... Preface-3
4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................. Preface-4
Introduction
1. Getting to know the Service Manual
1. Getting to know the Service Manual

This manual is used as the standard service manual for the DocuPrint CM305 df.
• Publication Comment Sheet

Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding the DocuPrint CM305 df service manual into
the Publication Comment Sheet, and send it to FX/TS/OSG through the OpCo TS or CS
department.
2. How to use the Service Manual

This manual describes the standard procedures for the servicing of the DocuPrint CM305 df. Refer
to Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure for efficient and effective servicing during maintenance calls.
2.1 Contents of Manual

• Hardware
This manual summarizes all technical information on the DocuPrint CM305 df.
• Chapters
This manual is divided into ten chapters as described below.

This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for the maintenance of the
DocuPrint CM305 df.
This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality
troubleshooting of the DocuPrint CM305 df. It also describes how to use the diagnostics and
some programs.

This chapter describes the image quality troubleshooting procedures of DocuPrint CM305 df.

This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement procedures
for components of the DocuPrint CM305 df.

This chapter contains spare parts list for DocuPrint CM305 df.
Chapter 6 General
This chapter contains the following general information on DocuPrint CM305 df.
6.1 Specification
6.2 Tools / Service Consumables / Consumables / Modification
6.3 Service Data
6.4 Service Mode
Preface-1
Introduction
2. How to use the Service Manual

This chapter describes the wiring data of DocuPrint CM305 df.
7.1 Plug / Jack Location List
7.2 Wire Network (Undescribed)
7.3 BSD (Undescribed)
7.4 Connection Wiring Diagram
7.5 Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts
Chapter 9 Installation
This chapter contains the Installation procedure of the DocuPrint CM305 df.
9.1 Installation
9.2 Removal (Undescribed)

This chapter gives an overview of the functions of the main components of DocuPrint CM305
df.
2.2 Information on Updating

This manual will be revised and sent to each customer engineer as specified below. Revisions must
be incorporated correctly to keep the manual up-to-date.
Updating Procedure
• When the entire manual is revised, "1st Edition" on the front cover will be renewed to 1st Edition,
2nd Edition, 3rd Edition and so on.
• When this manual is partially revised, revisions will be sequentially indicated as Revision A,
Revision B, Revision C, etc. All revised pages will be marked accordingly with "Revision A",
"Revision B", "Revision C" and so on.
Revision Sidebar
When any paragraph, table or figure has been added or amended, a revision sidebar will be
added to indicate where the revision was made.
(Example)
If the same page is changed again due to a subsequent revision, revision sidebars associated
with the previous revision(s) will be deleted.
Preface-2
Introduction
3. Terms and Symbols
3. Terms and Symbols

Specific terms and symbols used in any particular chapter are described in the Preface for that
section. The terms and symbols described here are used throughout this manual.
• The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are defined as follows:
DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious
injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding
the statement.
WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious

injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding
the statement.
CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property

damage if operators do not handle the machine correctly by
disregarding the statement.
INSTRUCTION Indicates that the printer or its components may be damaged if the instructed
procedure is not strictly observed.
NOTE Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation.
REFERENCE Used to describe the technical terminology and supplementary explanations.
OBJECTIVE Used to explain purpose of adjustment.

• REP : Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.
• ADJ : Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.
• PL : Indicates the parts list for reference.
• ASSY : Means Assembly.
Safety Critical Components (SCC)

Control of the safety of components that are designated Safety Critical Components shall conform to
Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd-stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be
replaced. It must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly
prohibited because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
Important Information Stored Component (ISC)

Important Information Stored Components store customers’ important information they have entered
after machine installation. When replacing Important Information Stored Components, you must
replace and discard them, following the procedure described in Chapter 4 Adjustments. Take care
never to let customer information leak out.
Preface-3
Introduction
4. Abbreviations
4. Abbreviations
Abbreviations
This manual contains abbreviations that are specific to this manual, as well as general
abbreviations, which include:
ADC Automatic Density Control MAG Mag. Roll
AG Analog Ground MCU Machine Control Unit
APS Auto Paper Select MOB Marks On Belt
ARC Auto Registration Control MOT Motor
ASSY Assembly MSI Multi Sheet Inserter
ATS Auto Tray Switching N/P No Paper
B Black NVM Non Volatile Memory
BCR Bias Charge Roll OEM Original Equipment
Bk Black Manufacuring
BLK Black OHP Overhead Project
BLU Blue OP Operation
BRN Brown OPC Organic Photo Conductor
BTR Bias Transfer Roll ORN ORANGE
C Cyan PC Personal Computer
CLN Cleaner PCDC Pixel Count Dispense Control
CRU Customer Replaceable Unit PH Paper Handling
CRUM CRU Monitor PHD Printer Head
CTRG Cartridge PNK Pink
DET Detoner Roll POP Paper On Photoreceptor
DEVE. Developer PPM Prints Per Minute
DIAG. Diagnostic PR,P/R Process
DISP Dispense PV Print Volume
dpi dots per inch PWB(A) Printed Wiring Boad
DTS Detack Saw (Assembly)
DUP Duplex R Right
ESB Electro Static Brush R Rear
ESS Electric Subsystem R/H Right Hand
F Front REF Refresher
FEED, FDR Feeder REGI. Registration
FIP Fault Isolation Procedure RH Right Hand
GND Ground ROS Raster Output Scanner
GRN Green ROT Rotary
GRY Gray RTC Rubber Tube Charger
HT Half Tone RTN Return
HUM Humidity SEF Short Edge Feed
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply SG Signal Ground
ICDC Image Count Dispense Control SMH Special Material Handler
ID Image Density, or Identification SNR Sensor
IBT Intermediate Belt Transfer SOL. Solenoid
INTL, INLK Interlock SOS Start Of Scan
IOT Image Output Terminal STM Single Tray Module
K Black SW Switch
L Left TEMP. Temperature
L/H Left Hand TM Tray Module
LD Laser diode TNER, TNR Toner
LDD Lightly Doped Drain TP Thermopile
LED Light-emitting diode TR Transfer
LEF Long Edge Feed VIO Violet
LH Left Hand WHT White
LV Low Voltage XERO Xerographic
LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply Y Yellow
M Magenta YEL Yellow
Preface-4
Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure CONTENTS
1.1 Before Starting the Servicing ....................................................................................1-1

1.1.1 Safety ..................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1.2 Notes on the Handling of Customer Information .................................................................... 1-3
1.1.3 Other Things to Note .............................................................................................................. 1-4
1.2 Servicing Call Procedure ..........................................................................................1-5
1.3 Detailed Contents of the Service Call .......................................................................1-6
1.3.1 TRIM Servicing Procedure ..................................................................................................... 1-6
1.3.2 TRIM Check List ..................................................................................................................... 1-7
1.4 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts.........................................1-9
1.1 Before Starting the Servicing
1.1.1 Safety
To prevent any accident that may occur during maintenance servicing, any WARNING or CAUTION
regarding the servicing must be strictly observed. Do not perform any hazardous operation.
1. Power Supply
To prevent electrical shocks, burns, or injury, etc., be sure to switch OFF the machine and
disconnect the plug before starting the maintenance servicing. If the machine has to be switched
ON, such as when measuring the voltage, take extra care to prevent an electrical shock.
2. Drive Area
Never inspect or lubricate the drive area such as the gears during the machine operation.
3. Heavy Parts
The weight of the machine is 29.6kg. When moving the machine to ensure sufficient working
space, take extra care to prevent back pain.
4. Safety Device
See that safety devices for preventing mechanical accidents, such as fuses, circuit breakers,
interlock switches, etc., and those for protecting customers from injury, such as panels and
covers, function properly. Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly
prohibited.
5. Installing and removing the parts

The edge of parts and covers may be sharp, take care not to touch them. If the oil gets onto your
hand, wipe it off before getting on with the servicing. When removing parts or cables, do not pull
them out by force but remove them slowly.
6. Specified Tools
Follow the instruction when a tool is specified.
7. Organic Solvents
When using an organic solvent such as the Drum Cleaner or Machine Cleaner, pay attention to
the following:
• Ensure good ventilation in the room to prevent too much intake of the solvent.
• Do not use heated solvent.
• Keep away from fire.
• Wash your hands throughly after use.
8. Cleaning the Toner and Developer

As the toner may cause a dust explosion, sweep the spilt toner into a waste container. When
using a cleaner to clean the remaining toner, be sure to use the FX standard toner-proof cleaner
and not a customer's cleaner. Also, as the developer also contains toner, exercise the same
caution during cleaning.
9. Modifications
If any modifications are deemed necessary for the printer, submit an Application for Approval of
Modification prior to performing any work.
1-1
10.Lithium battery
Lithium battery is used in the following component.
• PWBA ESS AIO (PL8.1.2)
CAUTION If not replaced properly , the battery can explode. Dispose of the old
battery according to the instructions.
11. Other Safety Precautions

For safety, you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above 1 to 10 items.
Follow the SAFE WORKING PRACTICES FOR ENGINEERS issued by FXAP EH & S
(Environmental Health and Safety) to ensure greater safety during servicing,
1-2
1.1.2 Notes on the Handling of Customer Information

1. Handling electronic customer information such as copy/print/received Fax samples (paper
information) and log files (activity report, etc.).
When taking samples back to your base for the purpose of investigation/analysis, obtain consent
from the customer without fail. Besides, be sure to tell him/her the samples will be used only for
the primary purpose.
If asked by the customer to submit an application for taking samples out, use ”FX Security Code:
separate document 15 ’Administration Table for Giving and Receiving Confidential/Personal
Information (IS-019)’” or obtain consent in writing as directed by the customer.
2. Handling PWB and HDD storing customer information

Take great care in handling PWB/HDD. Fax speed dial numbers and URLs the customer has
entered in the machine are important customer information, which is stored in PWB/HDD in the
machine.
1) At the time of replacement, be sure to transfer customer information onto the new PWB/HDD
and clear the information from the old one before discarding it, in order never to let the
information leak out. (Detailed in the prefaces to chapters 4 and 5.)
2) If the replacement of PWB/HDD proves that it is not the cause of a specific problem, be sure
to reinstall it in the machine. (If having installed/removed PWB/HDD temporarily for
diagnostics, clear information in Diag.)
3) If/When it is impossible to clear information electrically from HDD, shred the HDD (at a
charge) as requested by the customer.
3. Rewritten-in-maintenance NVMs involving security concerns

If having conducted a test by rewriting an NVM, such as polling, which involves security
concerns, be sure to return the NVM to the former value after the work. (E.g.: For the details of
polling, see FTO 2-202 common to all the models.)
4. If/When maintenance work requires that our device be connected to the customer’s network, be
sure to obtain permission of the customer’s information system administrator through the person
in charge (or of the person in charge), in order to do so.
5. Other notes on the handling of customer information

You need to take many other precautions besides the above items 1 to 4 in handling customer
information. Do the work, following rules and regulations on safety stipulated by your OpCo and
taking great care not to let information leak out.
1-3
1.1.3 Other Things to Note

Pay attention to the following when performing maintenance service to avoid wrong or redundant
servicing:
1. Reference Materials
Before performing maintenance servicing, read all relevant technical materials such as SB, FTI,
or FTO for a systematic approach.
2. Disassembling
Make sure to check the assembled condition before removing parts or disassembling the
machine.
3. Installation/Adjustment
After the installation or adjustment is complete, check that no parts or tools are left inside or on
the assemblies before using the machine.
4. Handling of parts/consumables replaced

Make sure that the replaced parts or consumables as well as the packaging materials are
collected back to the Service Center.
NOTE For the separation and processing methods for the collected items, refer to the
Common Technical Information No. 2-138 for all machines.
If you have replaced the following consumables, affix the "U" sticker for the recyclable parts to be
handled appropriately.
• Drum Cartridge
• Individual Color Toner Cartridge
For recyclable parts, fill the necessary items in the "U-TAG" and perform collection.
5. General precautions
• Take care not to disturb the customer's daily work.
• Place the drip cloth or paper on the customer's floor during work in the machine because
color toners may dirty the floor and are difficult to clean.
• Throw any trash generated during the maintenance service into the trash bag and bring them
to the servicing office.
• Record the service details and the consumables and parts replaced at visit in the Machine
Service Log.
DocuPrint CM305 df weighs 29.6kg.

Always have 2 or more people available to move the printer.
Refer to the Installation Procedures for details.
1-4
1.2 Servicing Call Procedure
1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition.

2. Record the billing meter readings.
Initial Actions
3. Inspect any printing error, then check the machine.
4. Check the Service Log.
1. Troubleshoot.
2. Check the print quality using the test patterns on the machine.
3. Feed paper from the respective trays and, if necessary, clean or replace the
UM Call
Feed Roll.
4. Repair all the secondary problems.
5. Perform TRIM servicing.
1. Check the print quality using the test patterns on the machine.
2. Feed paper from the respective trays and, if necessary, clean or replace the
SM Call Feed Roll.
3. Repair all the secondary problems.
4. Perform TRIM servicing.
1. Check overall operation/features.
2. Check the machine exterior and consumables.
Final Actions 3. Train the operator as required.
4. Complete the Service Log and Service Report.
5. Keep the print sample with the Service Log.
1-5
1.3 Detailed Contents of the Service Call

TRIM Servicing for DocuPrint CM305 df is performed in all SM/UM to maintain the performance of
the machine. Independent visits for TRIM Servicing does not take place.
1.3.1 TRIM Servicing Procedure

1. Check overall operation before servicing
• Make prints with a test pattern containing 20% color pattern for each color, gradation pattern
and grid pattern.
1. 20% color pattern for each color: Checks for any scratches on the Transfer Assy and Drum,
and for fusing failure.
2. Gradation pattern : Checks for improper low-density reproducibility, color
balance and fusing failure.
3. Grid pattern : Checks for color misalignment and fusing failure.
* Refer to Chapter 6 General 6.4.4.2 (5) Test Print on executing test print.
2. Clean the interior of the machine

• Clean toner residues and paper powder etc. in the paper delivery system.
(Clean especially the operation section of the operator.)
3. Inspect parts that require periodic replacement (consumables) and replace them if necessary.
4. Safety Precautions
• Check the connection of the power plug and any damage on the cord and the plug.
5. Check the overall operation after servicing as follows:

• Check machine operation.
• Check the print quality.
• Check the billing meter reading.
1-6
1.3.2 TRIM Check List

A ------ Perform checking. Clean, replace or supply if necessary.
B ------ Always perform cleaning and checking.
C ------ Always perform replacement service at the specified interval.
* Refer to "Test Print" in 6.4.3.7 Menu Tree and 6.4.4.2 (5) Test Print on how to output test patterns.
Removal/
Everyt
No Servicing Items 100K Replacement Service Details
ime
No.
Check Items before Servicing • Activate the machine and check
1.1 A
(Check the machine operation) that abnormal noise is not heard.
Check Items before Servicing • Output the Built-in Test Pattern
1.2 A
(Output test patterns) to check the print quality.
• Clean any paper dust and toner
residue in the paper path and on
the jam sensor.
Clean the interior of the machine
• Especially, clean the operation
2 (Clean the paper transport system) A C
section of the operator carefully.
Feed Roll/Retard Roll
• Check and clean the Feed Roll/
Retard Roll for every Tray and
SSI.
• Check that Heat Roll/Pressure
3.1 Fusing Unit B C: 50K REP 6.1 Roll are not scratched.
• Replace where necessary.
• Visual check only. Do not touch
3.2 PHD Assy B C: 20K
with hand.
• The platen glass can be cleaned
with a moistened line-free cloth
4 Platen Glass A only. Do not use any kind of
cleaning agent to clean the
glass.
• Make sure that the power plug is
plugged in properly.
• Make sure that the power cords
are not cracked and no wires are
exposed.
• Make sure that no extension
5 Safety Precautions B cord with insufficient length or
power cord outside the
specification, such as an off-the-
shelf power strip, is being used.
• Make sure that a single socket
does not have multiple power
plugs plugged to it.
• Print built-in test patterns to
Check Items after Servicing
6.1 A confirm that the print quality
(Print Quality Check)
satisfies the specification.
Check Items after Servicing • Check the paper feed and
6.2 A
(Check the machine operation) abnormal noise.
• Create the Service Log and
6.3 Post-servicing check (meter) A
Service Report.
1-7
CAUTION Do not touch the Drum/Toner Cartridges with hand.

Do not use solvents such as Drum cleaner. (Long time is required for
recovery.)
1-8
1.4 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts

• Check the total number of copies printed during TRIM Servicing before replacing the machine
consumables.
Machine Consumables
Product Name Country Product Code Expected yield

AP/Korea/Taiwan CT201632 3kPV
Print Cartridge 3K (Black) *1
China CT201636 3kPV
Print Cartridge 3K (Cyan) *1
China CT201637 3kPV
Print Cartridge 3K (Magenta) *1
China CT201638 3kPV
Print Cartridge 3K (Yellow) *1
China CT201639 3kPV
AP/Korea/Taiwan
PHD Unit *1 CT350876 20kPV
China
* Use Conditions
*1 Image Coverage Ratio = 5%
Periodic Replacement Parts
Product Name Product Code Note
Fusing Unit-110V *1 EL300823 50kPV or 5 years
Fusing Unit-220V *1 EL300822 50kPV or 5 years

Feed Roller Unit EL300767 50kPV
ADF Pickup Module 059K 61850 35kScans
ADF Separation Pad 019K 10390 35kScans
*1 Fusing Unit are CRU and can be ordered as product. This items are not registered as spare part.
1-9
Blank Page
1 - 10
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting CONTENTS
2.1 Troubleshooting Overview ..........................................................................................2-1

2.1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.2 Check Installation Status ................................................................................................................. 2-2
2.1.3 Cautions for Service Operations ...................................................................................................... 2-3
2.1.4 Cautions on Using FIP ..................................................................................................................... 2-4
2.1.5 Items To Be Confirmed Before Going To FIP Troubleshooting ....................................................... 2-6
2.2 FIP ............................................................................................................................2-11
2.2.1 FIP ................................................................................................................................................. 2-11
2.2.2 Flow of FIP ..................................................................................................................................... 2-11
2.2.3 Status Code List ............................................................................................................................. 2-12
2.3 Error Code FIP .........................................................................................................2-37
FIP-1.1 004-310: IOT Option Feeder I/F Failure ................................................................................. 2-37
FIP-1.2 005-110 / 005-121 / 005-124: PICKUP Jam / ADF Jam / Virtual Jam .................................... 2-38
FIP-1.3 005-301: ADF Cover Open ..................................................................................................... 2-39
FIP-1.4 010-317: IOT Fusing Unit Detached ....................................................................................... 2-40
FIP-1.5 010-351: IOT Fusing Unit Life Over ....................................................................................... 2-42
FIP-1.6 010-397: IOT Fusing Unit Failure ........................................................................................... 2-43
FIP-1.7 010-421: IOT Fusing Unit Near Life ....................................................................................... 2-45
FIP-1.8 016-500 / 016-501 / 016-502 / 017-979 / 017-980 / 017-986 / 033-502 / 033-520 / 033-521 /
033-522 / 033-523 / 033-524 / 033-525 / 033-526 / 116-210 / 116-315 / 116-317 / 116-323 /
116-324 / 116-326 / 116-327 / 116-328 / 116-343 / 116-350 / 116-364 / 116-390 / 116-396 /
116-987 / 117-315 / 117-331 / 117-344 / 117-362 / 117-363 / 117-365 / 123-314 / 131-398 /
131-399 / 133-259 / 133-260 / 133-261 / 133-269 / 133-271 / 133-272 / 133-273 / 133-274 /
133-276 / 133-277 / 133-281 / 133-282 / 133-283 / 133-286 / 133-287 / 133-288 / 133-289:
ESS Error ............................................................................................................................... 2-46
FIP-1.9 016-503 / 016-504 / 016-505 / 016-506 / 016-507 / 016-764 / 016-786:
Server Setting Error ................................................................................................................ 2-47
FIP-1.10 016-520: Ipsec Certificate Error ............................................................................................. 2-48
FIP-1.11 016-530: LDAP Address Book - Access Error ........................................................................ 2-49
FIP-1.12 016-718: Memory Over flow ................................................................................................... 2-50
FIP-1.13 016-720: PDL Error ................................................................................................................ 2-51
FIP-1.14 016-737 / 016-741 / 016-742 / 016-743 / 016-744 / 016-745: Download Format Error /
Download Protect Error / Download ID Error / Download Range Error /
Download Check Sum Error / Download header Error ........................................................... 2-52
FIP-1.15 016-753 / 016-755: PDF password error / PDF print disabled error ....................................... 2-53
FIP-1.16 016-757: Auditron - Invalid User ............................................................................................. 2-54
FIP-1.17 016-758: Auditron - Disabled Function ................................................................................... 2-55
FIP-1.18 016-759: Auditron - Reached Limit ......................................................................................... 2-56
FIP-1.19 016-791 / 026-720 / 026-721: USB Memory Error ................................................................. 2-57
FIP-1.20 016-799: Job Environment Violation ...................................................................................... 2-58
FIP-1.21 016-930 / 016-931: USB HOST Error ..................................................................................... 2-59
FIP-1.22 016-982: Disc Full .................................................................................................................. 2-60
FIP-1.23 016-985 / 016-986: Mail Size Error / File Size Error ............................................................... 2-61
FIP-1.24 017-970 / 017-975 / 017-976 / 017-977 / 017-978 / 017-987 / 017-989 / 033-503 / 033-513 /
033-788: Out of Memory ......................................................................................................... 2-62

FIP-1.25 017-971 / 017-972 / 017-973 / 017-974 / 033-510 / 033-751 / 033-753 / 033-754 / 033-755 /
033-756 / 033-757 / 033-758 / 033-759 / 033-760 / 033-761 / 033-763 / 033-764 / 033-765 /
033-766 / 033-767 / 033-769 / 033-770 / 033-771 / 033-772 / 033-773 / 033-786 / 033-787 /
035-792 / 133-231 / 133-234 / 133-235 / 133-236 / 133-237 / 133-238 / 133-239 / 133-240 /
133-241 / 133-242 / 133-243 / 133-244 / 133-246 / 133-247 / 133-248 / 133-249 / 133-251 /
133-252 / 133-253 / 133-254 / 133-280: PWBA FAX Error .................................................... 2-63
FIP-1.26 017-988: PC Scan Time Out .................................................................................................. 2-64
FIP-1.27 024-340: IOT Firmware Error ................................................................................................. 2-65
FIP-1.28 024-360: MCU DownLoad Error ............................................................................................. 2-66
FIP-1.29 024-362: IOT Start Image Marking Time-out .......................................................................... 2-67
FIP-1.30 024-371: MCU-ESS Communication Fail ............................................................................... 2-68
FIP-1.31 024-985: Waiting for "Continue" key to be pressed after reloading paper to the SSF ............ 2-69
FIP-1.32 027-446 / 027-452: IPv6 duplicate / IPv4 duplicate ................................................................ 2-70
FIP-1.33 031-521 / 031-522: SMB Loging Error ................................................................................... 2-71
FIP-1.34 031-523 / 031-526 / 031-528: SMB Servrer Error/DNS Error/In SMB scan,
server connection error ........................................................................................................... 2-72
FIP-1.35 031-524: SMB Scan User Overlimit ....................................................................................... 2-73
FIP-1.36 031-525: SMB scan client has no access right (Win9x) ......................................................... 2-74
FIP-1.37 031-529 / 031-530 / 031-531 / 031-532 / 031-533 / 031-534 / 031-535 / 031-536 / 031-541 /
031-546 / 031-547: SMB Error ............................................................................................... 2-75
FIP-1.38 031-576 / 031-579 / 031-581 / 031-584 / 031-587 / 031-594 / 031-598:
FTP File Appended Error ........................................................................................................ 2-76
FIP-1.39 031-578 / 031-580 / 031-582 / 031-585 / 031-588 / 031-595: FTP File Chenged Error ......... 2-77
FIP-1.40 033-501: CODEC Error .......................................................................................................... 2-78
FIP-1.41 033-511: Communication Error .............................................................................................. 2-79
FIP-1.42 033-512 / 034-515 / 034-799 / 035-701 / 035-702 / 035-704 / 035-705 / 035-706 / 035-708 /
035-709 / 035-710 / 035-716 / 035-717 / 035-718 / 035-720 / 035-728 / 035-729 / 035-730 /
035-737 / 035-739 / 035-740 / 035-742 / 133-279 / 133-290: CommunicationJob Failure ..... 2-80
FIP-1.43 033-517: DFAX Password Error ............................................................................................. 2-81
FIP-1.44 033-752: During Call Busy Tone ............................................................................................ 2-82
FIP-1.45 033-762: DM Prevention Function Receive Refuse ............................................................... 2-83
FIP-1.46 033-774 / 033-776: Buffer Over .............................................................................................. 2-84
FIP-1.47 033-775 / 033-777 / 033-779 / 033-784: Buffer Job Failure ................................................... 2-85
FIP-1.48 033-782: NSS/DCS Function disagreement ........................................................................... 2-86
FIP-1.49 033-799: Communication Job Failure .................................................................................... 2-87
FIP-1.50 034-791: Check Line Connection ........................................................................................... 2-88
FIP-1.51 035-779: FAX FWD document change Error ......................................................................... 2-89
FIP-1.52 035-781: Busy Job Failure ..................................................................................................... 2-90
FIP-1.53 035-793: Digital Line Detection .............................................................................................. 2-91
FIP-1.54 041-340: IOT NVRAM Error ................................................................................................... 2-92
FIP-1.55 042-313: IOT Fan Motor Failure ............................................................................................. 2-93
FIP-1.56 042-325: IOT Main Motor Failure ........................................................................................... 2-95
FIP-1.57 042-326: IOT Sub Motor Failure ............................................................................................. 2-96
FIP-1.58 042-372 / 042-373: IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 1/2 ............................................................... 2-97
FIP-1.59 042-700: IOT Over Heat Stop ................................................................................................ 2-99
FIP-1.60 061-370: IOT ROS Failure ................................................................................................... 2-100
FIP-1.61 062-311 / 062-321 / 062-322 / 062-360 / 062-371 / 062-393: IIT Error ................................ 2-101

FIP-1.62 062-320: Scanner Error ........................................................................................................ 2-102
FIP-1.63 062-790: Copy Limit ............................................................................................................. 2-103
FIP-1.64 071-100: IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM ........................................................................................ 2-104
FIP-1.65 072-100: IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM ........................................................................................ 2-109
FIP-1.66 072-101: IOT Feeder 2 JAM ................................................................................................. 2-112
FIP-1.67 072-215: IOT Feeder Configuration Failure ......................................................................... 2-117
FIP-1.68 072-216: Option Feeder Motor Failure ................................................................................. 2-118
FIP-1.69 072-900: IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM ........................................................................... 2-119
FIP-1.70 075-101 / 075-102 / 075-923: IOT SSF Insert JAM / IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM /
Waiting for reseat paper of SSF ........................................................................................... 2-120
FIP-1.71 077-100: IOT Regi On early JAM ......................................................................................... 2-121
FIP-1.72 077-101: IOT Regi OFF Jam ................................................................................................ 2-123
FIP-1.73 077-102 / 077-103 / 077-106: IOT Exit On JAM / IOT Exit On early JAM /
IOT Stop Reservation JAM ................................................................................................... 2-127
FIP-1.74 077-104 / 077-105: IOT Exit Off JAM / IOT Exit Off early JAM ............................................ 2-131
FIP-1.75 077-107 / 077-108: IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM / IOT Duplex JAM ......................................... 2-133
FIP-1.76 077-215: IOT Duplexer Failure ............................................................................................. 2-135
FIP-1.77 077-300: IOT Cover Front Open .......................................................................................... 2-136
FIP-1.78 077-301: IOT Side Cover Open ............................................................................................ 2-138
FIP-1.79 077-900: IOT Exit JAM ......................................................................................................... 2-139
FIP-1.80 077-901: IOT Remain Registration JAM .............................................................................. 2-141
FIP-1.81 077-907: IOT Remain Duplex JAM ...................................................................................... 2-143
FIP-1.82 091-402: IOT PHD Life Pre Warning .................................................................................... 2-144
FIP-1.83 091-912: PHD Tape Staying ................................................................................................ 2-145
FIP-1.84 091-916: IOT PHD CRUM ID Error ...................................................................................... 2-146
FIP-1.85 091-935: IOT PHD Life Over ................................................................................................ 2-147
FIP-1.86 091-941 / 091-942 / 091-943 / 091-944: IOT CRU Waste (YMCK) Full ............................... 2-148
FIP-1.87 091-972: IOT PHD Detached ............................................................................................... 2-149
FIP-1.88 092-310: IOT CTD (ACD) Sensor Error ................................................................................ 2-150
FIP-1.89 092-410 / 092-910: CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness Warning /
IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness ....................................................................................... 2-153
FIP-1.90 092-661: IOT Environment Sensor Error .............................................................................. 2-154
FIP-1.91 093-423 / 093-424 / 093-425 / 093-426: IOT Toner Cartridge Near Life .............................. 2-155
FIP-1.92 093-919 / 093-920 / 093-921 / 093-922: IOT YMCK Toner Low Density ............................. 2-156
FIP-1.93 093-925 / 093-950 / 093-951 / 093-952: IOT Toner (YMCK) CRUM Comm Error ............... 2-159
FIP-1.94 093-926 / 093-960 / 093-961 / 093-962: IOT (YMCK) CRUM ID Error ................................. 2-160
FIP-1.95 093-930 / 093-931 / 093-932 / 093-933: IOT Toner Cartridge Life Over .............................. 2-161
FIP-1.96 093-970 / 093-971 / 093-972 / 093-973: IOT Print Cartridge Detached ............................... 2-162
FIP-1.97 094-422: IOT Belt Unit Near Life .......................................................................................... 2-163
FIP-1.98 094-911: IOT Belt Unit Life Over .......................................................................................... 2-164
FIP-1.99 116-316 / 116-320: ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail / ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error .... 2-165
FIP-1.100 116-355: On Board Network Fatal Error ............................................................................... 2-166
FIP-1.101 116-361 / 116-362 / 116-363 / 116-366 / 116-368 / 116-369:
PCI Bus# (0/1) Error Detected / PCI Bus# (0/1) Host Bridge Controller Error /
PCI Error Messages received from Bus#0-Device# (0/1) ..................................................... 2-167
FIP-1.102 116-721: Collate Full ............................................................................................................ 2-168

FIP-1.103 134-211: Fax Card Modem Error ......................................................................................... 2-169
FIP-1.104 193-700: Custom Toner Mode ............................................................................................. 2-170
2.4 Abnormal Noise Trouble .........................................................................................2-171
2.4.1 Entry Chart for Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting ........................................................................ 2-171
2.4.2 Operation Mode Table ................................................................................................................. 2-172
FIP-1.N1 Noise: When Power is Turned On ........................................................................................ 2-172
FIP-1.N2 Noise: During Standby ......................................................................................................... 2-174
FIP-1.N3 Noise: During Printing (Checking for other items than "power on noise") ............................ 2-175
2.5 Other FIP ................................................................................................................2-178
FIP-Electrical Noise .............................................................................................................................. 2-178
FIP-AC Power ....................................................................................................................................... 2-179
FIP-DC Power ....................................................................................................................................... 2-180
FIP-Multiple Feed .................................................................................................................................. 2-181
FIP-Control Panel Freezes ................................................................................................................... 2-182
FIP-Freezes with "Printing..." during Fax Reception ............................................................................. 2-183
2.1 Troubleshooting Overview

To increase the efficiency of troubleshooting, ensure that preliminary checks should be made to confirm
the trouble status before proceeding to the Fault Isolation Procedure (FIP), Operation of Diagnostic
(Chapter 6), Wiring Data (Chapter 7), and Machine Overview (Chapter 10).
2.1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting

Flow of the troubleshooting is as follows:
Installation status check
Operation of Diagnostic
Trouble status check Machine Overview
Wiring Data
Execute FIP
Reference
information
Trouble recovery check
When a problem can not be settled
Send back printer or parts to

End the factory, check it the engineer.
2-1
2.1.2 Check Installation Status

Be sure to check the following items before starting the troubleshooting procedures
1) The power supply voltage is within the specifications (measure the voltage at the wall outlet).
2) The power cord is free from breakage, short-circuit, open wire, or internal miswiring.
3) The Multi Function Printer is properly grounded.
4) The Multi Function Printer is not installed at a place subjected to high/low temperature, humidity,
and sudden temperature changes.
5) The Multi Function Printer is not installed at or near water facilities, humidifier, heating appliance,
fire, dust, or in airflow from air conditioner.
6) The Multi Function Printer is not installed in a place subjected to volatile or inflammable gas.
7) The Multi Function Printer is not installed under direct sunlight.
8) The Multi Function Printer is installed in a well-ventilated place.
9) The Multi Function Printer is installed on a firm and stable surface.
10) The paper meets the specifications (standard paper is recommended).
11) The Multi Function Printer is handled properly.
12) The high frequency service items are replaced at the recommended print count intervals.
2-2
2.1.3 Cautions for Service Operations

1) Be sure to remove the power cord unless otherwise required.
WARNING While the printer is powered ON, never touch the conductive parts
unless otherwise required.
Never touch the conductive parts of the power switch and inlet of the
LVPS, because they are live even while the printer is powered off.
2) When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock, safety, and power switches
ON, remove the connector (P/J411 and P/J412) on the ROS ASSY unless otherwise required.
WARNING When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock,
safety, and switches ON, laser beams may be irradiated from the ROS
ASSY. For your safety, be sure to remove the connector (P/J411 and P/
J412) unless otherwise required.
3) When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the Multi Function Printer powered
ON, be sure to remove the connector (P/J16) on the PWB MCU unless otherwise required.
WARNING When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the
printer powered ON, be sure to remove the connector (P/J16) on the
MCU. Otherwise, a high voltage may be output from the HVPS.
When connecting the connecter (P/J16) on the MCU according to the
instructions in the FIP, never touch the HVPS and high voltage parts.
4) When outputting a high voltage using the Diag Tool, etc., keep all the covers on unless otherwise
required.
WARNING When outputting a high voltage using the Diag Tool, etc., ensure that:
- The high voltage carrying parts must never be touched.
- The instructions in this manual must be followed.
5) When operating the drive unit using the Diag Tool, etc., keep all the covers on unless otherwise
required.
WARNING When operating the drive unit using the Diag Tool, etc., ensure that:
- The drive unit must never be touched.
- The instructions in this manual must be followed.
6) When touching hot parts, be careful not to get burnt.
7) While working, be sure to wear a wrist band or the like to dissipate static charges from your body.
2-3
2.1.4 Cautions on Using FIP

1) When troubleshooting according to the FIP, have on hand a normal MCU, LVPS, HVPS, FUSING
UNIT, TRANSFER ASSY, etc., for possible fault isolation.
2) In the initial check according to the FIP, check only items which can be simply checked.
3) In the initial check according to the FIP, check the constitutive parts of the major check parts and
related parts, as well as major check parts.
4) When working with the printer, be sure to remove the power cord unless otherwise required.
Never touch live parts if not required, while the power cord is connected.
5) Connector condition is denoted as follows:

[P/J12] -> Connector (P/J12) is connected.
[P12] -> Plug side with the connector (P/J12) removed (except when attached directly to the
board).
[J12] -> Jack side with the connector (P/J12) removed (except when attached directly to the
board).
6) [P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN] in the FIP means measurement with the positive side of the measuring
instrument connected to [2PIN] of [P/J1] and the negative side to [4PIN] of [P/J3].
7) [P/J1<=> P/J2] in the FIP means measurement for all terminals corresponding between [P/J1] and
[P/J2] based on "iring Diagrams"
8) In [P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN] in the FIP where voltage is measured, [P/J3-4PIN] on the rear
negative side is always at the AG (analog ground), SG (signal ground), or RTN (return).
Therefore, after checking of proper conductivity between AGs, SGs, or RTNs respectively, the rear
negative side can be connected to the PIN of AG, SG or RTN instead of [P/J3-4PIN].
However, care should be taken not to confuse [AG], [SG], and [RTN] because they are not on the
same level.
9) When measuring the voltage at small connectors, use the dedicated tool. Handle the tool with care
because its business end is pointed.
10) When measuring the voltage, set the TRANSFER ASSY, toner cartridge and sheet feeder, close
the COVERs and power ON unless otherwise required.
11) Numerical values in the FIP are only for guideline. Approximate values are acceptable.
12) In each step of the FIP, parts removal and other procedures implicitly required for the step are
omitted.
13) In the FIP, "Replacement" means the replacement of the parts that are considered to be the cause
of the trouble. Replacement of those parts means the replacement of the assembly part (HIGH
ASSY) that contain them.
2-4
14) In the FIP, the sheet feeder immediately below the printer main body is called "Tray 1", and the
cassette below it is called "Tray 2".
15) Some of the instructions in the FIP are branched off depending on the specifications. Follow the
applicable instruction.
16) For some optional components, you may have to refer to the manual of the relevant component for
troubleshooting. Have the relevant manual at hand as needed.
2-5
2.1.5 Items To Be Confirmed Before Going To FIP Troubleshooting

Basic Multi Function Printer Problems
Some Multi Function Printer problems can be easy to resolve. If a problem occurs with your printer,
check each the following:
1) If a message is displayed on the LCD of the operator panel, see “2.2.3 Status Code List”.
2) The Multi Function Printer power cable is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical
outlet.
3) The Multi Function Printer power is powered ON.
4) The electrical outlet is not turned off by any switch or breaker.
5) Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working.
6) All options are properly installed.
7) If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the Multi Function Printer, wait
for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This often solves the problem.
Display Problems
1) If the operator panel displays only diamonds or is blank, check and try the action below.
If the problem persists even after checking and executing the items below, execute "FIP- AC
Power" and "FIP DC Power" in "2.5 Other FIP".
a) Turn off the Multi Function Printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on the printer.
b) Self Test Message appears on the operator panel. When the test is completed, “Ready to
Print” is displayed.
2) If menu settings changed from the operator panel have no effect, check and try the actions below.
Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or the printer utilities are overriding the settings
made on the operator panel.
a) Change the menu settings from the printer driver, the printer utilities, or the software program
instead of the operator panel.
b) Disable the settings in the printer driver, the printer utilities, or the software program so you
can change settings on the operator panel.
Printing Problems
1) If a job did not print correct or incorrect characters were printed, check and try the actions below.
a) Make sure “Ready to Print” appears on the operator panel before sending a job to print.
Press Menu to return to “Ready to Print”.
b) Make sure print media is loaded in the Multi Function Printer. Press Menu to return to
“Ready to Print”.
c) Verify that you are using the correct printer driver.
d) Make sure you are using the correct Ethernet or USB cables and it securely connected at the
back of the printer.
e) Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
f) If using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled.
g) Check the printer interface from the “Configure” menu. Determine the host interface you are
using. Print a Panel Setting page to verify that the current interfaces settings are correct.
h) Output fonts will not print correctly using the PCL driver in its default mode. To correct this
problem, use PostScript driver when using the PCL driver.
2-6
2) If secure print is not available or not printing, refer to the requirements below.
a) Minimum 256 MB is required.
b) RAM Disk must be enabled using the operation panel.
c) The number of secure print jobs your printer can store is dependent on the job size including
number of pages, graphics, color attributes, and the amount of memory installed. To increase
this number, add additional memory.
3) If print media misfeeds or multiple feeds occur, check and try the actions below.
a) Make sure the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer. Refer to
Print Media Guidelines of this section.
b) Flex print media before loading it any of the sources.
c) Make sure the print media is loaded correctly.
d) Make sure the width and length guides on the print media sources are adjusted correctly.
e) If the print media are overfilled in sources, reduce the amount of media.
f) Load the recommended print side correctly for the type of print media you are using.
g) Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding improves.
h) Check the print media type loaded in the source, and refill only one type of print media, if
print media types are mixed.
i) Refill a new ream of print media, if some reams are mixed.
j) Remove the top and bottom sheets of a ream before loading the print media.
k) Load a print media source only when it is empty.
4) If envelope misfeeds or multiple feeds occur, check and try the action below.
a) Remove the stack of envelops from the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF).
5) If page breaks in unexpected places, check and try the action below.
a) Check the “Job Timeout” in the Basic Settings menu and increase the setting.
6) If a job prints from the wrong source or on the wrong print media, check and try the action below.
a) Check the “Paper Size” and “Paper Type” in the Tray Settings menu on the printer operator
panel and in the printer driver.
7) If print media does not stack neatly in the output tray, check and try the action below.
a) Turn the print media stack over in the tray or multipurpose feeder.
Print Media Guidelines

Print media refers to paper, labels, envelopes, and coated paper among others. Your printer provides
high-quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer
helps avoid printing troubles. This section describes selecting print media, caring for print media, and
loading the print media in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Paper
For the best print quality in color, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. For the best print
quality in black and white, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. It is recommended that
you perform trial print before purchasing large quantities of print media.
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package, and load the paper
accordingly. See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet
Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the SSF" for detailed loading instructions.
2-7
Paper Characteristics
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. It recommends that you follow
these guidelines when evaluating new paper stock.
Weight
The tray automatically feeds paper weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to 80 lb bond) grain long.
The single sheet feeder automatically feeds paper weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to 80 lb
bond) grain long. Paper lighter than 60 g/m2 (16 lb) may not feed properly, and could cause paper jams.
For best performance, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) grain long paper.
Curl
Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding
problems. Curl usually occurs after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to high
temperatures. Storing paper unwrapped, even in the paper tray, can contribute to paper curling prior to
printing and cause feeding problems regardless of humidity. When printing on curled paper, straighten
the paper and then insert it into the single sheet feeder.
Smoothness
The degree of paper smoothness directly affects the print quality. If the paper is too rough, the toner does
not fuse on to the paper properly, resulting in poor print quality. If the paper is too smooth, it can cause
paper feeding problems. Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print
quality.
Moisture Content
The amount of moisture in the paper affects both the print quality and the ability of the printer to feed
the paper properly. Leave the paper in its original packaging until you are ready to use it. This limits the
exposure of the paper to moisture changes that can degrade its performance.
Grain Direction
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain long, running
the length of the paper, or grain short, running the width of the paper. For 60 g/m2 to 135 g/m2 (16 lb to
36 lb bond) paper, grain long fibers are recommended. For paper heavier than 135 g/m2 (36 lb bond),
grain short is preferred.
Fiber Content
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100% chemically pulped wood. Paper containing
fibers such as cotton may lead to degraded paper handling.
Recommended Paper
To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic paper. Business
paper designed for general business use also provides acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to
withstand high temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions. The laser
printing process heats paper to high temperatures. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine
whether the paper you have chosen is acceptable for laser printers.
It is recommended that you perform trial print before purchasing large quantities of print media. When
choosing any print media, you should consider the weight, fiber content, and color.
Unusable Paper
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer.
1) Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless
papers, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper
2) Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer
3) Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fusing unit
2-8
4) Preprinted papers that require a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than
±0.09 in., such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on
these forms.
5) Coated papers (erasable bond), synthetic papers, thermal papers
6) Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface papers or curled papers
7) Recycled papers containing more than 25% post-consumer waste that do not meet DIN 19 309
8) Multiple-part forms or documents
9) Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the text) when printing on talc
or acid paper.
Selecting Paper
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
To help avoid jams or poor print quality:
1. Always use new, undamaged paper.
2. Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper. This information is
usually indicated on the paper package.
3. Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed.
4. Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may result in a paper jam.
5. Do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
6. Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the tray.
7. Flex the paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level
surface.
Identifying Print Media Sources and Specifications

The following tables provide information on standard and optional print media sources.
Supported Paper Sizes Y: Yes N: No

Single sheet Standard 250- Optional 250-
feeder sheet tray sheet feeder Duplexe
Paper size
r
Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2
A4 (210 x 297 mm) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
B5 (182 x 257 mm) Y Y Y Y Y Y N
A5 (148 x 210 mm) Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Letter (8.5 x 11 in) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Folio (8.5 x 13 in) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Legal (8.5 x 14 in) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in) Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Envelope #10 (4.125 x 9.5 in) Y N Y N N N N
Monarch (3.875 x 7.5 in) Y*2 N Y N N N N
DL(110 x 220mm) Y*2 N Y N N N N
C5 (162 x 229mm) Y N Y N N N N
Custom*1 Y Y Y N N N N
*1: Custom: width: 76.2 mm (3.0 inch) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inch)
length: 127.0 mm (5.0 inch) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inch)
*2: Monarch LEF and DL LEF are not available.
2-9
Supported Paper Types Y: Yes N: No

Single sheet Standard 250- Optional 250-
Duplexer
Paper type feeder sheet tray sheet feeder
Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2
Light Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Plain Normal Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Thick Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Normal Y - Y - N - N -
Covers
Thick Y - Y - N - N -
Normal Y - N - N - N -
Coated
Thick Y - N - N - N -
Normal N - Y - N - N -
Label
Thick N - Y - N - N -
Envelope Y - Y - N - N -
Recycled Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Letterhead Y - Y - Y - Y -
Preprinted Y - Y - Y - Y -
Prepunched Y - Y - Y - Y -
Color Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Paper Type Specifications

Paper type Weight (g/m2) Remarks
Plain 60-90 -
Plain Thick 80/90-105 -
Recycled 60-105 -
Labels - Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.
Covers 106-163 -
Covers Thick 164-216 -
Envelope - -
Coated 106-163 Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.
Coated Thick 164-216 Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.
Letterhead - -
Preprinted 64 -
Prepunched 64 -
Color 64 -
2 - 10
2.2 FIP
2.2.1 FIP
The FIP is the first step for trouble diagnosis. The FIP isolates the presence of various troubles
including error codes, and guides the troubleshooting procedure.
2.2.2 Flow of FIP
N
Ask the operator about trouble status.
Is operator's operating method correct?
Turn off and turn on the Power. Instruct how to operate
Does error still occur when print N

is done by the problem mode? End of work
Refer to "2.2.3 Status Code List."

When status code or LCD
display is displayed:
Refer to "2.3 Error Code FIP."
Refer to "3.2 Entry Chart for Image

Quality Troubleshooting."
When image quality trouble
is occurred:
Refer to "3.5 Image Quality FIP."
Refer to "2.4.1 Entry Chart for

Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting."
When abnormal noise
is occurred:
Refer to "2.4.2 Operation Mode Table."
2 - 11
2.2.3 Status Code List
NOTE Errors that occur when optional components are installed are gray-shaded.
Status Error Message FIP to be

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Reseat Feeder
<IOT Option Feeder I/F Failure>
004 310 Error 004-310 FIP-1.1
The Option Feeder communication failure is detected.
Restart Printer
Jam at ADF
<PICKUP Jam>
110 Open ADF Cover FIP-1.2
The Pick Up Jam occurred.
and Remove Paper
Jam at ADF
<ADF Jam>
121 Open ADF Cover FIP-1.2
The ADF Jam occurred.
and Remove Paper
005 Job Canceled.
Open ADF Cover <Virtual JAM>
124 FIP-1.2
and Remove All The ADF Jam occurred when the job is cancelled.
Paper.
Scanner ADF Cover
<ADF Cover Open>
301 Open. FIP-1.3
The ADF Cover is opened.
Close ADF Cover.
Fuser Error
Error 010-317 <IOT Fusing Unit Detached>
317 FIP-1.4
Reseat Fuser Fusing Unit detached is detected.
Restart Printer
Replace Fuser <IOT Fusing Unit Life Over>
351 Error 010-351 The value of Fusing Unit counter has reached the FIP-1.5
Restart Printer replacement time.
010
Fuser Error
<IOT Fusing Unit Failure>
Error 010-397
397 The operation error of Fusing Unit (Temperature anomaly FIP-1.6
Error Code:xxxxxxxx
error etc.) is detected.
Restart Printer
Ready to Print
<IOT Fusing Unit Near Life>
421 Replace Fuser Soon. FIP-1.7
The Fusing Unit is approaching the replacement time.
Life Almost Over.
Erase Flash Error
<Download Delete Error>
500 Error 016-500 FIP-1.8
Flash memory erase error occurred.
Restart Printer
Write Flash Error
<Download Write Error>
501 Error 016-501 FIP-1.8
Flash memory write error occurred.
Restart Printer
Verify Flash Error
<Download Verify Error>
502 Error 016-502 FIP-1.8
Flash memory verify error occurred.
016 Restart Printer
Email Error
Invalid SMTP Server <SMTP Server Address Resolution Fail for Maillib>
503 FIP-1.9
Error 016-503 SMTP server name resolution for email send failed.
Press Ok Button
Email Error
Invalid POP3 Server <POP Server Address Resolution Fail for Maillib>
504 FIP-1.9
Error 016-504 POP3 server name resolution for email send failed.
Press Ok Button
2 - 12

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Email Login Error
POP3 Login Failed <POP Authentication Fail for Maillib>
505 FIP-1.9
Error 016-505 Cannot login to POP3 server to send email.
Press Ok Button
Email Login Error
<Required user entry item is empty>
506 Error 016-506 FIP-1.9
Some item is not set.
Press Ok Button
Email Login Error
SMTP Login Failed <SMTP Authentication Fail for Maillib>
507 FIP-1.9
Error 016-507 Cannot login to SMTP server to send email.
Press Ok Button
Certificate Fail
Error 016-520 <Ipsec Certificate Error>
520 FIP-1.10
Contact Administer Ipsec Certificate Error.
Restart Printer
Certificate Error
<LDAP Address Book - Access Error>
530 Error 016-530 FIP-1.11
LDAP Address Book Other Access Errors.
Restart Printer
Out of Memory
<Memory Over flow>
Job too Large
718 The current printing job process cannot be continued FIP-1.12
Error 016-718
because the memory capacity is exceeded.
Press Ok Button
PDL Error
<PDL Error>
720 Error 016-720 FIP-1.13
The print data cannot be processed by PDL.
Press Ok Button
Format Error
016 <Download Format Error>
737 Error 016-737 FIP-1.14
Download file format is invalid.
Press Ok Button
Protection Error <Download Protect Error>
741 Error 016-741 Performed FW download although FW update is FIP-1.14
Press Ok Button prohibited by panel settings.
Invalid ID
<Download ID Error>
742 Error 016-742 FIP-1.14
Download file ID is invalid.
Press Ok Button
Range Check Error <Download Range Error>
743 Error 016-743 At download, write-in destination address is invalid.Range FIP-1.14
Press Ok Button check error.
Check Sum Error
<Download Check Sum Error>
744 Error 016-744 FIP-1.14
Download file checksum is invalid.
Press Ok Button
Header Error
<Download header Error>
745 Error 016-745 FIP-1.14
Download file header is invalid.
Press Ok Button
Wrong Password
<PDF password error>
753 Error 016-753 FIP-1.15
PDF password error.
Press Ok Button
PDF Print Disabled
<PDF print disabled error>
755 Error 016-755 FIP-1.15
PDF print is not allowed.
Press Ok Button
Invalid User <Auditron - Invalid User>
757 Error 016-757 An error occurred because the user's account settings did FIP-1.16
Press Ok Button not match those of the Administrator.
2 - 13

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Disabled Function <Auditron - Disabled Function>
758 Error 016-758 An error occurred because a user authorized only for FIP-1.17
Press Ok Button B&W print attempted to execute color printing.
Limit Exceeded <Auditron - Reached Limit>
759 Error 016-759 An attempt was made to print more copies than the print FIP-1.18
Press Ok Button count limit.
Network Scan Error
SMTP Connection <SMTP Server Connection Error>
764 Failed Error occurs when connecting to FIP-1.9
Error 016-764 SMTP server.
Press Ok Button
Network Scan Error
Email Server Full <SMTP Server HD Full> Check the
765
Error 016-765 Capacity of SMTP server is not enough. server side.
Press Ok Button
SMTP Server Error
<SMTP Server File System Error> Check the
766 Error 016-766
Error in SMTP server. server side.
Press Ok Button
Invalid Email Check the
Address <Invalid Recipient Email Address> [Address
767
Error 016-767 Recipient email address is incorrect. Book] Email
Press Ok Button Address.
Invalid 'From' Check the
Address <Invalid Sender Address (Login Error)> [E-mail Alert]
768
Error 016-768 Sender email address is incorrect. Reply
Press Ok Button Address.
016 Check the
Network Error
<MPC Firmware Version Mismatch> network
Invalid MPC FW
770 Error occurred when connecting to server during file settings and
Error 016-770
transfer. Scan to Net
Press Ok Button
settings.
Network Scan Error
Communication
<Data Send/Receive Timeout Error>
786 Timeout FIP-1.9
Timeout error occurs in scan data send/receive.
Error 016-786
Press Ok Button
Network Not Ready <F2N Module Starting-up>
Checking the
790 Error 016-790 F2N module task is starting up, or IP address is not
IP address.
Press Ok Button determined.
USB Memory Error
USB Memory was <USB Memory Removal Error (During Read)>
791 removed. USB memory is removed while memory reading job is FIP-1.19
Error 016-791 being executed.
Press Ok Button
<Job Environment Violation>
Invalid Job
Detects violation data for the print condition. The print
799 Error 016-799 FIP-1.20
data specifies paper type/ size not available for the
Press Ok Button
printer.
USB Host Error
Unsupported Device
<USB HOST Error>
930 Error 016-930 FIP-1.21
Devices not supported have been detected.
Remove from USB
Port
2 - 14

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
USB Host Error
Hub is not supported <USB HOST Error>
931 Error 016-931 It has been found that more stages of hubs than FIP-1.21
Remove from USB supported are connected.
Port
This code is given when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
RAM Disk Full
<Disk Full>
Job too Large
016 982 The current printing job process cannot be continued FIP-1.22
Error 016-982
because the RAM disk is full.
Press Ok Button
Email Size Limit
<Mail Size Error>
985 Error 016-985 FIP-1.23
Exceed the max mail size specified on the menu.
Press Ok Button
File Size Limit <File Size Error>
986 Error 016-986 As a result of conversion to the specified format, exceed FIP-1.23
Press Ok Button the max file size specified for each format.
MFP Memory Full
<Out of Memory>
970 Error 017-970 FIP-1.24
AIOC memory run out.
Press Ok Button
MFP Controller Error
<Flash ROM Error>
971 Error 017-971 FIP-1.25
Write error of image data storage Flash ROM.
Press Ok Button
<Flash ROM Error>
972 Error 017-972 FIP-1.25
Erase error of image data storage Flash ROM.
Press Ok Button
<Flash ROM Error>
973 Error 017-973 FIP-1.25
Suspend error of image data storage Flash ROM.
Press Ok Button
<Flash ROM Error>
974 Error 017-974 FIP-1.25
Resume error of image data storage Flash ROM.
Press Ok Button
<File Error>
975 Error 017-975 FIP-1.24
Exceed the maximum number of file handles.
Press Ok Button
017
<File Error>
976 Error 017-976 FIP-1.24
Exceed the maximum number of controlled files.
Press Ok Button
<File Error>
977 Error 017-977 FIP-1.24
Exceed the maximum number of controlled documents.
Press Ok Button
<File Error>
978 Error 017-978 FIP-1.24
Exceed the maximum number of pages in document.
Press Ok Button
<File Error>
979 Error 017-979 FIP-1.8
File multi-open.
Press Ok Button
Report Error
<Report File Open/Close Error>
980 Error 017-980 FIP-1.8
Report job fails to open/close report file.
Press Ok Button
<File Error>
986 Error 017-986 FIP-1.8
Create empty file (0Byte).
Press Ok Button
2 - 15

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
MFP Controller Error <File Error>
987 Error 017-987 Cannot read file because it is bigger than read destination FIP-1.24
Press Ok Button buffer.
Scan Time Out
<PC Scan Time Out>
988 Error 017-988 FIP-1.26
017 Timeout at start of ScanToApplicaion.
Press Ok Button
<File Size Over>
Stop writing because size of file to be written is bigger
989 Error 017-989 FIP-1.24
than read destination buffer (even if file writing is
Press Ok Button
continued, it is impossible to read the file).
MCU Firmware Error
Error 024-340 <IOT Firmware Error>
340 FIP-1.27
Error Code:xxxxxxxx MCU firmware error occurs.
Restart Printer
Download Mode
<MCU DownLoad Error>
360 Error 024-360 FIP-1.28
Download failure of MCU firmware.
Send FW Data
PAGEC Time Error <IOT Start Image Marking Timeout>
024 362 Error 024-362 "Start Image Making" has not been issued within the time FIP-1.29
Restart Printer allowed.
MCU Comm. Error
<MCU-ESS Communication Fail>
371 Error 024-371 FIP-1.30
Communication fail between MCU and ESS.
Restart Printer
<Waiting for "Continue" key to be pressed after reloading
Press Ok Button paper to the SSF>
985 FIP-1.31
to Continue Printer starts printing automatically after a certain period
of time even if the key is not pressed.
Memory Full
USB Memory full <USB Memory Full>
720 FIP-1.19
Error 026-720 USB memory is full.
026 Press Ok Button
File Write Error
<USB Memory Write Error>
721 Error 026-721 FIP-1.19
Writing to USB memory failed.
Press Ok Button
Ready to Print
<IPv6 duplicate>
446 IPv6 Duplicate FIP-1.32
Duplicate IPv6 addresses detected upon startup.
Change IP Address
027
Ready to Print
<IPv4 duplicate>
452 IPv4 Duplicate FIP-1.32
Duplicate IPv4 addresses detected upon startup.
Change IP Address
SMB Login Error
<In SMB scan, login-able workstation is restricted>
521 Error 031-521 FIP-1.33
In SMB scan, login-able workstation is restricted.
Press Ok Button
SMB Login Error <SMB user authentication fail or SMBScanener login fail>
522 Error 031-522 In SMB scan, login access is rejected. Request is not FIP-1.33
Press Ok Button allowed.
031 SMB Error
Invalid Share Name <SMB Server Error>
523 FIP-1.34
Error 031-523 Problem with share name in SMB scan server.
Press Ok Button
SMB Login Error
<SMB Scan User Overlimit>
524 Error 031-524 FIP-1.35
Exceed the upper limit of the number of SMB scan users.
Press Ok Button
2 - 16

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
SMB Error
File Access Error <SMB scan client has no access right (Win9x)>
525 FIP-1.36
Error 031-525 SMB scan client has no access right.
Press Ok Button
DNS Error
Name Resolve Error <DNS Error>
526 FIP-1.34
Error 031-526 SMB server name resolution failed.
Press Ok Button
Set DNS
DNS Error address, or set
Server Address Error <SMB Scan DNS Server Not Set> forwarding
527
Error 031-527 DNS server is not set. destination
Press Ok Button server address
as IP address.
SMB Error
Server Not Found <In SMB scan, server connection error>
528 FIP-1.34
Error 031-528 Cannot find SMB server.
Press Ok Button
SMB Login Error
<Problem with SMB scan login name or password>
529 Error 031-529 FIP-1.37
Invalid password.(Win9x)
Press Ok Button
Scan Error
'Scan to' Folder Not <Problem with storage location of scanned image in SMB
530 Found scan server> FIP-1.37
Error 031-530 Problem with storage location.
031 Press Ok Button
SMB List Error
<Couldn't get file/folder name of SMB scan server>
531 Error 031-531 FIP-1.37
Couldn't get file/folder name of server.
Press Ok Button
SMB Error
File Name Error <Suffix of SMB scan file name/folder name is overlimit>
532 FIP-1.37
Error 031-532 Suffix of file name/folder name is overlimit.
Press Ok Button
SMB Error
Not Able to Make the
<SMB Scan File Creation Fail>
533 File FIP-1.37
Fail to create file.
Error 031-533
Press Ok Button
SMB Error
Not Able to Make the
<SMB Scan Folder Creation Fail>
534 Folder FIP-1.37
Fail to create folder.
Error 031-534
Press Ok Button
SMB Error
File Delete Error <SMB Scan File Deletion Fail>
535 FIP-1.37
Error 031-535 Fail to delete file.
Press Ok Button
SMB Error
Folder Delete Error <SMB Scan Folder Deletion Fail>
536 FIP-1.37
Error 031-536 Fail to delete folder.
Press Ok Button
2 - 17

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
SMB Error
<No free space in storage location on SMB scan data
Disk Full Error Check the
537 server>
Error 031-537 server side.
Storage location has no free space.
Press Ok Button
SMB Error
Ask to the
Server Name Error <Invalid SMB server (NetBIOS) name is specified>
539 system
Error 031-539 Invalid SMB server (NetBIOS) name is specified.
administrator.
Press Ok Button
SMB Login Error Ask to the
<SMB protocol error(4-007)Invalid scan domain name is
540 Error 031-540 system
specified>
Press Ok Button administrator.
SMB Login Error <SMB protocol error (4-008)Invalid scan user name is
541 Error 031-541 specified> FIP-1.37
Press Ok Button Invalid scan user name is specified.
SMB initializing.. Ask to the
<SMB(TCP/IP) is not active>
SMB(TCP/IP) is not active.
<SMB protocol error(4-045)Scan login prohibited time>
Login prohibited time.
SMB Login Error
<SMB protocol error(4-046) Password expired> Change the
544 Error 031-544
Password expired. password.
Press Ok Button
SMB Login Error <SMB protocol error(4-047) Password change is
Change the
545 Error 031-545 required>
password.
031 Press Ok Button Password change is required.
SMB Login Error
<SMB protocol error(4-048)User is invalid>
546 Error 031-546 FIP-1.37
User is invalid.
Press Ok Button
SMB Login Error
<SMB protocol error(4-049)Lockout>
547 Error 031-547 FIP-1.37
User is locked out.
Press Ok Button
<SMB protocol error(4-050)User is expired>
User is expired.
<SMB protocol error(4-051)User is restricted>
User is restricted. Null password is prohibited.
SMB Error
<SMB Scan Append Command Fail> Ask to the
File Append Failed
550 Have no append access right to the file. system
Error 031-550
Server does not support SMB append command. administrator.
Press Ok Button
SMB Error
Rename Command <SMB Scan Rename Command Fail> Ask to the
551 Failed Have no rename access right to the file. system
Error 031-551 Server does not support SMB rename command. administrator.
Press Ok Button
SMB Error <SMB Error>
Ask to the
Duplicate File "Cancel" is selected for processing in the case of file
552 system
Error 031-552 name duplication, and job is cancelled because of file
administrator.
Press Ok Button name duplication.
2 - 18

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
DNS Error Ask to the
Scan Name Resolve system
<FTP Scan Host Name Resolution Fail>
574 Error administrator
DNS library call error.
Error 031-574 and check the
Press Ok Button network setting.
DNS Error
Invalid Server Check the
<FTP Scan DNS Server Not Set>
575 Address network
DNS library call error.
Error 031-575 settings.
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
Server Not Found <Server Connection Error in FTP Scan>
576 FIP-1.38
Error 031-576 Network connection failed.
Press Ok Button
FTP Login Error
<FTP Scan Login Name or Password Error>
578 Error 031-578 FIP-1.39
USER./PASS command failed.
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
'Scan to' Folder Not
<Problem with Location FTP-scanned Image is Saved in>
579 Found FIP-1.38
Fail to move data to RepositoryPath.
Error 031-579
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
NLST Command
<Fail to get file name/folder name of FTP scan server>
580 Error FIP-1.39
NLST command failed.
Error 031-580
Press Ok Button
031
FTP Error
File Name Error <Suffix of FTP scan file name/folder name is overlimit>
581 FIP-1.38
Error 031-581 Same as left.
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
STOR Command
<FTP Scan File Creation Fail>
582 Error FIP-1.39
STOR command failed.
Error 031-582
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
MKD Command
<FTP Scan Folder Creation Fail>
584 Error FIP-1.38
MKD command failed.
Error 031-584
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
DEL Command Error <FTP Scan File Deletion Fail>
585 FIP-1.39
Error 031-585 DEL command failed.
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
RMD Command
<FTP Scan Folder Deletion Fail>
587 Error FIP-1.38
RMD command failed.
Error 031-587
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
Write Error <FTP Scan Server Data Write Fail>
588 FIP-1.39
Error 031-588 Data writing to FTP scan server has failed.
Press Ok Button
2 - 19

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Turning off and
FTP Error <FTP Error> on the printer
Duplicate File "Cancel" is selected for processing in the case of file power. If the
590
Error 031-590 name duplication, and job is cancelled because of file error occurred
Press Ok Button name duplication. again, replace
the printer.
FTP Error
TYPE Command
<FTP Scan TYPE Command Fail (Network Error)>
594 Error FIP-1.38
TYPE command failed.
Error 031-594
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
031 PORT Command
<FTP Scan PORT Command Fail (Network Error)>
595 Error FIP-1.39
PORT command failed.
Error 031-595
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
APPE Command
<FTP Scan Append Command Fail>
598 Error FIP-1.38
APPE command failed.
Error 031-598
Press Ok Button
FTP Error
Ask to the
Rename Error <FTP Scan Rename Command Fail>
599 system
Error 031-599 RNFR command or RNTO command failed.
administrator.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error <CODEC Error>
501 Error 033-501 Cancel Codec processing due to error of read part during FIP-1.40
Press Ok Button manual send.
Fax Error
<File Open Error>
502 Error 033-502 FIP-1.8
The File Open error occurred.
Press Ok Button
MFP Memory Full
<Memory Full>
503 Error 033-503 FIP-1.24
In receive, memory full.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error <CODEC Error>
510 Error 033-510 In JBIG data decode, error in the number of decode line FIP-1.25
Press Ok Button in one stripe.
033 Fax Codec Error
<Communication Error>
511 Error 033-511 FIP-1.41
Result of MH,HR,MMR receive decode is 0 Line.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Modem Parameter Exchange Error>
512 FIP-1.42
Error 033-512 Modem Parameter Exchange Error.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Communication Error>
513 FIP-1.24
Error 033-513 Communication shutdown due to memory full.
Press Ok Button
Incorrect Password <DFAX Password Error>
517 Error 033-517 The password for D-Fax does not match the password for FIP-1.43
Press Ok Button "FAX Function Lock".
2 - 20

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Set the
Fax Country is not
<DFAX Fax Country is not set correctly> [Country] of the
Set
518 When DFAX job is executed, Fax Country code is [FaxSetting] on
Error 033-518
"Unknown". the [Admin
Press Ok Button
Menu] correctly.
Set the [Fax] of
the [Function
Fax Function is <DFAX Fax Function is not available>
Enable] on the
Disabled When DFAX job is executed, Fax function is not Enabled.
519 [secure
Error 033-519 When this error occurs at the same time as 033-518,
Settings] of the
Press Ok Button 033-519 is displayed preferentially.
[Admin Menu]
correctly.
Fax Codec Error
<JBF_ERROR_CALLBACK>
520 Error 033-520 FIP-1.8
Callback function returns error.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<JBF_ERROR_MARKER_ABORT>
521 Error 033-521 FIP-1.8
Detect ABORT marker.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<JBF_ERROR_MARKER_UNKNOWN>
522 Error 033-522 FIP-1.8
Detect invalid marker.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<JBF_ERROR_MARKER_NOT_FOUND>
523 Error 033-523 FIP-1.8
Predetermined marker cannot be found.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<JBF_ERROR_MARKER_BAD_ATMOVE>
524 Error 033-524 FIP-1.8
033 Adaptive template is moved incorrectly.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<JBF_ERROR_MARKER_BAD_NEWLEN>
525 Error 033-525 FIP-1.8
Image height is changed incorrectly.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<JBF_ERROR_BIH>
526 Error 033-526 FIP-1.8
BIH data error.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Over Run>
751 FIP-1.25
Error 033-751 Modem receive data overrun.
Press OK to retry
Target Fax Busy <During Call Busy Tone>
752 Error 033-752 In Tel/Fax mode, detect busy tone while calling external FIP-1.44
Press Ok Button phone.
Fax Communication
Error <CJ Not Detection>
753 FIP-1.25
Error 033-753 The CJ can not be detected.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <V8 Error>
754 FIP-1.25
Error 033-754 The V8 error occurred.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Phase2 Error>
755 FIP-1.25
Error 033-755 The Phase 2 (Line Probing) error occurred.
Press Ok Button
2 - 21

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Fax Communication
<Phase 3 Error>
Error
756 The Phase 3 (Primary Channel Equalizer Training) error FIP-1.25
Error 033-756
occurred.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Primary Channel Synchronization Error>
757 FIP-1.25
Error 033-757 The Primary Channel Synchronization Error occurred.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Control Channel Synchronization Error>
758 FIP-1.25
Error 033-758 The Control Channel Synchronization Error occurred.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Control Channel Retrain Error>
759 FIP-1.25
Error 033-759 The Control Channel Retrain Error occurred.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Control Channel OFF Time Out>
760 FIP-1.25
Error 033-760 The Control Channel OFF Time Out occurred.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Primary Channel OFF Time Out>
761 FIP-1.25
Error 033-761 The Primary Channel OFF Time Out occurred.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
<DM Prevention Function Receive Refuse>
033 Error
762 The incoming data was rejected by the DM prevention FIP-1.45
Error 033-762
function.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Manual Transmission Read Manuscript Not Do>
763 FIP-1.25
Error 033-763 In manual send, cannot make document read on time.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Draw Data Create Not Do>
764 FIP-1.25
Error 033-764 When sending, cannot make image data creation on time.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<File Pointer Error>
765 Error 033-765 FIP-1.25
In encode/decode, Read/Write file pointer error.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<Target File Opening>
766 Error 033-766 FIP-1.25
In decode, encoding target file open.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<MMR MN86064 Decode Error>
767 Error 033-767 FIP-1.25
In MMR decode, MN86064 decode error.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<JBIG NEWLEN Marker Error>
769 Error 033-769 FIP-1.25
NEWLEN marker undetected.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<YD Error>
770 Error 033-770 FIP-1.25
Detect YD error in JBIG data decode.
Press Ok Button
2 - 22

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Fax Codec Error
<Abort Marker Error>
771 Error 033-771 FIP-1.25
Detect abort marker error in JBIG data decode.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<Undefined Marker Error>
772 Error 033-772 FIP-1.25
Detect undefined marker.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<BIH Error>
773 Error 033-773 FIP-1.25
BIH error in JBIG data decode.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<FAX TX Encode Output Buffer Over>
774 Error 033-774 FIP-1.46
In FAX send, JBIG encode output buffer overflow.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<FAX RX Encode Output Buffer Over>
775 Error 033-775 FIP-1.47
In FAX receive, JBIG encode output buffer overflow.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error <SCAN Encode Output Buffer Over>
776 Error 033-776 In FAX scan and D-FAX scan, JBIG encode output buffer FIP-1.46
Press Ok Button overflow.
Fax Codec Error <FAX RX Decode Input Buffer Over>
777 Error 033-777 In FAX receive, when copying from ECM buffer to JBIG FIP-1.47
Press Ok Button decode input buffer, input buffer overflow.
Fax Report Error
<Log File Create Fail>
779 Error 033-779 FIP-1.47
Cannot create log file of communication result.
Press Ok Button
033 Fax Communication
<NSS/DCS Function disagreement>
Error
782 Received NSS/DCS function disagrees with capability of FIP-1.48
Error 033-782
own terminal.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error
<Buffer Job Failure>
784 Error 033-784 FIP-1.47
In FAX receive, JBIG decode output buffer overflow.
Press Ok Button
Fax Codec Error <Codec Error Job Failure>
786 Error 033-786 In JBIG data decode, discrepancy between the number of FIP-1.25
Press Ok Button decode line and the number of BIH line.
MFP Memory Full
<Memory Full Job Failure>
787 Error 033-787 FIP-1.25
Calling table full.
Press Ok Button
Fax Memory Full
<Memory Full Job Failure>
788 Error 033-788 FIP-1.24
Flash full. (for DFAX)
Press Ok Button
To send more
<FAX Send Count Limit> than 75 sheets
Fax Send Error
Reach the upper limit of Fax send accumulation pages. at a time,
795 Last Sheet not Sent
The [033-795] error occurs when the sheet count of a divide the
Press Ok Button
single fax transmission exceeds 75. documents in
blocks.
Fax Codec Error <Communication Job Failure>
799 Error 033-799 In MH,HR,MMR receive, exceed the maximum number of FIP-1.49
Press Ok Button received lines for 1 page.
Fax Communication
<DIS DCS Illegal Command Receive>
Error
034 515 Receive illegal command such as DIS, DCS receive from FIP-1.42
Error 034-515
calling terminal in spite of having no ability to receive.
Press Ok Button
2 - 23

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
No Answer
Check Line
<Check Line Connection>
791 Connection FIP-1.50
The Telephone Line Connection Error.
Error 034-791
034 Press Ok Button
Fax Number Error
<No Dial Data>
799 Error 034-799 FIP-1.42
Auto dial is activated but no dial data exist.
Press Ok Button
Target Fax
is Not Answering <Send T1 Time Out>
701 FIP-1.42
Error 035-701 In send, T1 timeout.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Receive DCN>
702 FIP-1.42
Error 035-702 DCN receive.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Not Send Ability>
704 FIP-1.42
Error 035-704 Remote device has no ability to send.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <DCS/NSS Resend Over>
705 FIP-1.42
Error 035-705 DCS/NSS resend over.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Fall Back Error>
706 FIP-1.42
Error 035-706 Fall back error.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Post Message Resend Over>
035 708 FIP-1.42
Error 035-708 Post message resend over.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <G3 Send RTN/PIN Receive>
709 FIP-1.42
Error 035-709 In G3 send, receive RTN/PIN.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Receive PIN>
710 FIP-1.42
Error 035-710 PIN receive (excl. EOR)
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <T2 Time Out>
716 FIP-1.42
Error 035-716 T2 timeout.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <G3 Receive RTN Send>
717 FIP-1.42
Error 035-717 In G3 receive, send RTN.
Press Ok Button
Target Fax
is Not Answering <Receive T1 Time Out>
718 FIP-1.42
Error 035-718 In receive, TCP timeout.
Press Ok Button
2 - 24

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Fax Communication
Error <Not Receive Ability>
720 FIP-1.42
Error 035-720 Remote device has no ability to receive.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
<G3 EOL Not Receive>
Error
728 In G3 image data receive, cannot receive EOL for 13 FIP-1.42
Error 035-728
sec(default).
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <Career Cut>
729 FIP-1.42
Error 035-729 Career cut.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
<RS Request CS NOT ON>
Error
730 In high-speed training, modem CS does not become ON FIP-1.42
Error 035-730
against RS request.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <CTC/EOR Resend Over>
737 FIP-1.42
Error 035-737 CTC/EOR resend over.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <T5 Time Out>
739 FIP-1.42
Error 035-739 T5 timeout.
035 Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <ECM Send EOR-Q Send>
740 FIP-1.42
Error 035-740 IN ECM send, send EOR-Q.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <ECM Receive EOR-Q Receive>
742 FIP-1.42
Error 035-742 IN ECM receive, receive EOR-Q.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <FAX FWD document change error>
779 FIP-1.51
Error 035-779 FAX forward document change error.
Press Ok Button
Target Fax Busy
<Busy Job Failure>
781 Error 035-781 FIP-1.52
Detect busy tone after dialing.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
Error <JM Not Detection>
792 FIP-1.25
Error 035-792 JM undetected.
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication
<Digital Line Detection>
Error
793 Connected to digital line and cannot connect. (Detect FIP-1.53
Error 035-793
when connecting to line)
Press Ok Button
MCU NVRAM Error
<IOT NVRAM Error>
Error 041-340
041 340 The operation error of NVM (read/write check error etc.) FIP-1.54
Error Code:xxxxxxxx
is detected.
Restart Printer
2 - 25

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Fan Motor Error <IOT Fan Motor Failure>
313 Error 042-313 MCU detects an error upon receiving error signal from the FIP-1.55
Restart Printer Fan.
Motor Error
<IOT Main Motor Failure>
325 Error 042-325 FIP-1.56
Main Motor failure is detected.
Restart Printer
Motor Error
<IOT Sub Motor Failure>
326 Error 042-326 FIP-1.57
Sub Motor failure is detected.
Restart Printer
Solenoid Error <IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 1>
042 B/W Mode The error is generated when K Mode Solenoid (Color
372 FIP-1.58
Error 042-372 Mode Switching Solenoid) does not operate in specified
Restart Printer time.
Solenoid Error <IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 2>
B/W Mode The error is generated when the gear which operates by
373 FIP-1.58
Error 042-373 K Mode Solenoid (Color Mode Switching Solenoid)
Restart Printer rotates two times.
Printer Overheated
Error 042-700 <IOT Over Heat Stop>
700 FIP-1.59
Wait for printer to The temp. Sensor sensed high temperature.
cool down
Laser Error
<IOT ROS Failure>
Error 061-370
061 370 The operation error of ROS (rotational error etc.) is FIP-1.60
Error Code:xxxxxxxx
detected.
Restart Printer
Scanner Error
<IIT Initializing Error>
311 Error 062-311 FIP-1.61
The IIT initializing error occurred.
Restart Printer
Scanner Error
<Scanner Error>
320 Error 062-320 FIP-1.62
The image acquisition error occurred.
Restart Printer
Scanner Error <Unexecutable error>
321 Error 062-321 Unexecutable error.(carriage is at the locked position, FIP-1.61
Restart Printer etc.)
Scanner Error
<Parameter Error>
322 Error 062-322 FIP-1.61
Abnormality of the parameter.
Restart Printer
062 Scanner Sensor
Error <HPSensor Error>
360 FIP-1.61
Error 062-360 Carriage home position error.
Restart Printer
Scanner Lamp Error
<IIT Lamp Error>
371 Error 062-371 FIP-1.61
The IIT Lamp error occurred.
Restart Printer
Scanner Error
<CCD ASIC Error>
393 Error 062-393 FIP-1.61
The CCD ASIC communication error occurred.
Restart Printer
Copier Error
Last Sheet not <Copy Limit>
790 FIP-1.63
Copied Unable to continue due to copy limitation.
Press Ok Button
2 - 26

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Jam at Tray 1
<IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM>
Check Tray 1.
071 100 The Regi Sensor is not turned ON within the specified FIP-1.64
Open/Close Front
time after feeding a paper from Tray 1.
Cover.
This code is given when the Optional 250 Sheet Feeder is installed.
Jam at Tray 2
<IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM>
Check Tray 2
100 The Paper Path Sensor of Tray 2 is not turned ON within FIP-1.65
Open/Close Front
the specified time after feeding a paper from Tray 2.
Cover.
Jam at Tray 2
<IOT Feeder 2 JAM>
Open Tray 2
101 A jam has been detected between the Regi Sensor and FIP-1.66
Open/Close Front
the Paper Sensor of Tray 2.
Cover.
072 This code is given when the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder is installed.
250 Feeder Error
<IOT Feeder Configuration Failure>
215 Error 072-215 FIP-1.67
Option Sheet Feeder Configuration error is detected.
Restart Printer
Motor Error
<Option Feeder Motor Failure>
216 Error 072-216 FIP-1.68
Option Feeder Motor failure is detected.
Restart Printer
Jam at Tray 1 or 2
<IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM>
900 Open Tray 1 or 2 FIP-1.69
The paper remains at the Paper Path Sensor of Tray 2.
Open Front Cover
Jam at Front Cover <IOT SSF Insert JAM>
101 Open Front Cover SSF No Paper Sensor detect when a paper is inserted FIP-1.70
and Remove Paper from SSF.
Jam at Manual Feed
Slot
<IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM>
075 Remove Paper from
102 Though it tried to feed a paper from SSF, the paper was FIP-1.70
Manual Feed Slot.
not loaded or it was pulled out forcibly from SSF.
Open/Close Front
Cover.
Reseat Paper in <Waiting for reseat paper of SSF>
923 FIP-1.70
the Manual Feed Slot Wait for the paper on SSF to be reseated.
Jam at Front Cover <IOT Regi On early JAM>
100 Open Front Cover The paper remains at the paper transfer path between the FIP-1.71
and Remove Paper Tray 1 and the Regi Sensor.
Jam at Front Cover <IOT Regi OFF Jam>
101 Open Front Cover The paper does not pass through the Regi Sensor within FIP-1.72
and Remove Paper the specified time.
Jam at Exit <IOT Exit On JAM>
102 Open Front Cover The paper does not reach the Exit Sensor within the FIP-1.73
and Remove Paper specified time.
077
Jam at Exit <IOT Exit On early JAM>
103 Open Front Cover The paper remains at the paper transfer path between the FIP-1.73
and Remove Paper Exit Sensor and the Regi Sensor
Jam at Exit <IOT Exit Off JAM>
104 Open Front Cover The paper does not pass through the Exit Sensor within FIP-1.74
Jam at Exit <IOT Exit Off early JAM>
105 Open Front Cover The paper passed through the Exit Sensor earlier than FIP-1.74
2 - 27

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Jam at Front Cover <IOT Stop Reservation JAM>
106 Open Front Cover Detect jam when stopped before Fusing Unit in forced FIP-1.73
and Remove Paper stop mode.
Jam at Duplexer <IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM>
Open Front Cover In the duplex printing mode, the lead edge does not reach
107 FIP-1.75
Lift Duplexer the Regi Sensor when the sheet changes the direction in
and Remove Paper the Duplexer after the standby.
Jam at Duplexer <IOT Duplex JAM>
Open Front Cover In the duplex printing mode, the lead edge does not reach
108 FIP-1.75
Lift Duplexer the SSF No Paper Sensor when the sheet changes the
and Remove Paper direction in the Duplexer after the standby.
Duplexer Error
<IOT Duplexer Failure>
215 Error 077-215 FIP-1.76
The error is detected by Duplexer communication check.
Restart Printer
077
Front Cover Open. <IOT Cover Front Open>
300 FIP-1.77
Close Front Cover. The Front Cover is open.
Side Door Open. <IOT Side Cover Open>
301 FIP-1.78
Close Side Door. The Toner Access Cover is open.
Jam at Exit
<IOT Exit JAM>
900 Open Front Cover FIP-1.79
The paper remains at the Exit Sensor.
and Remove Paper
Jam at Front Cover
<IOT Remain Registration JAM>
901 Open Front Cover FIP-1.80
The paper remains at the Regi Sensor.
and Remove Paper
Jam at Duplexer
Open Front Cover <IOT Remain Duplex JAM>
907 FIP-1.81
Lift Duplexer The paper remains at the Duplex area.
and Remove Paper
Ready to Print
Replace Imaging Unit <IOT PHD Life Pre Warning>
402 FIP-1.82
Soon. The PHD Unit is approaching the replacement time.
Life Almost Over.
Imaging Unit Error
Remove Imaging
Unit and <PHD Tape Staying>
912 FIP-1.83
Confirm all Yellow Detect the tape staying on the PHD Unit.
Ribons
are Removed
CRUM Error
Imaging Unit <IOT PHD CRUM ID Error>
916 FIP-1.84
091 Error 091-916 An unsupported PHD Unit is detected.
Restart Printer
Replace <IOT PHD Life Over>
935 FIP-1.85
Imaging Unit The PHD Unit has reached the replacement time.
<IOT CRU Waste (Y) Full>
Waste Full
941 Waste Toner (Y) Counter value has reached replacement FIP-1.86
Yellow Cartridge
time.
<IOT CRU Waste (M) Full>
Waste Full
942 Waste Toner (M) Counter value has reached replacement FIP-1.86
Magenta Cartridge
time.
<IOT CRU Waste (C) Full>
Waste Full
943 Waste Toner (C) Counter value has reached replacement FIP-1.86
Cyan Cartridge
time.
2 - 28

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
<IOT CRU Waste (K) Full>
Waste Full
944 Waste Toner (K) Counter value has reached replacement FIP-1.86
Black Cartridge
091 time.
Insert <IOT PHD Detached>
972 FIP-1.87
Imaging Unit The PHD Unit is not installed in the printer.
CTD Sensor Error
<IOT CTD(ACD) Sensor Error>
Error 092-310
310 CTD(ACD) sensor error (analogto-digital conversion etc.) FIP-1.88
Error Code:xxxxxxxx
is detected.
Restart Printer
Ready to Print <CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness Warning>
410 CTD Sensor The CTD (ADC) Sensor is approaching the Cleaning FIP-1.89
092 Replace Soon time.
Env Sensor Error
<IOT Environment Sensor Error>
Error 092-661
661 The Temperature sensor detected the temperature FIP-1.90
Error Code:xxxxxxxx
anomaly.
Restart Printer
CTD Sensor Error <IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness>
910 FIP-1.89
Restart Printer The CTD (ADC) Sensor has reached the Cleaning time.
<IOT Toner Cartridge (Y) Near Life>
The Toner Cartridge (Y) is approaching the replacement
Ready to Print
time.
Replace Yellow Toner
423 When all the toner cartridges are simultaneously FIP-1.91
Soon.
approaching the replacement time, a warning is indicated
Life Almost Over.
on the LCD panel in the following order: 1)Black 
2)Cyan  3)Magenta  4)Yellow
<IOT Toner Cartridge (M) Near Life>
The Toner Cartridge (M) is approaching the replacement
Ready to Print
time.
Replace Magenta
Toner Soon.
Life Almost Over.
<IOT Toner Cartridge (C) Near Life>
The Toner Cartridge (C) is approaching the replacement
Ready to Print
093 time.
Replace Cyan Toner
Soon.
Life Almost Over.
<IOT Toner Cartridge (K) Near Life>
The Toner Cartridge (K) is approaching the replacement
Ready to Print
time.
Replace Black Toner
Soon.
Life Almost Over.
Low Yellow Density.
Remove Yellow
<IOT Y Toner Low Density>
919 Toner, FIP-1.92
Detects low density of yellow.
Shake Cartridge,
and Reinstall.
2 - 29

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Low Magenta
Density.
Remove Magenta <IOT M Toner Low Density>
920 FIP-1.92
Toner, Detects low density of magenta.
Shake Cartridge,
and Reinstall.
Low Cyan Density.
Remove Cyan Toner, <IOT C Toner Low Density>
921 FIP-1.92
Shake Cartridge, Detects low density of cyan.
and Reinstall.
Low Black Density.
Remove Black Toner, <IOT K Toner Low Density>
922 FIP-1.92
Shake Cartridge, Detects low density of black.
and Reinstall.
Blk - CRUM Error <IOT Black Toner CRUM Comm Fail>
925 Error 093-925 The Black Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure FIP-1.93
Restart Printer is detected.
Invalid Toner <IOT (K) CRUM ID Error>
926 FIP-1.94
Black An unsupported Toner Cartridge (K) is detected.
<IOT Toner Cartridge (Y) Life Over>
The Toner Cartridge (Y) has reached the replacement
time.
Replace
930 When all the toner cartridges have simultaneously FIP-1.95
Yellow Cartridge
reached the replacement time, a warning is indicated on
the LCD panel in the following order: 1)Black  2)Cyan
 3)Magenta  4)Yellow
093 <IOT Toner Cartridge (M) Life Over>
The Toner Cartridge (M) has reached the replacement
time.
Replace
Magenta Cartridge
<IOT Toner Cartridge (C) Life Over>
The Toner Cartridge (C) has reached the replacement
time.
Replace
Cyan Cartridge
reached the eplacement time, a warning is indicated on
<IOT Toner Cartridge (K) Life Over>
The Toner Cartridge (K) has reached the replacement
time.
Replace
Black Cartridge
Y - CRUM Error <IOT Yellow Toner CRUM Comm Fail>
950 Error 093-950 The Yellow Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure FIP-1.93
M - CRUM Error <IOT Magenta Toner CRUM Comm Fail>
951 Error 093-951 The Magenta Toner Cartridge CRUM communication FIP-1.93
Restart Printer failure is detected.
2 - 30

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
C - CRUM Error <IOT Cyan Toner CRUM Comm Fail>
952 Error 093-952 The Cyan Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure FIP-1.93
Invalid Toner <IOT (Y) CRUM ID Error>
960 FIP-1.94
Yellow An unsupported Toner Cartridge (Y) is detected.
Invalid Toner <IOT (M) CRUM ID Error>
961 FIP-1.94
Magenta An unsupported Toner Cartridge (M) is detected.
Invalid Toner <IOT (C) CRUM ID Error>
962 FIP-1.94
Cyan An unsupported Toner Cartridge (C) is detected.
<IOT Toner Cartridge (Y) Detached>
The Toner Cartridge (Y) is not installed in the printer. If no
Insert Yellow
970 toner cartridge has been installed in the printer, a warning FIP-1.96
Toner Cartridge
is indicated on the LCD panel in the following order:
1)Black  2)Cyan  3)Magenta  4)Yellow
093 <IOT Toner Cartridge (M) Detached>
The Toner Cartridge (M) is not installed in the printer. If no
Insert Magenta
Toner Cartridge
<IOT Toner Cartridge (C) Detached>
The Toner Cartridge (C) is not installed in the printer. If no
Insert Cyan
Toner Cartridge
<IOT Toner Cartridge (K) Detached>
The Toner Cartridge (K) is not installed in the printer. If no
Insert Black
Toner Cartridge
Ready to Print
Replace Transfer <IOT Belt Unit Near Life>
422 FIP-1.97
Unit Soon. The Belt Unit has reached the replacement time.
094 Life Almost Over.
Replace <IOT Belt Unit Life Over>
911 FIP-1.98
Transfer Unit The Belt Unit has reached the replacement time.
USB Host Error
<USB Host Error>
210 Error 116-210 FIP-1.8
Fatal error of USB Host driver
Restart Printer
RAM Error <ESS On Board RAM R/W Check Fail>
315 Error 116-315 An error occurred during the onboard FIP-1.8
Restart Printer RAM read/write check at the time of initialization.
This code is given when the Optional 512MB Memory is installed.
RAM Error <ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail>
116 316 Error 116-316 Unsupported additional memory module is detected in the FIP-1.99
Restart Printer memory slot.
Controller Error
<ESS ROM Check (Main) Fail>
317 Error 116-317 FIP-1.8
Checksum error occurred in the main program ROM.
Restart Printer
This code is given when the Optional 512MB Memory is installed.
RAM Error <ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error>
320 Error 116-320 Additional memory module is not completely inserted in FIP-1.99
Restart Printer the slot.
2 - 31

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
NV RAM Error <ESS NVRAM 1 R/W Check Fail>
323 Error 116-323 An error occurred during the master FIP-1.8
Restart Printer NVRAM 1 read/write check at the time of initialization.
Controller Error
<ESS Illegal Exception>
324 Error 116-324 FIP-1.8
The Exception error occurred.
Restart Printer
<ESS NVRAM 2 R/W Check Fail>
NV RAM Error
An error occurred during the slave NVRAM 2 read/write
326 Error 116-326 FIP-1.8
check at the time of initialization.
Restart Printer
(Reserved)
Controller Error
<ESS Instruction Cache Error>
327 Error 116-327 FIP-1.8
The CPU instruction cache error occurred.
Restart Printer
Controller Error
<ESS Data Cache Error>
328 Error 116-328 FIP-1.8
The CPU cache error occurred.
Restart Printer
ASIC Error
<ESS ASIC Fail>
343 Error 116-343 FIP-1.8
The ASIC error occurred.
Restart Printer
Network Error <ESS Network Communication Fail>
350 Error 116-350 A communication error occurred between the On Board FIP-1.8
Restart Printer Network and ESS firmware.
Network Error
<On Board Network Fatal Error>
355 Error 116-355 FIP-1.100
An error occurred during the onboard network check.
Restart Printer
116 PCI Error <PCI Bus#0 Error Detected>
361 Error 116-361 Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port and FIP-1.101
Restart Printer the port of peripheral devices.
PCI Error <PCI Bus#0 Host Bridge Controller Error>
PCI Error <PCI Bus#1 Host Bridge Controller Error>
Clock Error
<Timer Fail>
364 Error 116-364 FIP-1.8
The timer fault is detected.
Restart Printer
PCI Error <PCI Bus#1 Error Detected>
PCI Error <PCI Error Messages received from Bus#0-Device#1>
PCI Error <PCI Error Messages received from Bus#0-Device#0>
<ESS NVRAM 1 SIZE And ID Check Fail>
NV RAM Error Upon turning the power ON, an error occurred during
390 Error 116-390 checks on consistency of the NVRAM size between the FIP-1.8
Restart Printer system-required one and actual one and on consistency
of the recorded IDs.
2 - 32

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Scan Error <Software Bag>
396 Error 116-396 -Fatal Maillib Related Error. FIP-1.8
Restart Printer -Other File2Net Lib Error.
This code is given when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
Memory Full
116 Job too Large <Collate Full>
721 FIP-1.102
Error 116-721 Unable to collate due to insufficient memory.
Press Ok Button
Scan Error
<Software Bag>
987 Error 116-987 FIP-1.8
A fatal error related to the format library.
Restart Printer
MFP EEPROM Error
<EEPROM Driver Error>
315 Error 117-315 FIP-1.8
The EEPROM Driver program error occurred.
Restart Printer
<DSP-related Program Internal Error>
Controller Error In relation to DSP, the following internal error has
331 Error 117-331 occurred. FIP-1.8
Restart Printer EOS function return value error.
EDSP program load fail.
Fax Error
<FLASHFILE Task Error>
344 Error 117-344 FIP-1.8
The FLASHFILE Task error occurred.
117 Restart Printer
MFP EEPROM Error
<EEPROM Sum Check Error>
362 Error 117-362 FIP-1.8
EEPROM sumcheck value error.
Restart Printer
MFP NVM Error
<NVM Sum Check Error>
363 Error 117-363 FIP-1.8
NVM sumcheck value error.
Restart Printer
RTC Low Voltage
<Low Voltage>
Error
365 RTC detected Low Voltage. RTC clock setting and FIP-1.8
Error 117-365
content of SRAM are invalid. Initialize them.
Restart Printer
<Panel Power On Error>
Communication error at panel
Control Panel Error
power on.
123 314 Error 123-314 FIP-1.8
Startup sequence does not start
Restart Printer
from AIOC within 1 minute after
panel power on.
Scan Error
<SMB Error>
398 Error 131-398 FIP-1.8
A fatal error occurred in SMB client.
Restart Printer
131
Scan Error
<FTP Error>
399 Error 131-399 FIP-1.8
A fatal error occurred in FTP client.
Restart Printer
Fax Communication
Error <TFAXCOM Data Receive I/F Error>
231 FIP-1.25
Error 133-231 The data processing interface error on TFAXCOM.
133 Restart Printer
Fax Error
<JBIG Parameter Error>
234 Error 133-234 FIP-1.25
The JBIG parameter setting error occurred.
Restart Printer
2 - 33

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Fax Error
<MHR Parameter Error>
235 Error 133-235 FIP-1.25
The MHR parameter setting error occurred.
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<MHR Encode Error>
236 Error 133-236 FIP-1.25
The cording error at the MHR.
Restart Printer
Fax Codec Error
<MHR Input Buffer Error>
237 Error 133-237 FIP-1.25
The Data error at MHR Input Buffer.
Restart Printer
Fax Codec Error
<MHR Output Buffer Error>
238 Error 133-238 FIP-1.25
The Data error at MHR Output Buffer.
Restart Printer
Fax Error <FAX ECM Buffer Address Error>
239 Error 133-239 The Fax ECM Buffer Read/Write FIP-1.25
Restart Printer Address error occurred.
Fax Error <Resolution Change Error>
240 Error 133-240 The Fax Resolution Conversion error at Sending/ FIP-1.25
Restart Printer Receiving.
Fax Error
<Memory Pool Get Error>
241 Error 133-241 FIP-1.25
The Memory Pool acquisition error occurred. (OS Error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<Memory Pool Release Error>
242 Error 133-242 FIP-1.25
The Memory Pool release error occurred.(OS error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<Message Send Error>
133 243 Error 133-243 FIP-1.25
The Message communication error occurred. (OS error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<Message Receive Error>
244 Error 133-244 FIP-1.25
The message reception error occurred.(OS error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error
246 Error 133-246 FIP-1.25
The Memory Pool acquisition error occurred. (OS error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error
247 Error 133-247 FIP-1.25
The communication error occurred.(OS error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<Memory Pool Release Error>
248 Error 133-248 FIP-1.25
The Memory Pool release error occurred.(OS error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error
249 Error 133-249 FIP-1.25
The message receive error occurred.(OS error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<File Open Error>
251 Error 133-251 FIP-1.25
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<File Close Error>
252 Error 133-252 FIP-1.25
The File Close error occurred.
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<File Erase Error>
253 Error 133-253 FIP-1.25
The File Erasing error occurred.
Restart Printer
2 - 34

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Fax Error
<Memory Full>
254 Error 133-254 FIP-1.25
Cannot secure memory necessary to print.
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<OS Call Error>
259 Error 133-259 FIP-1.8
The OS Call error occurred.
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<File Open Error>
260 Error 133-260 FIP-1.8
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<File Close Error>
261 Error 133-261 FIP-1.8
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<File Close Error>
269 Error 133-269 FIP-1.8
Restart Printer
Fax Error <Memory Pool Get Error>
271 Error 133-271 The Memory Pool acquisition error FIP-1.8
Restart Printer occurred. (OS error)
Fax Error
272 Error 133-272 FIP-1.8
The Message Send error occurred. (OS error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error <Memory Pool Release Error>
273 Error 133-273 The Memory Pool release error FIP-1.8
Restart Printer occurred.
Fax Error
133 274 Error 133-274 FIP-1.8
The Message Receive error occurred.
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<File Open Error>
276 Error 133-276 FIP-1.8
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<File Close Error>
277 Error 133-277 FIP-1.8
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<FAX CODEC I/F Error>
279 Error 133-279 FIP-1.42
The FAX CODEC I/F error occurred.
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<Error Fax Time>
280 Error 133-280 FIP-1.25
The Fax Timer error occurred.
Restart Printer
Fax Report Error
<Power Off Report Create Fail>
281 Error 133-281 FIP-1.8
Failed to Create Power Off report.
Restart Printer
Fax Error
282 Error 133-282 FIP-1.8
The Memory Pool acquisition error occurred. (OS Error)
Restart Printer
Fax Error
283 Error 133-283 FIP-1.8
The Message send error occurred.
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<OS Call Error>
286 Error 133-286 FIP-1.8
The OS call error occurred.
Restart Printer
2 - 35

Status Contents
Code LCD referred
Fax Error
<File Open Error>
287 Error 133-287 FIP-1.8
Restart Printer
Fax Error
<File Close Error>
288 Error 133-288 FIP-1.8
Restart Printer
133
Fax Error
<File Erase Error>
289 Error 133-289 FIP-1.8
The File Erase error occurred.
Restart Printer
Fax Error <Print Decode Error>
290 Error 133-290 A decoding error occurred three times consecutively FIP-1.42
Restart Printer during the decoding of JBIG data.
Fax Error
<Fax Card Modem Error>
134 211 Error 134-211 FIP-1.103
Fax Card parts error (MODEM error).
Restart Printer
Ready to Print <Custom Toner Mode>
193 700 FIP-1.104
Non-Xerox Toner The printer is in custom toner mode.
2 - 36
2.3 Error Code FIP

FIP-1.1 004-310: IOT Option Feeder I/F Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Possible causative parts:
HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20)
PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)
FEEDER ASSY OPT (PL12.1.3)
HARN ASSY TRAY (PL12.3.23)
Reseat the
Checking the Optional Feeder for installation.
1 Go to step 3. Optional Feeder,
Is the Optional Feeder installed correctly?
then go to step 2.
2 Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. End of work.
Reconnect the
Checking the connectors for connection. connector(s)
Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and P/J27, P/J273
3 Go to step 5.
PWBA MCU. and/or P/J419
Are P/J27, P/J273, and P/J419 connected surely? surely, then go to
step 4.
Checking the HARN ASSY TRAY for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect P/J419 from the PWBA FEED H.
5 Go to step 6. HARN ASSY
Disconnect P/J273 from the HARN ASSY OPTION.
TRAY.
Is each cable of P/J419 <=> P/J273 continuous?
Checking the HARN ASSY OPTION for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect P/J27 from the PWBA MCU.
Disconnect P/J273 from the HARN ASSY TRAY.
OPTION.
Checking after replacing the FEEDER ASSY OPT. Replace the PWBA
7 Replace the FEEDER ASSY OPT. (Refer to REP11.1.) MCU. (Refer to End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? REP8.10.)
2 - 37
FIP-1.2 005-110 / 005-121 / 005-124: PICKUP Jam / ADF Jam / Virtual Jam
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA ESS AIO (PL8.1.2)
ADF ASSY (PL10.1.3)
ROLL ASSY FEED & PAD ASSY SEPARATOR (PL10.1.5,
PL10.1.6)
Use the platen
Checking the document
1 Go to step 2. mode or change
Does the document meet the ADF SPEC?
the paper type.
Checking the connector connection
2 Reseat the connector (P/J1003) on the PWBA ESS AIO. Go to step 3. End of work.
Does the error still occur when copying?
Checking the ADF Close the ADF
3 Go to step 4.
Is the ADF closed against platen glass completely? completely.
Checking the paper feeding
4 Go to step 5. Go to step 7.
Does the ADF feed the document?
Checking the document path
Remove the
5 Open the ADF Cover and check the document path. Go to step 6.
foreign substance.
Is there the foreign substance on the document path?
Checking after replacing the KIT ADF ASSY Replace the KIT
6 Replace the KIT ADF ASSY. (Refer to REP9.1.) PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
Does the error still occur when copying? (Refer to REP8.2.)
Replace the ROLL
Checking the ADF Feed Roller installation
Replace the ADF ASSY FEED &
Is the roller installed correctly?
7 ASSY. (Refer to PAD ASSY
Also are they not contaminated or damaged, and rotate
REP9.1.) SEPARATOR.
smoothly?
(Refer to REP9.2.)
2 - 38
FIP-1.3 005-301: ADF Cover Open
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
KIT ADF ASSY (PL10.1.3)
COVER TOP ADF (PL10.1.4)
Checking the ADF Cover. Close the ADF
1 Go to step 2.
Is the ADF Cover completely closed? Cover.
Checking the COVER TOP ADF Replace the
2 Go to step 3.
Are there any damages on the COVER TOP ADF? COVER TOP ADF.
Checking the connector connection
3 Reseat the connector (P/J1003) on the PWBA ESS AIO. Go to step 4. End of work.
Checking after replacing the ADF ASSY Replace the KIT
4 Replace the KIT ADF ASSY. (Refer to REP9.1.) PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
Does the error still occur when copying? (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 39
FIP-1.4 010-317: IOT Fusing Unit Detached
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
FUSING UNIT (PL6.1.1)
HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO (PL6.1.2)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking after resetting the FUSING UNIT.
Reseat the FUSING UNIT.
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has
1 Go to step 2. End of work.
cooled down.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and
ON?
Checking the connectors for connection.
Remove the FUSING UNIT.
cooled down.
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU (P/J17)
and FUSING UNIT (P/J171).
Check the connections between the FUSING UNIT (P/J171)
and PWBA LVPS (P/J47). "Reconnect the
Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS (P/J501 connector(s) P/
and P/J502) and PWBA MCU (P/J14 and P/J15). J17, P/J47, P/
2 Are these connectors connected correctly? Go to step 4. J171, P/J501, P/
J502, P/J14 and/
or P/J15 correctly,
then go to step 3."
ON?
Checking the HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO for
continuity. Replace the
Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. HARNESS ASSY
4 Go to step 5.
Disconnect J47 from the PWBA LVPS. FUSING UNIT MG
Is each cable of J17 and J47 <=> P171 continuous? AIO.
NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame.
2 - 40
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the resistances of Temp. Sensor in the FUSING
UNIT.
cooled down.
Check the resistances across the following pins of the
removed FUSING UNIT. Warning: Start the
J171-5pin <=> J171-4pin operation after the
J171-6pin <=> J171-8pin FUSING UNIT has
J171-6pin <=> J171-7pin cooled down.
Can the resistances be measured? (The resistances are 7 Replace the
5 k-ohm at 180 degrees C). Go to step 6. FUSING UNIT.
(Refer to REP6.1.)
After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
Checking after the PWBA LVPS. Replace the KIT

Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to REP8.9.) PWBA MCU
6 End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and (Refer to
on? REP8.10.)
2 - 41
FIP-1.5 010-351: IOT Fusing Unit Life Over
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Warning: Start the
operation after the
FUSING UNIT has
cooled down.
Replace the
Checking the life counter value of the FUSING UNIT.
1 FUSING UNIT. Go to step 2.
Does the life counter value show the near of the end?
(Refer to REP6.1.)
After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
cooled down.
ON?
Checking after replacing the FUSING UNIT.
Replace the FUSING UNIT. (Refer to REP6.1.)
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has Replace the KIT
cooled down. PWBA MCU.
3 End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and (Refer to
ON? REP8.10.)
NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life
counter value.
2 - 42
FIP-1.6 010-397: IOT Fusing Unit Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.12)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO (PL9.1.3)
ON?
cooled down.
ON?
cooled down.
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU (P/J17)
and FUSING UNIT (P/J171).
Check the connections between the FUSING UNIT (P/J171)
and PWBA LVPS (P/J47). "Reconnect the
Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS (P/J501 connector(s) P/
and P/J502) and PWBA MCU (P/J14 and P/J15). J17, P/J47, P/
3 Are these connectors connected correctly? Go to step 5. J171, P/J501, P/
J502, P/J14 and/
or P/J15 correctly,
then go to step 4."
ON?
5 Go to step 6.
Disconnect J47 from the PWBA LVPS. FUSING UNIT MG
Is each cable of J17 and J47 <=> P171 continuous? AIO.
Checking the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO for
Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
6 Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Go to step 7.
LVPS MAIN MG
Disconnect J501 from the PWBA LVPS.
AIO.
Is each cable of J14 <=> J501 continuous?
2 - 43
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after replacing the FUSING UNIT
cooled down.
ON?
counter value.
Checking after the PWBA LVPS. Replace the KIT
Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to REP8.9.) PWBA MCU
8 End of work.
on? REP8.10.)
2 - 44
FIP-1.7 010-421: IOT Fusing Unit Near Life
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the FUSING UNIT for installation.
Reseat the
Is the FUSING UNIT installed correctly?
1 Go to step 3. FUSING UNIT,
then go step 2.
cooled down.
ON?
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has Replace the KIT
cooled down. PWBA MCU.
3 End of work
ON? REP8.10.)
counter value.
2 - 45
FIP-1.8 016-500 / 016-501 / 016-502 / 017-979 / 017-980 / 017-986 / 033-502 / 033-520 /

033-521 / 033-522 / 033-523 / 033-524 / 033-525 / 033-526 / 116-210 / 116-315 /
116-317 / 116-323 / 116-324 / 116-326 / 116-327 / 116-328 / 116-343 / 116-350 /
116-364 / 116-390 / 116-396 / 116-987 / 117-315 / 117-331 / 117-344 / 117-362 /
117-363 / 117-365 / 123-314 / 131-398 / 131-399 / 133-259 / 133-260 / 133-261 /
133-269 / 133-271 / 133-272 / 133-273 / 133-274 / 133-276 / 133-277 / 133-281 /
133-282 / 133-283 / 133-286 / 133-287 / 133-288 / 133-289: ESS Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the KIT
1 PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
ON?
(Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 46
FIP-1.9 016-503 / 016-504 / 016-505 / 016-506 / 016-507 / 016-764 / 016-786: Server

Setting Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the network connection
1 Check the network connection using the [ping] command. Go to step 6. Go to step 2.
Does the printer connect the network?
Checking the network connection
2 Reseat the network cable connector. Go to step 3. End of work.
Does the error still occur when using the server?
Checking the network setting Set the [Wired] in
3 Go to step 4.
Is the printer network setting correctly? the [Admin Menu].
Set the [Address
Checking the server setting
4 Go to step 5. Book] in the
Is the [Address Book] setting correctly?
[Admin Menu].
Checking the spec. Change the
5 Go to step 6.
Does the printer spec. meet the server spec? server.
Checking the PWBA ESS AIO installation Replace the KIT
6 Reseat the KIT PWBA ESS AIO. (Refer to REP8.2.) PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
Does the error still occur when using the server? (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 47
FIP-1.10 016-520: Ipsec Certificate Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
ON?
Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS AIO. Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO. (Refer to REP8.2.) PWBA MCU.
2 End of work.
on? REP8.10.)
2 - 48
FIP-1.11 016-530: LDAP Address Book - Access Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the LDAP setting
1 Go to step 4. Set the LDAP.
Is the LDAP setting correctly?
Upgrade the
Checking the firmware version
2 Go to step 3. firmware, then go
Is the firmware the latest version?
to step 3.
Does the error still occur when turning off and on the power? (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 49
FIP-1.12 016-718: Memory Over flow
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
MEMORY CARD (OPTION) (PL8.1.4)
Checking for memory expansion. Install additional
1 Is additional memory installed? Go to step 2. memory.Or, re-
Is the additional memory installed properly? install it properly.
Checking after setting the Print Mode to "Standard" via the
printer driver Set the Print Mode of the printer driver to
"Standard".
Does the error persist during printing?
The current
printing job
Deleting the data by executing Clear Storage.Execute process cannot be
3 "Clear Storage"under [Maintenance] in the Control Panel. continued End of work.
Does the error persist during printing? because the
memory capacity
is exceeded.
2 - 50
FIP-1.13 016-720: PDL Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Use a cable that
meets the
specifications.
Check the cable between the Printer and PC (or Printer and
- For local printer:
Hub).
USB cable
- For local printer: USB cable (USB2.0)
1 Go to step 2. (USB2.0)
- For network printer:Ethernet cable (10Base-T/100Base-TX
- For network
/ 1000Base-T)
printer: Ethernet
Does the cable meet the specifications?
cable(10Base-T/
100Base-TX /
1000Base-T)
Checking cable plug/unplug.
2 Plug and unplug the cable. (USB cable or I/F cable) Go to step 3. End of work.
Does the error still occur when printing?
Checking after replacing the Cable.
Replace the KIT
Replace the the cable. (USB cable or I/F cable)
Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and
(Refer to REP8.2.)
on?
2 - 51
FIP-1.14 016-737 / 016-741 / 016-742 / 016-743 / 016-744 / 016-745: Download Format

Error / Download Protect Error / Download ID Error / Download Range Error /
Download Check Sum Error / Download header Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the download file. Re-download the
1 Go to step 2.
Was the file for WC 6505 downloaded? correct file.
Use a cable that
meets the
specifications.
Check the cable between the Printer and PC (or Printer and
- For local printer:
Hub).
USB cable
- For local printer: USB cable (USB2.0)
2 Go to step 3. (USB2.0)
- For network printer: Ethernet cable (10Base-T/ 100Base-
- For network
TX / 1000Base-T)
printer: Ethernet
Does the cable meet the specifications?
cable (10Base-T/
100Base-TX /
1000Base-T)
Checking cable plug/ unplug.
Plug and unplug the cable.
ON?
Checking after replacing the Cable. Replace the KIT
4 Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
on? (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 52
FIP-1.15 016-753 / 016-755: PDF password error / PDF print disabled error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
-
Checking the PDF data.
-Enter the correct PDF document password again. Upgrade the
1 End of work.
-Change the PDF document security setting. firmware.
2 - 53
FIP-1.16 016-757: Auditron - Invalid User
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
-
Checking the user‘s account setting.
Upgrade the
1 Set the correct user‘s account (user name and password). End of work.
firmware.
2 - 54
FIP-1.17 016-758: Auditron - Disabled Function
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
-
Checking the “Black&White” setting.
Upgrade the
1 Set the [Color Mode] to the [Color]. End of work.
firmware.
2 - 55
FIP-1.18 016-759: Auditron - Reached Limit
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
-
Checking the “XEROX Color Track” setting.
Set the correct value of [User Registration] exceed the Upgrade the
1 End of work.
limitation. firmware.
2 - 56
FIP-1.19 016-791 / 026-720 / 026-721: USB Memory Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Change the USB
Memory that
Replace the KIT
Checking the USB Memory. satisfies the
1 PWBA ESS AIO.
Does the USB Memory meet the printer? specification.(Refe
(Refer to REP8.2.)
r to "19 Scanning"
in the UserGuide.)
2 - 57
FIP-1.20 016-799: Job Environment Violation
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Use the paper that
Checking the paper size. meets the
1 Go to step 3.
Does the paper size in use meet the specifications? specifications,
then go to step 2.
Checking the paper size setup.
Does the using paper size match the printer setup value?
Setup the paper size through your PC.
Checking the printing job.
5 Does the error still occur when printing the Windows test Go to step 6. End of work.
print?
Replace the KIT
Checking the firmware version. Upgrade the
6 PWBA ESS AIO.
Is the firmware the latest version? firmware.
(Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 58
FIP-1.21 016-930 / 016-931: USB HOST Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after remove the devices from the USB port. Replace the KIT
2 - 59
FIP-1.22 016-982: Disc Full
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the file data in the printer.
1 Print or clear the stored files and data at the printer memory. Go to step 2. End of work.
Checking the memory capacity for print. Add the MEMORY
2 Print the small size file (like a Windows test page). Go to step 3. CARD or divide
Does the error still occur when printing? the printing job.
Replace to the
3 Is the customer using the recommended memory card? Go to step 4. recommended
memory card.
Checking the MEMORY CARD (OPTION) installation.
4 Reseat the MEMORY CARD (OPTION). Go to step 5. End of work.
Does the error still occur when turning on the power?
Checking after resetting the MEMORY CARD (OPTION). Replace the KIT
5 Replace the MEMORY CARD. (Refer to REP8.3.) PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
Does the error still occur when turning on the power? (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 60
FIP-1.23 016-985 / 016-986: Mail Size Error / File Size Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the PWBA ESS AIO
1 Turn off and on the power. Go to step 2. End of work.
Checking the file data in the printer
2 Print out the stored files at the printer memory. Go to step 3. End of work.
2 - 61
FIP-1.24 017-970 / 017-975 / 017-976 / 017-977 / 017-978 / 017-987 / 017-989 / 033-503 /

033-513 / 033-788: Out of Memory
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Wait until the
Pending FAX Jobs
Checking the Job Status-Active Jobs-Pending FAX.
1 will be sent. Go to step 2.
Are there Pending FAX Jobs?
Or delete the
Pending FAX data.
Checking the Job Status-Print Menu-Secure Receive. Print the Secure
2 Go to step 3.
Does the Secure Receive message in the display appear? Receive data.
Upgrade the
to step 4.
Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX. Replace the KIT
4 Replace the PWBA FAX. (Refer to REP8.4.) PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
2 - 62
FIP-1.25 017-971 / 017-972 / 017-973 / 017-974 / 033-510 / 033-751 / 033-753 / 033-754 /

033-755 / 033-756 / 033-757 / 033-758 / 033-759 / 033-760 / 033-761 / 033-763 /
033-764 / 033-765 / 033-766 / 033-767 / 033-769 / 033-770 / 033-771 / 033-772 /
033-773 / 033-786 / 033-787 / 035-792 / 133-231 / 133-234 / 133-235 / 133-236 /
133-237 / 133-238 / 133-239 / 133-240 / 133-241 / 133-242 / 133-243 / 133-244 /
133-246 / 133-247 / 133-248 / 133-249 / 133-251 / 133-252 / 133-253 / 133-254 /
133-280: PWBA FAX Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Upgrade the
to step 2.
Checking after replacing the PWBA FAX Replace the KIT
Does the error still occur when faxing? (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 63
FIP-1.26 017-988: PC Scan Time Out
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the USB connection
1 Reconnect the PC and the printer. Go to step 2. End of work.
Does the error still occur when scanning?
Check the [Xerox WC 6505] icon in the [Scanners and
Cameras] of the [Printers and Other Hardware] of the
[Control Panel].
Check the following items, before checking the driver
Install the driver
2 software. Go to step 3.
software.
-Connects the PC and the printer with the USB cable.
-Enables the [Windows Image Acquisition (WIA)] of the
[Service] in the [Administrative Tool] of the [Control Panel].
Is the scanner driver installed?
Checking the PC program
Checked by the [Xerox WC 6505 ScanButton Manager] in Install the
3 Go to step 4.
the [Add or Removal Programs] of the [Control Panel]. software.
Is the [ScanButton Manger] installed?
Set these items
correctly.
Scan Form/Image
Checking the ScanButton Manger setting Type/Resolution/
Checked by the following procedures. Paper size/Output
Click the [Start] and then select the [All programs], the Destination
4 Go to step 5.
[XEROX Printers], the [Xerox WC 6505] and the NOTE: Check that
[ScanButton Manager] in order. the directory
Is the setting of [ScanButton Manager] correct? specified for
[Output
Destination] really
exists.
Checking the software.
Checked by the following procedures.
1) Select the [Xerox WC 6505] in the [Scanners and Retry the
Cameras] of the [Printers and Other Hardware] of the scanning. If the
[Control Panel] and then open the [Properties]. (click the message [Select
right button of the mouse or [Properties] button) the program to Set the [Events]
2) Select the [Properties] and then select the [Events] tab of launch for this tab menu of the
5 the [Xerox WC 6505 Scanner Properties] screen.For action] appears on [Xerox WC 6505
Windows XP/Vista/Server 2003 the PC monitor, Scanner Property]
3) Check that the [Start this program] displays the [Xerox select the [Xerox correctly.
WC 6505 Scan Button Manager] and the [Select an event] is WC 6505 Scan
set correctly.For Windows 2000 button Manager]
3) Check that the [Xerox WC 6505 Scan Button Manager] is within 30 seconds.
checked and the [Scanner events] is setcorrectly.
Is the selecting of software correct?
2 - 64
FIP-1.27 024-340: IOT Firmware Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Does the error still occur after several ON/OFF procedures
1 Go to step 2. End of work. *1
of the power?
Upgrade the
Checking the firmware version.
to step 3.
Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU.
Reseat the PWBA MCU.
ON?
Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU.
Replace the KIT PWBA MCU. (Refer to REP8.10.) Go to Electrical
4 End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and Noise.
ON?
*1: Though some kind of foreign noise would be possible cause, go to FIP Electrical Noise in Other FIP
and check, to make sure.
2 - 65
FIP-1.28 024-360: MCU DownLoad Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Upgrade the
to step 2.
Replace the KIT
Checking the error. PWBA MCU.
2 End of work.
Does the error still occur when printing? (Refer to
REP8.10.)
2 - 66
FIP-1.29 024-362: IOT Start Image Marking Time-out
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Upgrade the
to step 2.
Replace the KIT
Checking the error.
(Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 67
FIP-1.30 024-371: MCU-ESS Communication Fail
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARNESS ASSY ESS MG AIO (PL9.1.1)
Checking after resetting the PWBA ESS AIO and PWBA
MCU.
1 Reseat the PWBA ESS AIO and PWBA MCU. Go to step 2. End of work.
ON?
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and
PWBA ESS AIO.
Are P/J10 and P/J101 connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
2 Go to step 4. J10 and/or P/J101
correctly, then go
to step 3.
ON?
Checking the HARNESS ASSY ESS MG AIO for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect J10 from the PWBA MCU.
4 Go to step 5. HARNESS ASSY
Disconnect J101 from the PWBA ESS AIO.
ESS MG AIO.
Checking the firmware version Upgrade the
5 Go to step 6.
Is the firmware the latest version? firmware.
Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT PWBA MCU. (Refer to REP8.10.)
(Refer to REP8.2.)
ON?
2 - 68
FIP-1.31 024-985: Waiting for "Continue" key to be pressed after reloading paper to the
SSF
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the error. Replace the KIT
2 - 69
FIP-1.32 027-446 / 027-452: IPv6 duplicate / IPv4 duplicate
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
-
Checking the IP addresses.
Remove the duplicate IP addresses. Upgrade the
1 End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and firmware.
on?
2 - 70
FIP-1.33 031-521 / 031-522: SMB Loging Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the customer operation
Try the login
1 Did the customer input the login name and the password Go to step 2.
again.
correctly?
Checking the access limitation Ask to the system
2 Go to step 3.
Does the system administrator set the access limit number? administrator.
Checking the printer setting
3 Is the [Scan To Network] of the [Scan Defaults] in the [Scan] Go to step 4. Set to [Computer].
of the [Default Settings] the [Computer]?
Checking the network. Replace the KIT
Check the
4 Checked by [ping] command. PWBA ESS AIO.
network.
Are the printer and the PC connected to the network? (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 71
FIP-1.34 031-523 / 031-526 / 031-528: SMB Servrer Error/DNS Error/In SMB scan, server
connection error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the sharing folder. Rename the
1 Go to step 2.
Is the sharing folder name correct? Shared Folder.
Checking the server setting.
Rename the
2 Is the [Share Name] of the [Server Address] tab in the Go to step 3.
[Share Name].
[Address Book] correct?
Checking the printer.
3 Turning off and on the printer power. Check the server. End of work.
Does the error still occur when the network scanning?
2 - 72
FIP-1.35 031-524: SMB Scan User Overlimit
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the access limitation Ask to the system
1 Go to step 2.
Does the system administrator set the access limit number? administrator.
Checking the server setting Set to the
2 Is the [User Limit] of the [Sharing] tab in the sharing folder Go to step 3. [Maximum
properties the [Maximum allowed]? allowed].
Checking the printer Replace the KIT
3 Turning off and on the printer power. PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
Does the error still occur when the network scanning? (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 73
FIP-1.36 031-525: SMB scan client has no access right (Win9x)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace to the
Checking the client PC.
1 Go to step 2. Windows 2000 or
Is the client PC the Windows 2000 or later?
later PC.
Checking the printer. Replace the KIT
2 - 74
FIP-1.37 031-529 / 031-530 / 031-531 / 031-532 / 031-533 / 031-534 / 031-535 / 031-536 /

031-541 / 031-546 / 031-547: SMB Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the customer operation.
Try the login
again.
correctly?
Checking the Address Book settings.
2 Is the [Server Address] tab on the [Address Book] setting Go to step 3. Set it correctly.
correct?
Checking the sharing folder.
3 Go to step 4. Set it correctly.
Is the [Sharing] tab of the sharing folder setting correct?
Checking the printer. Replace the KIT
2 - 75
FIP-1.38 031-576 / 031-579 / 031-581 / 031-584 / 031-587 / 031-594 / 031-598: FTP File
Appended Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Try the login
again.
correctly?
correct?
Replace the
4 Turning off and on the printer power. End of work.
Printer.
2 - 76
FIP-1.39 031-578 / 031-580 / 031-582 / 031-585 / 031-588 / 031-595: FTP File Chenged
Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Try the login
again.
correctly?
correct?
Replace the
4 Turning off and on the printer power. End of work.
Printer.
2 - 77
FIP-1.40 033-501: CODEC Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
IIT ASSY SUB (PL10.1.11)
Upgrade the
to step 2.
Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS AIO
Replace the IIT
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS AIO. (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 ASSY SUB. (Refer End of work.
to REP9.5.)
on?
2 - 78
FIP-1.41 033-511: Communication Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Checking the telephone line connection.
1 Reconnect the telephone line connector. Go to step 2. End of work.
Does the error still occur when faxing?
Checking the receiving side fax END, check the
2 Send the fax data to known good fax machine. Go to step 3. receiving side fax
Does the error still occur when faxing? machine.
Upgrade the
to step 4.
2 - 79
FIP-1.42 033-512 / 034-515 / 034-799 / 035-701 / 035-702 / 035-704 / 035-705 / 035-706 /

035-708 / 035-709 / 035-710 / 035-716 / 035-717 / 035-718 / 035-720 / 035-728 /
035-729 / 035-730 / 035-737 / 035-739 / 035-740 / 035-742 / 133-279 / 133-290:
CommunicationJob Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Checking the telephone line connection.
1 Reconnect the telephone line connector. Go to step 2. End of work.
Does the error still occur when receiving fax?
Checking the receiving side fax. END, check the
Upgrade the
to step 4.
2 - 80
FIP-1.43 033-517: DFAX Password Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the password.
Check the password of Fax/Scanner Lock in the Panel Lock Set the correct
1 Go to step 2.
menu. password.
Is the password correct?
Set the [Panel
Lock Set] of the
[Panel Lock] in the
Replace the KIT [Secure Settings]
Set the [Panel Lock Set] of the [Panel Lock] in the [Secure
2 PWBA ESS AIO. to the [Enable].
Settings] to the [Disable].
(Refer to REP8.2.) If the error
Does the error still occur when executing the D-FAX?
occurred again,
replace the PWBA
ESS AIO.
2 - 81
FIP-1.44 033-752: During Call Busy Tone
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Checking the sending side fax. END, check the
1 Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. Go to step 2. sending side fax
Does the error still occur when receiving fax? machine.
Checking the printer setting.
Set the [Country]
2 Is the [Country] of [Fax setting] on the [Admin Menu] Go to step 3.
correctly.
correct?
Upgrade the
to step 4.
2 - 82
FIP-1.45 033-762: DM Prevention Function Receive Refuse
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Checking the fax setting.
Is the Junk Fax Setup mode on?
Setting the receiving side fax.
2 Set the Speed Dial. Go to step 3. End of work.
Does the error still occur when receiving the fax?
Upgrade the
to step 4.
2 - 83
FIP-1.46 033-774 / 033-776: Buffer Over
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Checking the resolution setting.
1 Retry sending by lowering the resolution setting. Go to step 2. End of work.
Upgrade the
to step 3.
2 - 84
FIP-1.47 033-775 / 033-777 / 033-779 / 033-784: Buffer Job Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
END, check the
sending side fax
Checking the sending side fax.
machine or retry
1 Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. Go to step 2.
sending by
lowering the
resolution setting.
Upgrade the
to step 3.
2 - 85
FIP-1.48 033-782: NSS/DCS Function disagreement
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Set the [Modem Speed] of [Fax setting] in the [Admin Menu]
1 to the 2.4Kbps.Set the [ECM] of [Faxsetting] in the [Admin Go to step 2. End of work.
Menu] to the Off.
Upgrade the
to step 3.
2 - 86
FIP-1.49 033-799: Communication Job Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
END, check the
Checking the sending side fax.
sending side fax
1 Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. Go to step 2.
machine or
sending data.
Upgrade the
to step 3.
2 - 87
FIP-1.50 034-791: Check Line Connection
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Checking the telephone line connection. Replace the
1 Reconnect the telephone line connector. PWBA FAX. End of work.
2 - 88
FIP-1.51 035-779: FAX FWD document change Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Upgrade the
to step 2.
2 - 89
FIP-1.52 035-781: Busy Job Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Checking the receiving side fax. END, check the
The [Line Type] of the [Fax Settings] on the [Admin Menu].
Set the menu
2 The [Tone/Pulse] of the [Fax Settings] on the [Admin Menu]. Go to step 3.
correct.
The [Country] of the [Fax setting] on the [Admin Menu].
Are these settings correct?
Upgrade the
to step 4.
2 - 90
FIP-1.53 035-793: Digital Line Detection
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Change to the
PBX line. Set the
Checking the PSTN line. [Line Type] of
1 Go to step 2.
Is the printer connected to the PSTN line? [Fax setting] in the
[Admin Menu] to
the PBX.
2 - 91
FIP-1.54 041-340: IOT NVRAM Error
NOTE If the error occurred after replacing the PWBA MCU, transfer the internal data of the old
PWBA MCU to a new one.
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
PWBA EEPROM (XPRO) (PL8.3.4)
HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (PL9.1.11)
Does the error still occur after several ON/OFF procedures
of the power?
Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY and TONER
CARTRIDGEs.
2 Reseat the PHD ASSY and four TONER CARTRIDGEs. Go to step 3. End of work. *1
ON?
ON?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
Check the connections between the PWBA EEPROM and
4 Go to step 6. J42 and P/J144
PWBA MCU.
surely, then go to
Are P/J 144, and P/J 42 connected surely?
step 5.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO for continuity.
Replace the
6 Go to step 7. HARN ASSY PHD
Disconnect J144 from the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO).
XPRO.
Checking the power to the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO).
Replace the
7 PWBA EEPROM Go to step 8.
Is the voltage across P42-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA
(XPRO).
MCU, about +3.3 VDC?
Replace the KIT PWBA MCU. (Refer to REP8.10.) Go to Electrical
8 End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and Noise.
ON?
*1: Though some kind of foreign noise would be possible cause, go to FIP Electrical Noise in Other FIP
and check, to make sure.
2 - 92
FIP-1.55 042-313: IOT Fan Motor Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
FAN (PL8.2.8)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
ON?
Checking the FAN for rotation.
Replace the KIT
Does the FAN function normally?
PWBA MCU.
2 Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor or Fan Motor] in Go to step 3.
(Refer to
[IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
REP8.10.)
During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Reconnect the
Check the connection between the FAN and the PWBA
connector P/J 503
3 LVPS. Go to step 5.
correctly, then go
Is P/J503 on the PWBA LVPS connected correctly?
to step 4.
ON?
Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS and
PWBA MCU.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
5 Go to step 7. J501 and P/J14
correctly, then go
to step 6.
ON?
Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
7 Disconnect J501 from the PWBA LVPS. Go to step 8.
LVPS MAIN MG
AIO.
2 - 93
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the power to the FAN.
Is the voltage across P503-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA
LVPS, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN
ASSY INTERLOCK AIO) is pushed?
Replace the
DUCT FAN ASSY
8 Go to step 9.
AIO. (Refer to
REP8.8.)
Checking after replacing the PWBA LVPS. Replace the KIT

Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to REP8.9.) PWBA MCU.
9 End of work.
ON? REP8.10.)
2 - 94
FIP-1.56 042-325: IOT Main Motor Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG AIO (PL9.1.7)
Does the error occur when the power is turned OFF and
ON?
Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY.
Reseat the PHD ASSY.
ON?
Checking the Main Motor for rotation.
Does the Main Motor function normally?
- PC Operation : Replace the KIT
Checked by [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine PWBA MCU.
3 Go to step 4.
Check] in Tool Box. (Refer to
- Panel Operation : REP8.10.)
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor] of [IOT Diag] in
diagnosis.
Checking the connectors of the MAIN MOTOR for
connection.
DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Checking the HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG AIO for
Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
MAIN MOT MG
Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
AIO.
Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
ON?
Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
Replace the KIT Replace the KIT
DRIVE ASSY PWBA MCU.
8 Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on
MAIN. (Refer to (Refer to
the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch
REP7.2.) REP8.10.)
(HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO) is pushed?
2 - 95
FIP-1.57 042-326: IOT Sub Motor Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT MG AIO (PL9.1.8)
ON?
Checking after resetting the FUSING UNIT and PHD ASSY
Reseat the FUSING UNIT and PHD ASSY.
cooled down.
ON?
Checking the Sub Motor for rotation.
Does the Sub Motor function normally?
Replace the KIT
- PC Operation :
PWBA MCU.
3 Checked by [Fuser Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Go to step 4.
(Refer to
Check] in Tool Box.
REP8.10.)
- Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output] - [Sub
Motor] of [IOT Diag] in diagnosis.
Checking the connectors of the SUB MOTOR for
connection.
DRIVE ASSY SUB.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Checking the HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT MG AIO for
Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
SUB MOT MG
Disconnect J221 from the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
AIO.
Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
Reseat the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
ON?
Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
Replace the Replace the KIT
SUB. (Refer to (Refer to
REP7.1.) REP8.10.)
2 - 96
FIP-1.58 042-372 / 042-373: IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 1/2
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO (PL9.1.9)
ON?
Checking the K Mode Solenoid (Color Mode Switching
Solenoid) for operation.
Does the K Mode Solenoid function normally?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [K Mode Solenoid] in [IOT
2 Diag] of diagnosis. Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Does the K Mode Solenoid click sound arise from the
DRIVE ASSY PH, when the K Mode Solenoid check is
performed?
Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY PH.
Reseat the DRIVE ASSY PH.
ON?
Checking the connector of the K Mode Solenoid in the
DRIVE ASSY PH for connection.
Check the connection between the PWBA MCU and K
Mode Solenoid.
Is P/J24 connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector P/J24
4 Go to step 6.
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Checking the power to the K Mode Solenoid.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
6 Is the voltage across P24-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA Go to step 7.
(Refer to
MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN
REP8.10.)
Checking the K Mode Solenoid for resistance. Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT
Disconnect P/J24 from the PWBA MCU. PWBA MCU.
7 DRIVE ASSY PH.
Is the resistance across J24-1 and J24-2 about 80 to 110- (Refer to
(Refer to REP7.3.)
ohm? REP8.10.)
2 - 97
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connectors of the K Mode Sensor in the
DRIVE ASSY PH for connection
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and K
Mode Sensor.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
8 Go to step 10. J26 and/or P/
J261correctly,
then go to step 9.
ON?
Checking the HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO for
Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
KSNR REGCL
Disconnect J261 from the K Mode Sensor.
MG AIO.
Checking the power to the K Mode Sensor. Replace the KIT
Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. PWBA MCU.
11 Go to step 12.
Is the voltage across P26-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA (Refer to
MCU, about +3.3 VDC? REP8.10.)
Checking the K Mode Sensor for operation.
Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from the printer once, but P/
J261 and P/J24 should be connected. Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT
Checked by [Digital Input] - [K Mode Sensor] in [IOT Diag] of PWBA MCU.
12 DRIVE ASSY PH.
diagnosis. (Refer to
(Refer to REP7.3.)
During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. REP8.10.)
Does the status (L or H) change, when a piece of paper is
inserted into the gap of the K Mode Sensor?
2 - 98
FIP-1.59 042-700: IOT Over Heat Stop
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
SENSOR HUM (PL8.1.10)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO (PL3.1.18)
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
1 Go to step 3. J20 and/or P/
SENSOR HUM.
J201 surely, then
Are P/J20 and P/J201 connected surely?
go to step 2
on?
Checking the HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO for
3 Disconnect P/J20 from the PWBA MCU. Go to step 4. HARNESS ASSY
Disconnect P/J201 from the SENSOR HUM. L SIDE MG AIO.
Checking the output power of SENSOR HUM. Replace the KIT
Replace the
Disconnect P/J20 on the PWBA MCU. PWBA MCU.
4 SENSOR HUM.
Is the voltage across ground <=> J20-4pin on the PWBA (Refer to
(Refer to REP8.6.)
MCU, about +5VDC? REP8.10.)
2 - 99
FIP-1.60 061-370: IOT ROS Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)
HARN ASSY ROS RE (PL4.1.22)
HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO (PL4.1.23)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
ON?
ON?
Checking after resetting the ROS ASSY.
Reseat the ROS ASSY.
ON?
Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA
MCU.
Are P/J40, P/J41, P/J411 and P/J412 connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
4 Go to step 6.
and/or P/J412
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY ROS RE for continuity.
Replace the
6 Go to step 7. HARN ASSY ROS
Disconnect P/J411 from the ROS ASSY.
RE.
Checking the HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO for continuity.
Replace the
7 Go to step 8. HARN ASSY ROS
Disconnect J412 from the ROS ASSY.
VIDEO.
Checking after replacing the KIT ROS. Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT ROS. (Refer to REP4.1.) PWBA MCU.
8 End of work.
ON? REP8.10.)
2 - 100
FIP-1.61 062-311 / 062-321 / 062-322 / 062-360 / 062-371 / 062-393: IIT Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connector connection.
Reseat the connectors (P/J 1001 and 1002) on the PWBA
ESS AIO.
Does the error still occur when turning off and on the power?
Checking after replacing the IIT ASSY SUB. Replace the KIT
2 Replace the IIT ASSY SUB. (Refer to REP9.5.) PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
2 - 101
FIP-1.62 062-320: Scanner Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the file data in the printer.
1 Print or clear the stored files and data at the printer memory. Go to step 2. End of work.
Does the error still occur when scanning?
Set to the default
2 Is the [Resolution] of the [Scan Defaults] on the [Scan] of the Go to step 3.
value.
[Defaults Settings] the [600]?
3 Is the [Color] of the [Scan Defaults] on the [Scan] of the Set to the [Color]. Go to step 4.
[Defaults Settings] the [Color (Photo)]?
Checking after replacing the IIT ASSY SUB. Replace the KIT
4 Replace the IIT ASSY SUB. (Refer to REP9.5.) PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
2 - 102
FIP-1.63 062-790: Copy Limit
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the error.
1 Does the error message disappear within 70 seconds Go to step 2. Go to step 4.
automatically, or disappear after pressing the "" key?
Checking the error
2 Does the error message still occur when copying, scanning, Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
or faxing the original?
Checking the original.
Print the [System Settings]of the [Reports] on the printer Replace the KIT
3 menu. PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
Does the error still occur when copying, scanning or faxing (Refer to REP8.2.)
the [System Settings] report?
Checking the error.
Replace the KIT
Turn off and on the power.
Does the error message still occur when copying, scanning,
(Refer to REP8.2.)
or faxing the original?
2 - 103
FIP-1.64 071-100: IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO (PL2.1.1)
HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5)
CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1)
SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11)
ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4)
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M (PL3.2.8)
ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11)
SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Replace the paper
Checking the paper condition. with a new and dry
1 Go to step 3.
Is the paper in the Tray 1 wrinkled or damaged? one, then go to
step 2.
Checking after reloading a new paper.
3 Reload a new paper in the Tray 1. Go to step 4. End of work.
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching.
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch
correctly.
Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation.
Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly?
5 Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor] in [IOT Diag] of Go to step 6. Go to step 19.
diagnosis.
Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation.
Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL
Reseat or replace
REGI METAL rotate properly?
the KIT DRIVE
6 Checked by [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] in [IOT Diag] of Go to step 7.
ASSY PH. (Refer
diagnosis.
to REP7.3.)
During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY
INTERLOCK AIO).
Checking the paper feeding position.
Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1?
Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on
the Tray 1.
8 Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray Go to step 9. End of work.
1 to the printer correctly.
Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 1
Replace the KIT
for shape and rotation.
HOLDER ASSY
9 Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Go to step 10.
SEPARATOR.
Is the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR not contaminated and/
(Refer to REP2.2.)
or damaged, and rotated smoothly?
2 - 104
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation. Replace the KIT
Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. ROLL ASSY
10 Go to step 11.
Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or FEED. (Refer to
damaged, and rotated smoothly? REP3.3.)
Checking the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED
MSI) for operation.
Does the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) Replace the
operate properly? CASSETTE ASSY
11 Go to step 22.
Check by [Digital Output] - [Tray1 Feed Solenoid] in [IOT 250 MG AIO.
Diag] of diagnosis. (Refer to REP2.1.)
INTERLOCK AIO).
The paper lead
edge stay after the
Checking the paper lead edge staying position.
ROLL ASSY REGI
12 Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY Go to step 13.
and ROLL REGI
REGI and ROLL REGI METAL?
METAL, then go to
step 16.
Remove the
Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY
obstacles or stains
13 FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI. Go to step 14.
from the paper
Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path?
transfer path.
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation. Reseat the
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check ACTUATOR REGI
14 the shape and operation. Go to step 15. IN. If broken or
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN deformed, replace
normal? it.
Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for
operation.
Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the
actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated?
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check
the operation.
Checked by [Digital Input] - [Regi Sensor] in [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for
operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL
for rotation.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] in [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate
properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI
METAL rotate?
INTERLOCK AIO).
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M for shape and Reseat the
operation. ACTUATOR REGI
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check ROLL M. If broken
17 Go to step 18.
the shape and operation. or deformed,
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI replace it with a
ROLL M normal? new one.
2 - 105
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
operation.
Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the Replace the KIT
actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? PWBA MCU.
18 Go to step 26.
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check (Refer to
the operation. REP8.10.)
diagnosis.
DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor).
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
19 Go to step 20.
J21 and/or P/J211
correctly.

Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
MAIN MOT MG
AIO.
REP7.2.) REP8.10.)
Checking the connectors of the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid
(SOLENOID FEED MSI) for connection.
SOLENOID FEED MSI.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
22 Go to step 23.
J23 and/or P/J231
correctly.

23 Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Go to step 24. HARNESS ASSY
Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED MSI. L SIDE MG AIO.
Is each cable of J23 <=> P231 continuous?
2 - 106
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
(Refer to
REP8.10.)
Checking the SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance.
PWBA MCU. FEED ROLL/SOL/
25 Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
(Refer to CLUTCH. (Refer
Is the resistance across J231-1 and J231-2 about 96 ohm?
REP8.10.) to REP3.2.)
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI
SENSOR) for connection.
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
26 Go to step 27.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.

Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. L SIDE MG AIO.
Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Replace the KIT
28 Go to step 29.
Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation.
Check the voltage across J23-5pin <=> ground on the
Replace the KIT Replace the
PWBA MCU.
PWBA MCU. SENSOR
29 Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check
(Refer to PHOTO:REGI.
the operation.
REP8.10.) (Refer to REP3.7.)
Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR
REGI IN) is operated?
2 - 107
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi
Clutch) for connection.
CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
30 Go to step 31.
J26 and/or P/J262
correctly.

Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
KSNR REGCL
Disconnect P262 from the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
MG AIO.
Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
(Refer to
REP8.10.)
Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for resistance. Replace the KIT
Replace the
Disconnect P/J262 of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. PWBA MCU.
33 CLUTCH ASSY
Is the resistance across J262-1 and J262-2 approximately (Refer to
DRV.
280-ohm? REP8.10.)
2 - 108
FIP-1.65 072-100: IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT (PL12.2.2)
HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP (PL12.2.20)
PWBA ASSY FEED MG AIO (PL12.2.1)
MOTOR ASSY SUB (PL12.2.16)
CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT MG AIO (PL12.5.1)
Replace the paper
1 Go to step 3.
step 2.
correctly.
Checking the Paper Path Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for
operation.
Checked by [Digital Input] - [OptionPathSensor] in [IOT
Diag] of diagnosis.
Checking the MOTOR ASSY SUB for operation.
Does the MOTOR ASSY SUB operate properly?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Sub Motor] on [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK AIO).
Checking the paper feeding.
Is the paper fed from the Tray 2?
the Tray 2.
8 Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray2 Go to step 9. End of work.
to the printer correctly.
Replace the KIT
HOLDER ASSY
SEPARATOR.
(Refer to REP2.2.)
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation Replace the KIT
10 Go to step 11.
2 - 109
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the Tray 2 Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED
MSI) for operation.
Does the Tray 2 Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI)
Replace the
operate properly?
11 CASSETTE ASSY Go to step 22.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Tray 2 Feed Solenoid] in [IOT
250 OPT MG AIO.
Diag] of diagnosis.
INTERLOCK AIO).
Checking the Tray 2 Turn Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for
operation.
Does the Cassette Tray 2 Turn Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY
DRV) operate properly?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Tray 2 Turn Clutch] in [IOT
Diag] of diagnosis.
INTERLOCK AIO).
Replace the KIT
FEEDER ASSY
OPT. (Refer to
REP11.1.)
Checking the paper path. Remove the Replace the KIT
Remove the Tray 1 and Tray 2 paper cassettes. obstacles or stains FEEDER ASSY
14
Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path between from the paper OPT. (Refer to
the Tray 2 and the Regi Assy? transfer path. REP11.1.)
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Paper
Reconnect the
Path Sensor) for connection.
connector(s) P/
15 Check the connections between the PWBA FFE D and Go to step 16.
J420 and/or P/
SENSOR PHOTO.
J4200 correctly.
Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect J420 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO.
Disconnect J4200 from the SENSOR PHOTO.
TRAY COMP
Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO.
Replace the PWB
17 Go to step 18. ASSY FEED MG
Is the voltage across P420-6pin <=> ground on the PWB
AIO.
ASSY FEED MG AIO, about +3.3 VDC?
Replace the
Check the voltage across J420-5pin <=> ground on the Replace the PWB
SENSOR PHOTO
18 PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO. ASSY FEED MG
(Paper Path
Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR AIO.
Sensor).
Checking the connectors for connection. Reconnect the
Check the connections between the PWB ASSY FEED MG connector(s) P/
19 Go to step 20.
AIO and MOTOR ASSY SUB. J422 and/or P/
Are P/J422 and P/J4221 connected correctly? J4221 correctly.
Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect J4221 from the MOTOR ASSY SUB.
TRAY MOT.
2 - 110
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the power to the MOTOR.
Disconnect J422 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO. Replace the Replace the PWB
21 Are the voltages across J422-6pin <=> ground on the PWB MOTOR ASSY ASSY FEED MG
ASSY FEED MG AIO, about +24 VDC when the interlock SUB. AIO.
switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO) is pushed?
Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED for
Reconnect the
connection.
connector(s) P/
22 Check the connections between the PWB ASSY FEED MG Go to step 23.
J421 and/or P/
AIO and SOLENOID FEED.
J4211 correctly.
Checking the HARN TRAY COMP for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect P4211 from the SOLENOID FEED.
TRAY COMP.
Disconnect J421 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO. Replace the PWB
24 Is the voltage across P421-1pin <=> ground on the PWB Go to step 25. ASSY FEED MG
ASSY FEED MG AIO, about +24 VDC when the Interlock AIO.
Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO) is pushed?
Replace the PWB Replace the
Disconnect P/J4211 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
25 ASSY FEED MG SOLENOID FEED
Is the resistance across J4211-1 and J4211-2 approximately
AIO. MSI.
96 ohm?
Checking the connectors of the Feed Clutch (CLUTCH
Reconnect the
ASSY DRV) for connection.
connector(s) P/
26 Check the connections between the PWB ASSY FEED MG Go to step 27.
J420 and/or P/
AIO and Feed Clutch.
J4201 correctly.
Checking the HARN TRAY COMP for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect P4201 from the Feed Clutch.
TRAY COMP.
Checking the power to the Feed Clutch.
Disconnect J420 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO. Replace the PWB
28 Is the voltage across P420-1pin <=> ground on the PWB Go to step 29. ASSY FEED MG
ASSY FEED MG AIO, about +24 VDC when the Interlock AIO.
Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO) is pushed?
Checking the Feed Clutch for resistance.
Replace the PWB Replace the
Disconnect P/J4201 of the Feed Clutch.
29 ASSY FEED MG CLUTCH ASSY
Is the resistance across J4201-1 and J4201-2
AIO. DRV
approximately 280-ohm?
2 - 111
FIP-1.66 072-101: IOT Feeder 2 JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Replace the paper
1 Go to step 3.
Is the paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2 wrinkled or damaged? one, then go to
step 2.
3 Reload a new paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2. Go to step 4. End of work.
correctly.
Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for
operation.
Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate
properly?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor] in [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK AIO).
Reseat or replace
the KIT DRIVE
6 Checked by [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] in [IOT Diag] of Go to step 7.
ASSY PH. (Refer
diagnosis.
to REP7.3.)
INTERLOCK AIO).
Checking the paper feeding position
Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1 or Tray 2?
the Tray 1 or Tray 2.
1 or Tray 2 to the printer correctly.
2 - 112
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the KIT
or Tray 2 for shape and rotation.
HOLDER ASSY
9 Pull the Tray 1 or Tray 2 out from the printer. Go to step 10.
SEPARATOR.
(Refer to REP2.2.)
Pull the Tray 1 or Tray 2 out from the printer. ROLL ASSY
10 Go to step 11.
Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED)
for operation.
Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED) Replace the
11 Go to step 22.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Tray1 Feed Solenoid] in [IOT 250 MG AIO.
INTERLOCK AIO).
The paper lead
edge stay after the
ROLL ASSY REGI
and ROLL REGI
METAL, then go to
step 16.
Remove the
Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY.
obstacles or stains
from the paper
transfer path.
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation. Reseat the
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check ACTUATOR REGI
14 the shape and operation. Go to step 15. IN. If broken or
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN deformed, replace
normal? it.
operation.
the operation.
diagnosis.
for rotation.
diagnosis.
METAL rotate?
INTERLOCK AIO).
2 - 113
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
operation. ACTUATOR REGI
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check ROLL M. If broken
17 Go to step 18.
the shape and operation. or deformed,
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI replace it with a
operation.
Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the Replace the KIT
actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? PWBA MCU.
18 Go to step 26.
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check (Refer to
the operation. REP8.10.)
diagnosis.
Checking the connectors for connection
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
19 Go to step 20.
J21 and/or P/J211
correctly.

Replace the
continuity
HARNESS ASSY
MAIN MOT MG
AIO.
Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
REP7.2.) REP8.10.)
Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED MSI for
connection.
SOLENOID FEED MSI.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
22 Go to step 23.
J23 and/or P/J231
correctly.
2 - 114
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
(Refer to
REP8.10.)
Replace the KIT Replace KIT
PWBA MCU. FEED ROLL/SOL/
(Refer to CLUTCH. (Refer
REP8.10.) to REP3.2.)
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
26 Go to step 27.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.

28 Go to step 29.
PWBA MCU.
PWBA MCU. SENSOR
the operation.
2 - 115
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi
Clutch) for connection.
CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
30 Go to step 31.
J26 and/or P/J262
correctly.

Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
KSNR REGCL
Disconnect P262 from the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
MG AIO.
Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
(Refer to
REP8.10.)
Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for resistance. Replace the KIT
Replace the
Disconnect P/J262 of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. PWBA MCU.
33 CLUTCH ASSY
Is the resistance across J262-1 and J262-2 approximately (Refer to
DRV.
280-ohm? REP8.10.)
2 - 116
FIP-1.67 072-215: IOT Feeder Configuration Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO (PL3.1.20)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO (PL12.1.99)
HARNESS ASSY TRAY (PL12.3.23)
Reseat the
Checking the Optional Feeder for installation.
1 Go to step 3. Optional Feeder,
Is the Optional Feeder installed correctly?
then go to step 2.
ON?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
Check the connections between the PWB ASSY FEED MG
3 Go to step 5. J27, P/J273 and/
AIO and PWBA MCU.
or P/J419 surely,
Are P/J27, P/J273, and P/J419 connected surely?
then go to step 4.
ON?
Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY for continuity.
Disconnect P/J419 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO. Replace the
5 Disconnect P/J273 from the HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG Go to step 6. HARNESS ASSY
AIO. TRAY.
Checking the HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO for
Disconnect P/J273 from the HARNESS ASSY TRAY. OPTION MG AIO.
Checking after replacing the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT MG
AIO. Replace the KIT
Replace the Replace the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO. PWBA MCU.
7 End of work.
(Refer to REP11.1.) (Refer to
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and REP8.10.)
ON?
2 - 117
FIP-1.68 072-216: Option Feeder Motor Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
MOTOR ASSY SUB (PL12.2.16)
PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO (PL12.2.1)
HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT (PL12.2.2)
KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO (PL12.1.99)
ON?
Checking the connectors of the MOTOR ASSY SUB for Reconnect the
connection. connector(s) P/
2 Check the connections between the PWB ASSY FEED MG Go to step 4. J422 and/or P/
AIO and MOTOR ASSY SUB. J4221 correctly,
Are P/J422 and P/J4221 connected correctly? then go to step 3.
ON?
Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect J4221 from the MOTOR ASSY SUB.
TRAY MOT.
Replace the KIT
Checking after resetting the MOTOR ASSY SUB.
FEEDER ASSY
Reseat the MOTOR ASSY SUB.
5 OPT MG AIO. End of work.
(Refer to
ON?
REP11.1.)
2 - 118
FIP-1.69 072-900: IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP (PL12.2.20)
Checking the Paper Path Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for
operation. Replace the KIT
Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the PWBA MCU.
1 Go to step 2.
actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? (Refer to
Checked by [Digital Input] - [OptionPathSensor] in [IOT REP8.10.)
Diag] of diagnosis.
Checking the connectors for connection. Reconnect the
Check the connections between the PWB ASSY FEED MG connector(s) P/
2 Go to step 3.
AIO and Paper Path Sensor. J420 and/or P/
Are P/J420 and P/J4200 connected correctly? J4200 correctly.
Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect J4200 from the Paper Path Sensor.
TRAY COMP.
Replace the KIT
FEEDER ASSY
Disconnect J420 from the PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO. PWBA MCU.
4 OPT MG AIO.
Is the voltage across P420-6pin <=> ground on the PWB (Refer to
(Refer to
ASSY FEED MG AIO, about +3.3 VDC? REP8.10.)
REP11.1.)
2 - 119
FIP-1.70 075-101 / 075-102 / 075-923: IOT SSF Insert JAM / IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM /
Waiting for reseat paper of SSF
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO(PL3.1.18)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
After print
Checking the customer operation. completion, insert
1 Go to step 2.
Did the customer insert the paper to the SSF during print? the paper to the
SSF.
Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor for operation.
2 actuator (ACTUATOR SSF) is operated by paper. Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Checked by [Digital Input] - [Main Motor] in [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
Replace the KIT
Checking the error. PWBA MCU.
3 End of work.
Does the error still occur when printing? (Refer to
REP8.10.)
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No
Paper Sensor) for connection.
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 5.
7 Go to step 8.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU. Replace the
PWBA MCU.
8 Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check SENSOR
(Refer to
the operation. PHOTO.
REP8.10.)
Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR SSF is
operated?
2 - 120
FIP-1.71 077-100: IOT Regi On early JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the error.
1 Replace to known good paper. Go to step 2. End of work.
Checking the Regi Rolls installation.
Open the Front Cover and check the Regi Rolls installation. Replace the
2 Go to step 3.
Is the ROLL REGI METAL pressed against the ROLL ASSY printer.
REGI by the spring pressure?
Checking the Regi Clutch.
Does the clutch noise occur? Replace the
3 Go to step 4.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] in [IOT Diag] of printer.
diagnosis.
Checking the Regi Sensor for operation.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
4 actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Go to step 5.
(Refer to
Checked by [Digital Input] - [Regi Sensor] on [IOT Diag] of
REP8.10.)
diagnosis.
Reseat the
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation. ACTUATOR REGI
Remove the CHUTE LOW CST (PL3.2.35) once to check IN. (Refer to
5 the shape and operation. Go to step 6. REP3.5.)
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN If broken or
normal? deformed, replace
it.
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
6 Go to step 7.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.
2 - 121
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
8 Go to step 9.
PWBA MCU.
PWBA MCU. SENSOR
9 Remove the CHUTE LOW CST (PL3.2.35) once to check
the operation.
2 - 122
FIP-1.72 077-101: IOT Regi OFF Jam
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Replace the paper
1 Go to step 3.
step 2.
correctly.
operation.
properly?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor] on [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK AIO).
Reseat or replace
the KIT DRIVE
6 Checked by [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] on [IOT Diag] of Go to step 7.
ASSY PH. (Refer
diagnosis.
to REP7.3.)
INTERLOCK AIO).
the Tray 1.
2 - 123
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the KIT
HOLDER ASSY
SEPARATOR.
(Refer to REP2.2.)
10 Go to step 11.
for operation.
11 Go to step 21.
INTERLOCK AIO).
The paper lead
edge stay after the
ROLL ASSY REGI
and ROLL REGI
METAL, then go to
step 16.
Remove the
obstacles or stains
from the paper
transfer path.
Reseat the
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check IN. (Refer to
it.
operation.
the operation.
diagnosis.
for rotation.
diagnosis.
METAL rotate?
INTERLOCK AIO).
2 - 124
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
operation. Replace the KIT ACTUATOR REGI
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check PWBA MCU. ROLL M. If broken
17
the shape and operation. (Refer to or deformed,
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL REP8.10.) replace it with a
M normal? new one.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
18 Go to step 19.
J21 and/or P/J211
correctly.

Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
MAIN MOT MG
AIO.
REP7.2.) REP8.10.)
connection.
SOLENOID FEED MSI.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
21 Go to step 22.
J23 and/or P/J231
correctly.

Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
(Refer to
REP8.10.)
2 - 125
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU. FEED ROLL /
(Refer to SOL / CLUTCH.
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
25 Go to step 26.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.

27 Go to step 28.
PWBA MCU.
PWBA MCU. SENSOR
the operation.
2 - 126
FIP-1.73 077-102 / 077-103 / 077-106: IOT Exit On JAM / IOT Exit On early JAM / IOT
Stop Reservation JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Replace the paper
1 Go to step 3.
step 2.
correctly.
operation.
properly?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor] on [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
INTERLOCK AIO).
Reseat or replace
the KIT DRIVE
6 Checked by [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] on [IOT Diag] of Go to step 7.
ASSY PH. (Refer
diagnosis.
to REP7.3.)
INTERLOCK AIO).
the Tray 1.
2 - 127
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the KIT
HOLDER ASSY
SEPARATOR.
(Refer to REP2.2.)
10 Go to step 11.
for operation.
11 Go to step 21.
INTERLOCK AIO).
The paper lead
edge stay after the
ROLL ASSY REGI
and ROLL REGI
METAL, then go to
step 16.
Remove the
obstacles or stains
from the paper
transfer path.
Reseat the
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check IN. (Refer to
it.
operation.
the operation.
diagnosis.
for rotation.
diagnosis.
METAL rotate?
INTERLOCK AIO).
2 - 128
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
operation. Replace the KIT ACTUATOR REGI
Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check PWBA MCU. ROLL M. If broken
17
the shape and operation. (Refer to or deformed,
Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI REP8.10.) replace it with a
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
18 Go to step 19.
J21 and/or P/J211
correctly.

Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
MAIN MOT MG
AIO.
REP7.2.) REP8.10.)
connection.
SOLENOID FEED MSI.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
21 Go to step 22.
J23 and/or P/J231
correctly.

Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
(Refer to
REP8.10.)
2 - 129
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU. FEED ROLL /
(Refer to SOL / CLUTCH.
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
25 Go to step 26.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.

27 Go to step 28.
PWBA MCU.
PWBA MCU. SENSOR
the operation.
2 - 130
FIP-1.74 077-104 / 077-105: IOT Exit Off JAM / IOT Exit Off early JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the error.
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation.
actuator of the Exit Sensor in the FUSING UNIT is
operated?
Checked by [Digital Input] - [Exit Sensor] on [IOT Diag] of
diagnosis.
cooled down.
Checking the connectors of the Exit Sensor in the FUSING
UNIT for connection.
FUSING UNIT.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
3 Go to step 4.
J17 and/or P/J171
correctly.

Remove the FUSING UNIT. HARNESS ASSY
4 Go to step 5.
Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. FUSING UNIT MG
Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous? AIO.
Checking the power to the Exit Sensor in the FUSING UNIT. Replace the KIT
Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU. PWBA MCU.
5 Go to step 6.
Is the voltage across J17-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA (Refer to
Warning: Start the
operation after the
FUSING UNIT has
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation. cooled down.
Replace the KIT
Check the voltage across J17-3pin <=> ground on the Replace the
PWBA MCU.
6 PWBA MCU. FUSING UNIT.
(Refer to
Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the Exit (Refer to REP6.1.)
REP8.10.)
Sensor is operated? After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
2 - 131
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
7 Go to step 8.
Checking the Regi Clutch. Replace the KIT
Does the clutch noise occur? Replace the PWBA MCU.
8
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] in [IOT Diag] of printer. (Refer to
diagnosis. REP8.10.)
2 - 132
FIP-1.75 077-107 / 077-108: IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM / IOT Duplex JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)
ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10)
ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9)
SENSOR PHOTO(REGI SENSOR) (PL3.2.13)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD (PL11.1.1)
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, then check the
latching.
2 Warning: Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has Go to step 3. End of work.
cooled down.
Checking after resetting the Duplex.
3 Reseat the Duplex. Go to step 4. End of work.
Checking the DRIVE ASSY EXIT for operation.
Replace the
Does the DRIVE ASSY EXIT operate properly?
FEEDER ASSY
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Exit Motor] on [IOT Diag] of
4 Go to step 5. DUP AIO STD.
diagnosis.
(Refer to
REP10.1.).
INTERLOCK AIO).
Checking the DRIVE ASSY DUP for operation.
Replace the
Does the DRIVE ASSY DUP operate properly?
FEEDER ASSY
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Duplex Motor] on [IOT Diag]
of diagnosis.
(Refer to
REP10.1.).
INTERLOCK AIO).
Checking the Duplex Clutch for operation.
Replace the
Does the Duplex Clutch operate properly?
FEEDER ASSY
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Duplex Clutch] on [IOT Diag]
of diagnosis.
(Refer to
REP10.1.).
INTERLOCK AIO).
Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for
operation.
Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time
7 the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is Go to step 8. Go to step 10.
operated?
Checked by [Digital Input] - [Regi Sensor] in [IOT Diagnosis]
of diagnosis.
Checking the ROLLER ASSY DUP for shape and operation.
Are ROLLER ASSY DUP seated correctly? Replace ROLLER
8 Also, are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and Go to step 9. ASSY DUP. (Refer
rotated smoothly? to REP10.2.)
Check these items by turning with your finger.
2 - 133
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace
continuity Disconnect J27 from PWBA MCU.
Disconnect P272 from HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO.
OPTION MG AIO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
10 Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and Go to step 11.
J23 and/or P/J232
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
12 Go to step 13.
Check the voltage across 23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA
Replace the KIT
MCU.
PWBA MCU. Replace the Regi
(Refer to Sensor.
the operation.
REP8.10.)
Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the
SENSOR PHOTO is operated?
Checking after replacing FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD.
14 Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD. Go to step 15. End of work.
Checking after replacing FUSING UNIT.
Replace FUSING UNIT.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
15 cooled down. End of work.
(Refer to
REP8.10.)
NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear life counter
value.
2 - 134
FIP-1.76 077-215: IOT Duplexer Failure
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARNESS ASSY DUP STD MG AIO (PL11.1.14)
FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD (PL11.1.1)
Reseat the Option
Checking the Option Duplex for installation.
1 Go to step 3. Duplex, then go to
Is the Option Duplex installed correctly?
step 2.
ON?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
Check the connections between the PWBA DUP and PWBA
3 Go to step 5. J27, P/J272 and/
MCU.
or P/J 601 surely,
Are P/J27, P/J272 and P/J 601 connected surely?
then go to step 4.
4 Go to step 5. End of work
ON?
Checking theHARNESS ASSY DUP STD MG AIO for
Disconnect P/J601 from the PWBA DUP. HARNESS ASSY
5 Go to step 6.
Disconnect P/J271 from the HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG DUP STD MG
AIO. AIO.
Disconnect P/J 271 from the HARNESS ASSY DUP. OPTION MG AIO.
Is each cable of P/J27<=> P/J271 continuous?
Checking after replacing the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD.
Replace the KIT
Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD. (Refer to
PWBA MCU.
7 REP10.1.) End of work.
(Refer to
REP8.10.)
ON?
2 - 135
FIP-1.77 077-300: IOT Cover Front Open
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO (PL8.1.1)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Replace the
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT (Front Cover) for
COVER ASSY
1 shape. Go to step 2.
FRONT. (Refer to
Are there any damages on the COVER ASSY FRONT?
REP1.10.)
Reseat or replace
the COVER ASSY
2 Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Go to step 3.
FRONT. (Refer to
Is the COVER ASSY FRONT latched correctly?
REP1.10.)
Checking the interlock switch for operation.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
3 COVER ASSY FRONT is closed and opened? Go to step 4.
(Refer to
Checked by [Digital Input] - [Cover Open Sensor] in [IOT
REP8.10.)
Diag] of diagnosis.
Check the connections between PWBA MCU and PWBA
LVPS.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 5.
ON?
Replace the
continuity.
HARNESS ASSY
LVPS MAIN MG
AIO.
2 - 136
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the power to the Interlock Switch
Disconnect the connector of J44 on the PWBA LVPS.
Is the voltage across P44-1 <=> ground on the PWBA
LVPS, about +24 VDC?
Replace the
7 Go to step 8. PWBA LVPS
(Refer to REP8.9.)
Checking the Interlock Switch for operation

Replace the
Check the voltage across P44-3pin <=> ground on the Replace the
HARN ASSY
8 PWBA LVPS. PWBA LVPS
INTERLOCK AIO.
Does the voltage change, when the Interlock Switch is (Refer to REP8.9.)
(Refer to REP8.1.)
turned ON/OFF?
2 - 137
FIP-1.78 077-301: IOT Side Cover Open
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
COVER WINDOW TNR AIO (PL1.1.7)
SWITCH (PL5.1.9)
HARN ASSY SIDE SW (PL5.1.27)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO (Side Cover) for Replace the KIT
shape. COVER WINDOW
1 Go to step 2.
Are there any damages on the COVER WINDOW TNR TNR AIO. (Refer
AIO? to REP1.6.)
Replace the KIT
Checking the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO for latching.
COVER WINDOW
2 Open and close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN. Go to step 3.
TNR AIO. (Refer
Is the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO latched correctly?
to REP1.6.)
Checking the Side R Switch (SWITCH) for operation.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
3 COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN is closed and opened? Go to step 4.
(Refer to
Checked by [Digital Input] - [Side Switch] in [IOT Diag] of
REP8.10.)
diagnosis.
Checking the HARN ASSY SIDE SW for continuity.
Disconnect J291 from the SIDE R SWITCH.
Replace the
SIDE SW.
Checking after replacing the Side R Switch (SWITCH). Replace the KIT
Replace the Side R Switch (SWITCH). (Refer to REP1.11.) PWBA MCU.
5 End of work.
ON? REP8.10.)
2 - 138
FIP-1.79 077-900: IOT Exit JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the paper feeding
Was a paper fed from SSF?
Set the paper to
Checking the paper setting
2 Go to step 4. SSF correctly, and
Was the paper correctly set to SSF without slant?
go to step 3.
Replace the paper
Checking the paper condition with a new and dry
4 Go to step 6.
Is the paper wrinkled or damaged? one, then go to
step 5.
Checking after reloading a new paper
6 Reload a new paper. Go to step 7. End of work.
Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching
correctly.
Checking the FUSING UNIT
Are there any remaining paper and/or foreign substance in Remove the paper
8 the FUSING UNIT? and/or substance, Go to step 9.
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has then go to step 9.
cooled down.
Checking after resetting the FUSING UNIT
9 Warning: Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has Go to step 10. End of work.
cooled down.
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation
actuator of the Exit Sensor in the FUSING UNIT is Replace the KIT
operated? PWBA MCU.
10 Go to step 11.
Checked by [Digital Input] - [Exit Sensor] in [IOT Diag] of (Refer to
diagnosis. REP8.10.)
cooled down.
2 - 139
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the connectors of the Exit Sensor in the FUSING
UNIT for connection.
FUSING UNIT.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
11 Go to step 12.
J17 and/or P/J171
correctly.

Remove the FUSING UNIT. HARNESS ASSY
12 Go to step 13.
Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. FUSING UNIT MG
Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous? AIO.
Checking the power to the Exit Sensor in the FUSING UNIT. Replace the KIT
Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU. PWBA MCU.
13 Go to step 14.
Is the voltage across J17-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA (Refer to
Warning: Start the
operation after the
FUSING UNIT has
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation. cooled down.
Replace the KIT
Check the voltage across J17-3pin <=> ground on the Replace the
PWBA MCU.
14 PWBA MCU. FUSING UNIT.
(Refer to
Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the Exit (Refer to REP6.1.)
REP8.10.)
Sensor is operated? After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
2 - 140
FIP-1.80 077-901: IOT Remain Registration JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the error.
2 Go to step 3.
Checking the Regi Clutch.
Does the clutch noise occur? Replace the
3 Go to step 4.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] in [IOT Diag] of printer.
diagnosis.
Checking the Regi Sensor for operation.
Replace the KIT
PWBA MCU.
4 actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Go to step 5.
(Refer to
Checked by [Digital Input] - [Regi Sensor] on [IOT Diag] of
REP8.10.)
diagnosis.
Reseat the
Remove the CHUTE LOW CST (PL3.2.35) once to check IN. (Refer to
it.
SENSOR PHOTO.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
6 Go to step 7.
J23 and/or P/J232
correctly.
2 - 141
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
8 Go to step 9.
PWBA MCU.
PWBA MCU. SENSOR
9 Remove the CHUTE LOW CST (PL3.2.35) once to check
the operation.
2 - 142
FIP-1.81 077-907: IOT Remain Duplex JAM
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) (PL3.2.13)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) for
operation.
Replace the KIT
Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time
PWBA MCU.
1 the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Go to step 2.
(Refer to
Sensor) is operated?
REP8.10.)
Checked by [Digital Input] - [SSF No Paper Sensor] in [IOT
Diagnosis] of diagnosis.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J23 and/or P/J233
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J23 and/or P/J233
SENSOR PHOTO.
correctly.
Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Replace the Replace the KIT
Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. SENSOR PWBA MCU.
5
Is the voltage across P23-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA PHOTO(SSF No (Refer to
MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Paper Sensor) REP8.10.)
2 - 143
FIP-1.82 091-402: IOT PHD Life Pre Warning
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Replace the PHD
Checking the life counter value of the PHD ASSY.
1 ASSY. (Refer to Go to step 2.
Does the life count value show the near of the end?
REP4.6.)
ON?
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY.
Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to REP4.6.) Replace the KIT
CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a PWBA MCU.
3 End of work.
new PHD ASSY before installation. (Refer to
ON?
2 - 144
FIP-1.83 091-912: PHD Tape Staying
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the sealing tapes of the PHD ASSY staying.
Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Pull the sealing
Remove the PHD ASSY.
1 Go to step 3. tapes out, then go
Has the sealing tapes (total eight sealing tapes) been pulled
to step 2.
out?
After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY correctly.
ON?
3 End of work.
ON?
2 - 145
FIP-1.84 091-916: IOT PHD CRUM ID Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
ON?
Replace the PHD
Checking the PHD ASSY type.
2 Go to step 4. ASY for WC 6505,
Is the seated PHD ASSY for WC 6505?
then go to step 3.
ON?
ON?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and PHD
ASSY.
surly, then go to
step 6.
ON?
Disconnect P422 from the PHD ASSY.
Is each cable of P422 <=> J42 continuous?
Replace the
XPRO.
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the KIT

Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to REP4.6.) PWBA MCU.
8 End of work.
ON? REP8.10.)
2 - 146
FIP-1.85 091-935: IOT PHD Life Over
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Replace the PHD
Checking the life counter value of the PHD ASSY.
1 ASSY. (Refer to Go to step 2.
Does the life count value show the near of the end?
REP4.6.)
ON?
3 End of work.
ON?
2 - 147
FIP-1.86 091-941 / 091-942 / 091-943 / 091-944: IOT CRU Waste (YMCK) Full
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24)
TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23)
TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22)
TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking after replacing the XEROX-TONER CARTRIDGE
(Y, M, C or K). Replace the KIT
Replace the XEROX-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). PWBA MCU.
1 End of work.
ON?
2 - 148
FIP-1.87 091-972: IOT PHD Detached
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
ON?
Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and PHD
ASSY.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surly, then go to
step 3.
ON?
Replace the
Disconnect P422 from the PHD ASSY.
XPRO.
Is each cable of P422 <=> J42 continuous?
5 End of work.
ON?
2 - 149
FIP-1.88 092-310: IOT CTD (ACD) Sensor Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)
FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2)
MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3)
HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25)
TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the protection sheet staying.
Is there the protection sheet on the PHD ASSY?
Remove the
1 Go to step 2.
protection sheet.
Checking the CTD (ADC) Sensor Window.

Open the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Is the CTD (ADC) Sensor window dirty?
ADC Sensor window
Rio01012KA
Turn off the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) Sensor
window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab.
3 After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Go to step 4. End of work.
ON?
Checking after resetting the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C
and K).
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C and K), and
check that the lock key is in the lock position.
ON?
2 - 150
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K) for
rotation.
Does the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K) function
normally?
5 Checked by [Digital Output] - [Yellow Toner Motor,Magenta Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Toner Motor,Cyan Toner Motor,Black Toner Motor] in [IOT
Diag] of diagnosis.
INTERLOCK AIO).
Replace the
Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape
defective gear(s)
and operation.
6 Go to step 11. or DISPENSER
Are the shape and operation of the gears of the
ASSY. (Refer to
DISPENSER ASSY normal?
REP5.1.)
Checking the connector for connection.
Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and
DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K).
Are P/J18 and P/J181(Y)/P/J182(M) connected correctly? Reconnect the
Are P/J19 and P/J191(C)/P/J192(K) connected correctly? connector(s) P/
Example: For Yellow J18 and P/J181
surly, then go to
step 8. or
7 Go to step 9.
reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J19 and P/J191
surly, then go to
step 8.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect J181(Y)/J182(M)/J191(C)/J192(K) from the
9 Go to step 10. HARN ASSY TNR
DISPENSE MOTOR (YMCK) MOT.
MOT.
Is each cable of J18 <=> J181/182 continuous? or Is each
cable of J19 <=> J191/192 continuous?
Checking the power to TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY
DISP). Replace the Replace the KIT
Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. MOTOR ASSY PWBA MCU.
10
Is the voltage across P18-3pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, DISP or FRAME (Refer to
about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY ASSY MOT. REP8.10.)
INTERLOCK AIO) is pushed.
ON?
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C
or K).
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and check
that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to REP5.5.)
ON?
2 - 151
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to REP4.6.)
ON?
Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT
Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. TRANSFER
14 End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ASSY. (Refer to
ON? REP6.3.)
2 - 152
FIP-1.89 092-410 / 092-910: CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness Warning / IOT CTD (ADC)
Sensor Dustiness
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Turn OFF the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC)
Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab.
1 After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Go to step 2. End of work.
ON?
Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CTD
(ADC) Sensor.
Are P/J28 and P/J281connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
correctly, then go
to step 3.
ON?
Disconnect J281 from the TRANSFER ASSY. L SIDE MG AIO.
Clean the belt with
Checking the surface of the belt on the TRANSFER ASSY.
5 a clean dry cloth, Go to step 7.
Is the belt dirty?
then go to step 6.
ON?
Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to REP6.3.) PWBA MCU.
7 End of work.
ON? REP8.10.)
2 - 153
FIP-1.90 092-661: IOT Environment Sensor Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
SENSOR HUM (PL8.1.10)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
ON?
Checking after resetting the SENSOR HUM.
Reseat the SENSOR HUM.
ON?
continuity.
Disconnect J201 from the SENSOR HUM.
Replace the
L SIDE MG AIO.
Checking the power to SENSOR HUM. Replace the KIT

Replace the
Disconnect the connector of J20 from the PWBA MCU. PWBA MCU.
4 SENSOR HUM.
(Refer to REP8.6.)
MCU, about +5 VDC? REP8.10.)
2 - 154
FIP-1.91 093-423 / 093-424 / 093-425 / 093-426: IOT Toner Cartridge Near Life
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
1 End of work.
ON?
2 - 155
FIP-1.92 093-919 / 093-920 / 093-921 / 093-922: IOT YMCK Toner Low Density
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)
FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2)
MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3)
GEAR IDLER (PL5.1.6)
GEAR IDLER AUG (PL5.1.7)
GEAR IDLER AGI (PL5.1.8)
HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the Toner Type.
Is the XEROX Toner seated?
Checking the sealing tapes on the PHD ASSY staying.
Are there sealing tapes on the PHD ASSY?
2 Pull the tape out. Go to step 3.
Checking the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE Replace the
(Y, M, C or K). TONER
Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, CARTRIDGE (Y,
3 Go to step 7.
M, C or K) in [Parameter] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. M, C or K), then
Does the remainder value shows the near of the end? go to step 4.
(Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.) (Refer to REP5.5.)
ON?
Replace the Non-
Checking the toner remainder in the Non-XEROX Toner
XEROX Toner
Cartridge (Y, M, C or K).
5 Cartridge (Y, M, C Go to step 7.
Is the toner that remains in the Non-XEROX Toner Cartridge
or K), then go to
(Y, M, C or K) a little?
step 6.
ON?
Checking the sealing tapes for yellow toner of the PHD
ASSY staying.
Pull the sealing
Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT.
7 Go to step 9. tapes out, then go
to step 8.
Has the sealing tapes for yellow toner been pulled out?
After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY.
ON?
2 - 156
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
or K).
Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and
shake it from side to side.
Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and check
that the lock key is in the lock position.
ON?
Checking the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K) for
rotation.
Does the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K) function
normally?
10 Checked by [Digital Output] - [Yellow Toner Motor,Magenta Go to step 11. Go to step 12.
Diag] of diagnosis.
INTERLOCK AIO).
Replace the
Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape
defective gear(s)
and operation.
11 Go to step 16. or DISPENSER
Are the shape and operation of the gears of the
ASSY. (Refer to
DISPENSER ASSY normal?
REP5.1.)
DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K).
Are P/J18 and P/J181(Y)/P/J182(M) connected correctly? Reconnect the
Are P/J19 and P/J191(C)/P/J192(K) connected correctly? connector(s) P/
Example: For Yellow J18 and P/J181
surly, then go to
step 8. or
12 Go to step 14.
reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J19 and P/J191
surly, then go to
step 8.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect J181(Y)/J182(M)/J191(C)/J192(K) from the
14 Go to step 15. HARN ASSY TNR
DISPENSE MOTOR (YMCK) MOT.
MOT.
Is each cable of J18 <=> J181/182 continuous? or Is each
cable of J19 <=> J191/192 continuous?
Checking the power to TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY
DISP). Replace the Replace the KIT
Disconnect J18/J19 from the PWBA MCU. MOTOR ASSY PWBA MCU.
15
Is the voltage across P18P/19-3pin <= > ground on PWBA DISP or FRAME (Refer to
MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY MOT. REP8.10.)
ASSY INTERLOCK AIO) is pushed.
2 - 157
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
or K).
ON?
ON?
Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT
Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. TRANSFER
18 End of work.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ASSY. (Refer to
ON? REP6.3.)
2 - 158
FIP-1.93 093-925 / 093-950 / 093-951 / 093-952: IOT Toner (YMCK) CRUM Comm Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26)
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K) for
installing.
1 Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Go to step 2. End of work.
on?
Reconnect the
connector(s)
2 CONNECTOR CRUM (Y, M, C or K). Go to step 4.
surely, then go to
Are P/J31 and P/J311(Y) / P/J312 (M) / P/J313(C) / P/J314
step 3.
(K) connected surely?
on?
Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity.
Replace the
Disconnect P/J311(Y) / P/J312 (M) / P/J313(C) / P/J314 (K)
from the CONNECTOR CRUM (YMCK).
TONER CRUM.
Is each cable of P/J31 <=> P/J311(Y) / P/J312 (M) / P/
J313(C) / P/J314 (K) continuous?
Checking the output power of CONNECTOR CRUM (Y, M, C
Replace the
or K).
DISPENSER
5 Disconnect P/J31 on the PWBA MCU. Go to step 6.
ASSY. (Refer to
Is the voltage across ground <=> J31-3(Y)/7(M)/11(C)/ 15(K)
REP5.1.)
pin on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3VDC?
Checking after the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Replace the KIT
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). PWBA MCU
6 End of work.
on? REP8.10.)
2 - 159
FIP-1.94 093-926 / 093-960 / 093-961 / 093-962: IOT (YMCK) CRUM ID Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14)
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Close the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO correctly.
1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and Go to step 2. End of work.
ON?
Change the Toner
2 Go to step 3. Type setting to
Non-XEROX Toner.
or K).
ON?
or K).
ON?
CONNECTOR CRUM.
Are P/J31 and P/J311(Y),P/J312(M),P/J313(C),P/J314(K)
connected correctly?
Example: For Yellow Reconnect the
connector(s) P/ J31
and/or P/J311
5 Go to step 7. (Y),P/J312 (M),P/
J313 (C),P/J314
(K) surly, then go to
step 6.
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity. Replace the HARN
Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. ASSY TONER
7 Go to step 8.
Disconnect J31 from the CONNECTOR CRUM. CRUM(Y, M, C or
Is each cable of J31 <=> J311/J312/J313/J314 continuous? K).
Checking the power to CONNECTOR CRUM. Replace the Replace the KIT
Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. CONNECTOR PWBA MCU.
8
Is the voltage across P31-3pin(Y)/-7pin(M)/-11pin(C)/-15pin CRUM(Y, M, C or (Refer to
<=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? K). REP8.10.)
2 - 160
FIP-1.95 093-930 / 093-931 / 093-932 / 093-933: IOT Toner Cartridge Life Over
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
1 End of work.
ON?
2 - 161
FIP-1.96 093-970 / 093-971 / 093-972 / 093-973: IOT Print Cartridge Detached
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
ON?
Change the Toner
Checking the Toner Type. Type setting to
2 Go to step 3.
Is the XEROX Toner seated? Non-XEROX
Toner.
or K).
ON?
or K).
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). (Refer to
REP5.5.)
ON?
Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity.
Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Replace the
5 Disconnect J311 (Y) from the connector CRUM. Go to step 6. HARN ASSY
Are P/J31 and P/J311(Y),P/J312(M),P/J313(C),P/J314(K) TONER CRUM
connected correctly?
Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU. Replace the KIT
Reseat the PWBA MCU. PWBA MCU.
6 End of work.
ON? REP8.10.)
2 - 162
FIP-1.97 094-422: IOT Belt Unit Near Life
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
ON?
Initialize the life
counter value at
the Customer Replace the KIT
Checking the life counter value of the TRANSFER ASSY.
Diag, after replace PWBA MCU.
2 Does the life counter value show the near of the end?
the KIT (Refer to
(Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.)
TRANSFER REP8.10.)
ASSY. (Refer to
REP6.3.)
2 - 163
FIP-1.98 094-911: IOT Belt Unit Life Over
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
ON?
Initialize the life
counter value at
the Customer Replace the KIT
Checking the life counter value of the TRANSFER ASSY.
Diag, after PWBA MCU.
2 Does the life counter value show the near of the end? (Refer
replacing the KIT (Refer to
to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.)
TRANSFER REP8.10.)
ASSY. (Refer to
REP6.3.)
2 - 164
FIP-1.99 116-316 / 116-320: ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail / ESS DIMM Slot RAM
Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace to the
recommended
1 Is the customer using the recommended memory card? Go to step 3.
memory card,then
go step 2.
ON?
Checking the MEMORY CARD (OPTION) installation.
3 Reseat the MEMORY CARD (OPTION). Go to step 4. End of work.
Checking after resetting the MEMORY CARD (OPTION). Replace the KIT
4 Replace the MEMORY CARD. (Refer to REP8.3.) PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
2 - 165
FIP-1.100 116-355: On Board Network Fatal Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after removing the ethernet cable. Initialize the
Replace the KIT
Remove the ethernet cable. Network settings
1 PWBA ESS AIO.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and and configure the
(Refer to REP8.2.)
on? settings again.
2 - 166
FIP-1.101 116-361 / 116-362 / 116-363 / 116-366 / 116-368 / 116-369: PCI Bus# (0/1)
Error Detected / PCI Bus# (0/1) Host Bridge Controller Error / PCI Error Mes-
sages received from Bus#0-Device# (0/1)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the error. Replace the KIT
1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
ON? (Refer to REP8.2.)
2 - 167
FIP-1.102 116-721: Collate Full
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
-
Checking the error.
1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and Go to step 2. End of work.
ON?
Split the document
Checking RAM Disk size settings. into blocks to
2 Does the error occur when printing after reducing the size decrease the End of work.
setting of the RAM Disk? number of pages
to be collated.
2 - 168
FIP-1.103 134-211: Fax Card Modem Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Checking the error
1 Turn off and on the power. Go to step 2. End of work.
Checking the PWBA FAX installation
2 Reseat the PWBA FAX. (Refer to REP8.4.) Go to step 3. End of work.
2 - 169
FIP-1.104 193-700: Custom Toner Mode
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the Toner Cartridge.
1 Is the installed toner cartridge to the printer the XEROX Go to step 2. End of work.
toner?
2 Is the [Non-XEROX Toner] of the [Maintenance] on the Set to the [Off]. Go to step 3.
[Admin Menu] of the [SET UP] the [On]?
Checking the Toner Cartridge. Replace the KIT
3 Replace to the known good toner cartridges. PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
2 - 170
2.4 Abnormal Noise Trouble

2.4.1 Entry Chart for Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting
Check the Operation Mode Table of Power ON.

Does abnornal noise arise during
Check the components are normal without any
initialization after Power ON?
Y stains and/or damages. (Refer to FIP1 N1.)
Check the Operation Mode Table of Standby.

Does abnormal noise arise during
Standby?
Y stains and/or damages. (Refer to FIP1 N2.)
N
Check the Operation Mode Table of Printing.

Does abnormal noise arise during
printing? Y stains and/or damages. (Refer to FIP1 N3.)
2 - 171
2.4.2 Operation Mode Table

FIP-1.N1 Noise: When Power is Turned On
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
Checking the Main Motor.
Does the noise arise from the printer?
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor] in [IOT Diag] tab
of [IOT Diag].
2 Does the noise arise from the printer? Go to step 3. End of work.
diagnosis.
Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY.
Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY.
diagnosis.
Try replacing the
PHD ASSY (Refer
to REP4.6.), KIT
Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
TRANSFER
ASSY (Refer to
4 Does the noise arise from the printer? End of work.
REP6.3.) and KIT
DRIVE ASSY
diagnosis.
MAIN (Refer to
REP7.2.) one after
another.
Checking the Sub Motor.
Check the
5 Go to step 6. installation
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Sub Motor] in [IOT Diag] of
situation of printer.
diagnosis.
diagnosis.
7 cooled down. Go to step 8. End of work.
diagnosis.
2 - 172
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Try replacing the
PHD ASSY (Refer
to REP4.6.),
FUSING UNIT
Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
(Refer to REP6.1.)
after replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
diagnosis.
value, and DRIVE
ASSY SUB (Refer
to REP7.1.) one
after another.
2 - 173
FIP-1.N2 Noise: During Standby
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
FAN (PL8.2.8)
Checking the FAN. Replace the
Replace the
Does the noise arise from the Fan? DUCT FAN ASSY
1 PWBA LVPS
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Fan Motor] in [IOT Diag] of AIO. (Refer to
(Refer to REP8.9.)
diagnosis. REP8.8.)
2 - 174
FIP-1.N3 Noise: During Printing (Checking for other items than "power on noise")
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
FAN (PL8.2.8)
FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD(PL11.1.1)
ADF ASSY (PL10.1.3)
PAD ASSY SEPARATOR (PL10.1.6)
Checking the ADF feeding.
1 Does the noise arise from the printer when the original is fed Go to step 2. Go to step 4.
from the ADF?
Checking the original. END, change the
2 Go to step 3
Does the original meet the ADF spec? original.
Remove the
foreign
substances or
Checking the KIT ADF FEED ROLL & SEPARATOR ROLL Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT
3 Are there any damages or foreign substances on the ADF ASSY. (Refer
ADF FEED ROLL
Roller? to REP9.1.)
& SEPARATOR
ROLL. (Refer to
REP9.2.)
Checking the paper feeding.
4 Does the noise arise from the printer when the paper is fed Go to step 5. Go to step 9.
from the Tray 1?
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
Checking the paper condition in the Paper Cassette.
5 Go to step 7. recommended
Is the paper dry and recommended paper?
one, then go to
step 6.
Checking noise when the paper is fed from the Tray 1.
Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR in the Paper
Replace the KIT
Cassette for rotation.
HOLDER ASSY
7 Remove the Paper Cassette from the printer. Go to step 8.
SEPARATOR.
Does the SEPARATOR ROLLER rotate smoothly?
(Refer to REP2.2.)
Turning it with your finger.
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for rotation.
Remove the Paper Cassette from the printer. Replace the KIT
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor] in [IOT Diag] and ROLL ASSY
8 Go to step 12.
then enter the [Digital Output] - [Tray1 Feed Solenoid] in FEED. (Refer to
[IOT Diag] of diagnosis. REP3.3.)
Does the noise arise from this Roller?
2 - 175
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Reset the paper
Checking the paper guide sides setting and paper setting of
guide sides, and
SSF.
9 Go to step 10. correctly insert the
Were the paper guide sides of SSF correctly set, and was
paper to SSF, then
the paper correctly inserted into SSF?
go to step 10.
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
Checking the paper condition.
one, then go to
step 11.
Checking noise when the paper is fed from the SSF.
Checking the Duplex.
12 Does the noise arise when feeding the paper from the Go to step 13. Go to step 15.
Duplex?
Checking the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD for installation.
13 Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD. Go to step 14. End of work.
Checking the Duplex Motor (MOTOR ASSY DUP). Replace FEEDER
Does the noise arise from the printer? ASSY DUP SFP
14 End of work.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Duplex Motor] in [IOT Diag] of STD (Refer to
diagnosis. REP10.1.).
Checking the Main Motor.
diagnosis.
diagnosis.
Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY.
diagnosis.
Checking the foreign substances on the surfaces of the Remove the
ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL. foreign
18 Go to step 20.
Are there any foreign substances on the surfaces of these substances, then
parts? go to step 19.
Checking noise when printing.
Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL
for rotation. Replace the ROLL
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor] in [IOT Diag] and ASSY REGI and/
20 Go to step 21.
then enter the [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] in [IOT Diag] of or ROLL REGI
diagnosis. METAL.
Does the noise arise from the Roller(s)?
2 - 176
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Try replacing the
PHD ASSY (Refer
to REP4.6.), KIT
Checking the DRIVE ASSY MAIN for installation.
TRANSFER
ASSY (Refer to
REP6.3.) and KIT
DRIVE ASSY
diagnosis.
MAIN (Refer to
REP7.2.) one after
another.
Checking the Sub Motor. Check the
Does the noise arise from the printer? installation
22 Go to step 23.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Sub Motor] in [IOT Diag] of situation of the
diagnosis. printer.
Checking the PHD ASSY for installation.
diagnosis.
Checking the FUSING UNIT for installation.
diagnosis.
Try replacing the
PHD ASSY (Refer
to REP4.6.),
FUSING UNIT
Checking the DRIVE ASSY SUB for installation.
(Refer to REP6.1.)
after replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
diagnosis.
value, and DRIVE
ASSY SUB (Refer
to REP7.1.) one
after another.
2 - 177
2.5 Other FIP

Other FIP covers the Electrical Noise FIP, Power Supply FIP and Multiple Feed FIP, except Error Code
FIP, Abnormal Noise FIP and Image Quality FIP.
FIP-Electrical Noise
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)
Checking the external noise.
Are there any other electrical appliances within 3 meters
form the printer, such as generators, radio and appliances
1 with motors? Go to step 2. End of work.
Either turn off the other electrical appliances, or relocate the
printer at least 6 meters away from other appliances.
Does the electrical noise error still occur?
Checking the AC ground. Request the client
2 Is AC power supply outlet wired and grounded Go to step 3. to fix AC power
appropriately? supply outlet.
Clean or replace
Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection.
the KIT
TRANSFER
3 Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four Go to step 4.
ASSY (Refer to
springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or
REP6.3.) or
deformed?
SPRING(s).
Checking the PHD ASSY for connection.
Clean or replace
the PHD ASSY
4 Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on Go to step 5.
(Refer to REP4.6.)
the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or
or SPRING(s).
deformed?
5 Reseat the PHD ASSY. Go to step 6. End of work.
Does the electrical noise error still occur?
Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Reseat the PWBA
6 Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. HVPS. (Refer to End of work.
Does the electrical noise error still occur? REP4.5.)
2 - 178
FIP-AC Power
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO (PL8.3.7)
1 Does the motor noise arise when turning on the power? Go to FIP-DC. Go to step 2.
During this test, close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
Checking the power supply on wall outlet.
2 Connect the power cord with other wall outlet. End of work. Go to step 3.
Does the printer operate normally?
Checking the power code for connection.
3 Reconnect the power cord. End of work. Go to step 4.
Checking the connector of SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO
for connection. Replace the
Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute. SWITCH ASSY
4 End of work.
Reconnect the connector of SWITCH ASSY INLET MG INLET MG AIO,
AIO. then go to step 5.
Checking the connector of PWBA LVPS for connection.
Replace the
Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute.
5 End of work. PWBA LVPS
Reconnect the all connectors of PWBA LVPS.
(Refer to REP8.9.)
2 - 179
FIP-DC Power
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)
Checking the connector of the PWBA LVPS for connection.
Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute.
1 End of work. Go to step 2.
Reconnect the all connectors of the PWBA LVPS.
Checking the connector of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL for
connection.
2 Reconnect the connector (P/J202) of the CONSOLE ASSY End of work. Go to step 3.
PANEL.
Does the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL operate normally?
Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU. Replace the
3 Reseat the PWBA MCU. End of work. PWBA LVPS
Does the printer operate normally? (Refer to REP8.9.)
2 - 180
FIP-Multiple Feed
NOTE This multiple feed trouble occurs only when the paper is fed from the Paper Cassette.
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Use the paper that
Checking the using paper. meets the
1 Go to step 3.
Does the using paper meet the specifications? specifications,
then go to step 2.
2 Does the multi feed still occur when printing? Go to step 3. End of work.
Replace the paper
with a new dry and
Checking paper condition.
one, then go to
step 4.
4 Does the multi feed still occur when printing? Go to step 5. End of work.
Replace the KIT
ROLL ASSY
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY FEED (Refer to
SEPARATOR for rotation. REP3.3.) and/or
5 End of work.
Does the ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY KIT HOLDER
SEPARATOR rotate smoothly and operate correctly? ASSY
SEPARATOR
(Refer to REP2.2.)
2 - 181
FIP-Control Panel Freezes
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the operating environment. Replace the
1 Go to step 2.
Is the printer connected to the Network? Printer.
Checking the IP address.
Can you change the IP address?
Replace the KIT
Checking the internet connectivity.
3 Go to step 4. PWBA ESS AIO.
Is there any internet connection available for your PC?
(Refer to REP8.2.)
Updating the firmware to the latest version.
Download the latest version of the firmware from the
XEROX Support Web site, and execute the update.
NOTE: Before updating the firmware to the latest
version, reset the error following the steps of procedure Replace the KIT
4 described below. In addition, update the firmware by PWBA ESS AIO. End of work.
way of a USB storage. (Refer to REP8.2.)
1) Remove the network cable.
2) Connect the USB cable.
3) Turn the power off and on.
Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on?
Changing the IP address.
Contact your system administrator for obtaining a new IP
Replace the KIT
address.
Refer to Reference_1 for details of how to change the IP
(Refer to REP8.2.)
address.
Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on?
Reference_1:Changing the IP address

1) Remove the network cable, and power off the printer and then on
2) Change the IP address on the Control Panel.
3) Plug the network cable back into the printer, and then turn the power on.
4) On the Control Panel, open [Admin] > [Network] > [TCP/IP], and confirm that the IP
address has been changed.
2 - 182
FIP-Freezes with "Printing..." during Fax Reception
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)
Checking Discard Size under Fax Setting.
Replace the
On the Control Panel, open [Admin Menu] > [Fax
1 Go to step 2. PWBA FAX.
Settings] > [Discard Size].
(Refer to REP8.4.)
Is the Discard Size option set to ON?
Disabling Discard Size On the Control Panel, open [Admin
Replace the
Menu] > [Fax Settings] > [Discard Size],and select "Off".
2 PWBA FAX. End of work.
Power off the printer and then on.
(Refer to REP8.4.)
Does the problem persist?
2 - 183
Blank Page
2 - 184
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting CONTENTS

3.1 Preface.............................................................................................................................................. 3 - 1
3.1.1 Organization and Characteristics of Chapter 3 ........................................................................ 3 - 1
3.1.2 How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting ............................................................................. 3 - 1
3.2 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting................................................................................. 3 - 2
3.3 Image Quality FIP ............................................................................................................................. 3 - 6
FIP-1.P1 The output is too light ...................................................................................................... 3 - 6
FIP-1.P2 The entire output is blank .............................................................................................. 3 - 10
FIP-1.P3 Part or the entire output is black. .................................................................................. 3 - 13
FIP-1.P4 Toner smears ................................................................................................................ 3 - 14
FIP-1.P5 Random spots ............................................................................................................... 3 - 15
FIP-1.P6 Streaks appear on the output ........................................................................................ 3 - 17
FIP-1.P7 Pitched color dots .......................................................................................................... 3 - 19
FIP-1.P8 Vertical blanks ............................................................................................................... 3 - 21
FIP-1.P9 Ghosting ........................................................................................................................ 3 - 24
FIP-1.P10 Light-Induced Fatigue ................................................................................................... 3 - 27
FIP-1.P11 Fog ................................................................................................................................ 3 - 28
FIP-1.P12 Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) .................................................................................................. 3 - 30
FIP-1.P13 Jagged characters ......................................................................................................... 3 - 31
FIP-1.P14 Banding/Horizontal band cross out ............................................................................... 3 - 33
FIP-1.P15 Auger mark .................................................................................................................... 3 - 36
FIP-1.P16 Wrinkled/Stained paper (Envelope Wrinkle) ................................................................. 3 - 38
FIP-1.P17 The top margin is incorrect / The side margin is incorrect ............................................ 3 - 40
FIP-1.P18 Color registration is out of alignment ............................................................................. 3 - 42
FIP-1.P19 Images are skewed ....................................................................................................... 3 - 43
FIP-1.P20 Paper Damage .............................................................................................................. 3 - 45
FIP-1.P21 Unfusing ........................................................................................................................ 3 - 47
FIP-1.P22 Label Stuck ................................................................................................................... 3 - 48
3.1 Preface
3.1.1 Organization and Characteristics of Chapter 3
1. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting is composed of four sections: Image Quality
Troubleshooting Entry Chart, Image Quality Specifications and Image Quality FIP.
2. The Image Quality Specifications section describes all types of Test Pattern and image quality
evaluation procedure using the Test Patterns and their usages.
3. The Image Quality FIP section describes troubleshooting procedure for image problem items and
failed parts that cause image quality failure.
3.1.2 How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting
1. When an image quality problem occurs, carry out troubleshooting by searching the appropriate page
for "3.4 Image Quality FIP" in the contents describing the item.
2. When determining an image quality failure, follow an appropriate procedure by referring to "3.3 Print
Image Quality Specifications".
3-1
3.2 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting
Start
Test Printing
No
Is there a corresponding FIP?
Yes
Carry out the corresponding troubleshooting. Replace TONER CARTRIDGE, PHD ASSY,
TRANSFER ASSY and FUSING UNIT.
No No
The trouble is restored? The trouble is restored?
Yes Yes
End End
Leg_Sec001_001FA
NOTE It is stated as the ESS is normal. By operating test print with the Printer Engine
only, if the trouble is on ESS side or the Printer Engine side can simply be
diagnosed, except those phenomena that are not able to be diagnosed by test
print.
- Test print result with the Printer Engine only is normal. --- >Malfunction on ESS
side
- Test print result with the Printer Engine only is also abnormal. ---> Malfunction
on the Printer Engine side
When it is the case of [Malfunction on ESS side], replace with normal ESS and
normal Interface Cable, and check.
When the trouble still occurs after replacement, check the host side, and operate
Troubleshooting efficiently, using the following image quality FIP according to
each phenomenon.
3-2
When an image quality problem occurs, output a sample print to grasp the nature of the problem,
and then perform troubleshooting using "Image Quality FIP List".
If the problem persists even after a troubleshooting with the Image Quality FIP, check using the FIP
again, and then replace the Possible causative parts listed in the relevant FIP one by one. Image
Quality FIP List
-FIP-1.P1 The output is too light
-FIP-1.P2 The entire output is blank
-FIP-1.P3 Part or the entire output is black.
-FIP-1.P4 Toner smears
-FIP-1.P5 Random spots
-FIP-1.P6 Streaks appear on the output
-FIP-1.P7 Pitched color dots
-FIP-1.P8 Vertical blanks
-FIP-1.P9 Ghosting
-FIP-1.P10 Light-Induced Fatigue
-FIP-1.P11 Fog
-FIP-1.P12 Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
-FIP-1.P13 Jagged characters
-FIP-1.P14 Banding/Horizontal band cross out
-FIP-1.P15 Auger mark
-FIP-1.P16 Wrinkled/Stained paper (Envelope Wrinkle)
-FIP-1.P17 The top margin is incorrect / The side margin is incorrect
-FIP-1.P18 Color registration is out of alignment
-FIP-1.P19 Images are skewed
-FIP-1.P20 Paper Damage
-FIP-1.P21 Unfusing
-FIP-1.P22 Label Stuck
3-3
NOTE When horizontal lines and/or spot occur periodically, it is possibly caused by the
trouble of a particular roll. In this case, compare the trouble intervals on the test
print with the Pitch Chart. The interval does not necessarily match circumference
of the roll. The trouble may be solved easily by the check.
Exit Roll [FUSING UNIT]
Dup Gate [FUSING UNIT]
Heat Roll [FUSING UNIT] Pressure Belt [FUSING UNIT]
Drum
[PHD ASSY]
Dup Roll
[ROLLER ASSY DUP]
Belt [TRANSFER ASSY]
Regi Roll (rubber) Dup Roll

[PRINTER] [ROLLER ASSY DUP]
Regi Roll (metal)

Feed Roll [PRINTER]
[ROLL ASSY FEED]
Separator Roller
[PRINTER]
No Roll Parts Period (mm) Replaceable parts

1 Heat Roll 67 FUSING UNIT
2 Pressure Belt 63 FUSING UNIT
3 Drum 76 PHD ASSY
4 Belt 410 TRANSFER ASSY
5 Regi Roll (rubber) 37 PRINTER
3-4
-Pitch Chart
The chart is printed [Contamination Check] in the [Test Print] of the [Diagnosis].
Page 1 Page 2
13 13
Wsb02028KA Wsb02027KA
Page 3 Page 4
13
13
Page 5
Wsb02025KA
3-5
3.3 Image Quality FIP

FIP-1.P1 The output is too light
Faint
Mnt01100KA Mnt01101KA
ESS and possible causative parts

- TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7)
- PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
- DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)
- ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)
- PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)
Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign
materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the error mode.
Does the error occur only during copying?
2 Go to step 3.
Is the original color density low? original.
Checking the Default setting.
Set the [Normal]
3 Is the [Lighter/Darker] of the [Copy Default] in the [Copy] of Go to step 5.
or [Darker 1 to 3].
the [Default Settings] the [Lighter 2 or 3]?
Printing data is
incorrect,then
Checking the printing.
check the printing
4 Checked by [Test Print] - [Gradation] in diagnosis. Go to step 5.
data which the
Is the image printed correctly?
problem
generated.
Changing the printer driver setting.
1.Reset Image Settings (Brightness/Contrast) to defaults.
- Click [Restore Defaults] in [Image Settings] on the
[Graphics] tab.
2.Disable Toner Saving Mode.
- Deselect the [Toner Saving Mode] check box on the
[Advanced] tab.
3-6
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the paper
with a new and dry
Checking the paper.
one. or Change
6 Is the installed paper with a new and dry one? or does the Go to step 7.
the paper to the
paper satisfy the specification?
one that satisfies
the specification.
installation.
7 Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, End of work. Go to step 8
M, C, or K).
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K).
8 Is the toner cartridges installed to the printer the XEROX Go to step 10 Go to step 9
toner?
Set the Non-XEROX toner option to [Off].
(Refer to [Non-XEROX Toner] in "21 Understanding the Tool
9 End of work. Go to step 10
Box Menus".)
Checking the PHD ASSY sealing ribbon.
After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove
the PHD ASSY from the printer.Remove any of the 8 pieces
of sealing ribbon that may be left on the PHD ASSY.Then,
install the PHD ASSY into the printer.If the ribbon is found, it
takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the
printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one.
Are four HV terminals on the right side of the TRANSFER
ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and
14) dirty and/or deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
11 ASSY or Go to step 13.
SPRING(s), then
go to step 12.
12 Is the image printed correctly? End of work. Go to step 13.
3-7
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
SPRING(s),then
go to step 14.

14 Reseat the PHD ASSY. End of work. Go to step 15.
Checking the laser beam windows of the ROS ASSY.
Are the laser beam windows on the ROS ASSY clean?
Clean the
window(s) with
15 Go to step 16.
soft cloth or cotton
swab gently.
Checking the laser beam path.

Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY
and PHD ASSY?
Remove the
16 foreign Go to step 17.
substances.
3-8
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
Does the Toner Dispenser Motor function normally?
DISPENSER
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Yellow Toner Motor,Magenta
17 Go to step 19. ASSY. (Refer to
REP5.1.), then go
Diag] of diagnosis.
to step 18.
19 Reseat the PWBA MCU. End of work. Go to step 20.
Checking after resetting the PWBA ESS AIO.
20 Reseat the PWBA ESS AIO. End of work. Go to step 21.
21 Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. End of work. Go to step 22.
Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY.
22 Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to REP6.3.) End of work. Go to step 23.
23 Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to REP4.6.) End of work. Go to step 24.
Checking after resetting the PWBA HVPS.
24 Reseat the PWBA HVPS. End of work. Go to step 25.
Checking after replacing the DISPENSER ASSY.
25 Replace the DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to REP5.1.) End of work. Go to step 26.
Checking after replacing the KIT ROS. Replace the
26 Replace the KIT ROS. (Refer to REP4.1.) End of work. PWBA HVPS.
Is the image printed correctly? (Refer to REP4.5.)
3-9
FIP-1.P2 The entire output is blank

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the original. Set the original
2 Go to step 4.
Is the original placed correctly? correctly.
Printing data form
is not suitable for
Checking the blank print. the printer, then
3 Print the Windows test page. check the printing Go to step 4.
Is the image printed correctly? data which the
problem
generated.
installation.
M, C, or K).
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K).
5 Is the toner cartridges installed to the printer the XEROX Go to step 7 Go to step 6
toner?
Set the Non-XEROX toner option to [Off].
(Refer to [Non-XEROX Toner] in "21 Understanding the Tool
Box Menus".)
Replace the paper
with a new and dry
Checking the paper.
one. or Change
the paper to the
one that satisfies
the specification.
3 - 10
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the PHD ASSY sealing ribbon.
After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove
the PHD ASSY from the printer.Remove any of the 8 pieces
of sealing ribbon that may be left on the PHD ASSY.
8 Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer.If the ribbon is End of work. Go to step 9
found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To
use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to
another one.
Are four HV terminals on the right side of the TRANSFER
ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and
14) dirty and/or deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
SPRING(s), then
go to step 10.

deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
SPRING(s),then
go to step 12.

3 - 11
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the laser beam windows of the ROS ASSY.
Are the laser beam windows on the ROS ASSY clean?
Clean the
window(s) with
13 Go to step 14.
soft cloth or cotton
swab gently.

and PHD ASSY?
Remove the
substances.
Replace the
Does the Toner Dispenser Motor function normally?
DISPENSER
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Yellow Toner Motor,Magenta
15 Go to step 17. ASSY. (Refer to
REP5.1.), then go
Diag] of diagnosis.
to step 16.
17 Reseat the PWBA MCU. End of work. Go to step 18.
Checking after resetting the PWBA ESS AIO.
18 Reseat the PWBA ESS AIO. End of work. Go to step 19.
19 Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. End of work. Go to step 20.
Checking after replacing the DISPENSER ASSY.
23 Replace the DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to REP5.1.) End of work. Go to step 24.
Checking after replacing the KIT ROS. Replace the
3 - 12
FIP-1.P3 Part or the entire output is black.

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the original. Set the original
2 Go to step 4.
Is the original placed correctly? correctly.
Printing data is
incorrect, then
Checking the solid black.
check the printing
3 Checked by [Test Print] - [Test Pattern 600] in diagnostic. Go to step 4.
data which the
problem
generated.
Checking the printer driver setting.
Set the option to
4 Is the [Output Color] option under the [Graphics] tab set to Go to step 5.
"Color (Auto)".
"Color (Auto)"?
Replace the toner
Checking the Toner Type
5 Go to step 6. with the XEROX
toner.
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the
8 Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to REP4.6.) End of work. PWBA HVPS.
3 - 13
FIP-1.P4 Toner smears
Possible causative parts

- FUSING UNIT (PL6.1.1)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the printer environment.
Check that the printer is in a room where air conditioner is
operating. If the air conditioner is not operating, turn it on or
move the printer to a room with an air conditioner.
Are printouts still toner smears after turning on the air
conditioner?
Replace the paper
with a new and dry
Checking the paper.
one. or Change
the paper to the
one that satisfies
the specification.
Replace the KIT
TRANSFER
4 Warning: Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has End of work.
ASSY. (Refer to
cooled down.
REP6.3.)
counter value.
3 - 14
FIP-1.P5 Random spots

13
- IIT ASSY SUB (PL10.1.11)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the original. Checking the
2 Go to step 3.
Is the original color clean? original.
Remove the
foreign
substances or
Clean up the
Checking the platen glass and ADF Feed Roller. Scanner.If platen
3 Go to step 5.
Are there any damages or foreign substances? glass has been
damaged,
Replace the IIT
ASSY SUB.
(Refer to REP9.5.)
Printing data is
Checking the Print. incorrect,then
Checked by [Test-Print] - [Contamination check] in check the printing
4 Go to step 5.
diagnosis. data which the
Is the image printed correctly? problem
generated.
Checking after cleaning Inside the Printer.
Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,
6 M, C, or K) End of work. Go to step 7.
Replace the KIT
Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY.
TRANSFER
7 Are there any damages on the belt surface of the Go to step 8.
ASSY. (Refer to
TRANSFER ASSY?
REP6.3.)
3 - 15
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
8 Go to step 9.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
9 Go to step 10.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
Warning: Start the

operation after the
FUSING UNIT has
cooled down.
10 Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to REP4.6.) End of work. FUSING UNIT.
After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
3 - 16
FIP-1.P6 Streaks appear on the output

13 - IIT ASSY SUB (PL10.1.11)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
2 Go to step 3.
Remove the
foreign
substances or
Clean up the
3 Go to step 5.
damaged,
Replace the IIT
ASSY SUB (Refer
to REP9.5.)
Printing data is
4 Go to step 5.
generated.
Replace the KIT
TRANSFER
ASSY. (Refer to
TRANSFER ASSY?
REP6.3.)
3 - 17
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
8 Go to step 9.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
9 Go to step 10.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
Warning: Start the

operation after the
FUSING UNIT has
cooled down.
After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
3 - 18
FIP-1.P7 Pitched color dots

13 - IIT ASSY SUB (PL10.1.11)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
2 Go to step 3.
Remove the
foreign
substances or
Clean up the
3 Go to step 5.
damaged,
Replace the IIT
ASSY SUB (Refer
to REP9.5.)
Printing data is
4 Go to step 5.
generated.
Checking the defective parts.
Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in
[Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. Replace the
7 When the partial lacks of periodicity are observed, check the corresponding Go to step 8.
defective parts by comparing the printed partial lacks with parts.
the Pitch Chart.
Are there any partial lackes matching the chart?
3 - 19
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the KIT
TRANSFER
ASSY. (Refer to
TRANSFER ASSY?
REP6.3.)
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
9 Go to step 10.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
10 Go to step 11.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
Warning: Start the

operation after the
FUSING UNIT has
cooled down.
After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
3 - 20
FIP-1.P8 Vertical blanks

13 - FUSING UNIT (PL6.1.1)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
2 Go to step 4.
Printing data is
3 Go to step 4.
generated.
Replace the paper
with a new and dry
Checking the paper.
one. or Change
4 Is the installed paper with a new and dry one? Go to step 5.
the paper to the
or does the paper satisfy the specification?
one that satisfies
the specification.
Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path.
Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path
5 between the KIT TRANSFER ASSY and the FUSING UNIT. Go to step 6. End of work.
Does the printout have vertical blank lines (white stripes in
the paper feed direction)?
Replace the KIT
Checking the belt surfaces of the TRANSFER ASSY.
TRANSFER
ASSY. (Refer to
TRANSFER ASSY?
REP6.3.)
3 - 21
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
7 Go to step 8.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

and PHD ASSY?
Remove the
substances.

deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
9 Go to step 10.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).
3 - 22
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the ROS ASSY for connection.
Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA
MCU.
Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly?
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
J40, P/J41, P/J411
10 Go to step 12.
and/or P/J412
surely, then go to
step 11.

Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY.
12 Replace the KIT ROS. (Refer to REP4.1.) End of work. Go to step 13.
Warning: Start the
operation after the
FUSING UNIT has
cooled down.
After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
3 - 23
FIP-1.P9 Ghosting
Ghosting
Wsb02020KA Mnt01114KA

- LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)
- HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO (PL9.1.3)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
2 Go to step 3.
Checking the Afterimage (Ghost).
Print the Ghost Configuration Chart Page.
- To print "Ghost Configuration Chart", click [Ghost
Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] on the diagnosis tab of
Tool Box.
Change the paper
Checking the paper. to the one that
4 Go to step 5.
Does the paper satisfy the specification? satisfies the
specification.
Adjusting the transfer bias.
Adjust the voltage value of the BTR.
5 - To adjust the voltage value of the BTR, use [Adjust BTR] End of work. Go to step 6.
on the Printer Maintenance tab of Web Tool.
Checking after "Drum Refresh Mode".
Execute the "Drum Refresh Mode".
6 - To execute the "Drum Refresh Mode", click [Drum Refresh End of work. Go to step 7.
Mode] in [Refresh Mode] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box.
3 - 24
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the erase lamps.
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PHD
7 ASSY. Go to step 10. Go to step 8.
Cheat the safety interlock switch.
Does the four erase LEDs light correctly?
Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and LED
ASSY ERASE.
Reconnect the
connector(s) P/
surely, then go to
step 9.
Replace the LED

Checking the HARN ASSY LVPS for continuity. Replace the
ASSY ERASE
9 (Refer to
Disconnect J141 from the LED ASSY ERASE. LVPS MAIN MG
REP4.4.),then go
Is each cable of J14 <=> J141 continuous? AIO.
to step 10.
Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD
ASSY.
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
10 Go to step 11.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

3 - 25
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection.Open the
COVER ASSY FRONT.
deformed?
Clean or replace
Replace the PHD
the TRANSFER
12 ASSY. (Refer to
ASSY or
REP4.6.)
SPRING(s).
3 - 26
FIP-1.P10 Light-Induced Fatigue

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the
2 Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to REP4.6.) End of work.
Printer.
3 - 27
FIP-1.P11 Fog

Mnt01115KA
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
2 Go to step 3.
Checking the Default setting.
Set the [Normal]
3 Is the [Lighter/Darker] of the [Copy Default] in the [Copy] of Go to step 5.
or [Lighter 1 to 3].
the [Default Settings] the [Darker 2 or 3]?
Printing data is
incorrect,then
check the printing
data which the
problem
generated.
Changing the printer driver setting.
Reset Image Settings (Brightness/Contrast) to defaults.
5 - Click [Restore Defaults] in [Image Settings] on the End of work. Go to step 6.
[Graphics] tab.
Replace the paper
with a new and dry
Checking the paper.
one. or Change
the paper to the
one that satisfies
the specification.
3 - 28
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the toner
toner.
3 - 29
FIP-1.P12 Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Setting the altitude.
Set the altitude.
1 - To set the altitude, use [Adjust Altitude] on the Printer End of work. Go to step 2.
Maintenance tab of Tool Box.
3 - 30
FIP-1.P13 Jagged characters

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the paper
with a new and dry
Checking the paper.
one. or Change
the paper to the
one that satisfies
the specification.
Change the Screen setting to "Fineness" via the printer
driver.
- To change the Screen settings, use [Screen] on the
2 Advanced Property tab of the printer driver. End of work. Go to step 3.
NOTE: If using a downloaded font, ensure that the font is
recommended for the printer, operating system, and the
application being used.
Change the Print Mode setting to "High Quality" via the
printer driver.
- To change the Print Mode settings, use [Print Mode] on the
Graphics Property tab of the printer driver.
Change the Bitmap Smoothing setting to On via the printer
driver.
4 - To change the Bitmap Smoothing setting,use [Bitmap End of work. Go to step 5.
Smoothing] on the Advanced Property tab of the printer
driver.
3 - 31
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Replace the toner
toner.
Checking after resetting the KIT ROS ASSY. Replace the KIT
6 Reseat the KIT ROS ASSY. End of work. ROS. (Refer to
Is the image printed correctly? REP4.1.)
3 - 32
FIP-1.P14 Banding/Horizontal band cross out
13 13

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
2 Go to step 4.
Printing data is
3 Go to step 4
generated.
Replace the paper
with a new and dry
Checking the paper.
one. or Change
the paper to the
one that satisfies
the specification.
Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path.
Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path
between the KIT TRANSFER ASSY and the FUSING UNIT.
Does the printout have Banding/Horizontal band cross out?
3 - 33
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the defective parts.
Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in
[Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. Replace the
6 When the vertical stripes of periodicity are observed, check corresponding Go to step 7.
the defective parts by comparing the printed vertical stripes parts.
with the Pitch Chart.
Are there any vertical stripes matching the chart?
deformed?
Clean or replace
the TRANSFER
7 Go to step 8.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
8 Go to step 9.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

3 - 34
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY. Replace the
3 - 35
FIP-1.P15 Auger mark

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
installation.
M, C, or K)
Replace the toner
toner.
Checking Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K) for operation.
Operate the Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K) for the color in
which the problem lies.
3 - To check the operation of the Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or End of work. Go to step 4
K), click [Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K)] in [Machine Check]
on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box.
Execute the "Clean Developer".
- To execute the "Clean Developer", click Start in [Clean
Developer] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box.
3 - 36
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
deformed?
Clean and/or
replace the PHD
5 Go to step 6.
ASSY or
SPRING(s).

Replace the
DISPENSER
7 Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to REP4.6.) End of work.
ASSY. (Refer to
REP5.1.)
3 - 37
FIP-1.P16 Wrinkled/Stained paper (Envelope Wrinkle)
.Possible causative parts

- HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5)
- ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4)
- ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)
- ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10)
NOTE Tray is recommended for paper feeding because sheets fed via SSF is prone to
skew depending on how the sheet is placed on SSF.
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the paper feeding tray.
Is the skewed paper fed from the SSF?
Checking the side guides setting of SSF.
2 Reset the side guides. End of work. Go to step 3.
Remove the
Checking the paper path. foreign
3 Go to step 5.
Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? substances, then
go to step 4.
Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL ASSY METAL
for rotation.
Checked by [Digital Output] - [Main Motor] in [IOT Diag], Replace the ROLL
and then enter the [Digital Output] - [Regi Clutch] in [IOT ASSY REGI and/
5 End of work.
Diag]. or ROLL REGI
Does the Roll Assy Regi and Roll Regi Metal rotate? METAL.
INTERLOCK AIO).
Checking after resetting the Paper Cassette.
6 Reseat the Paper Cassette. End of work. Go to step 7.
Checking after resetting the paper.
7 Reseat the paper in the Paper Cassette. End of work. Go to step 8.
Checking the side guides of the Paper Cassette.
3 - 38
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Remove the
9 Go to step 11.
go to step 10.
Checking after resetting the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR.
11 Reseat the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. End of work. Go to step 12.
Checking after replacing the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR.
Replace the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to
REP2.2.)
Replace the KIT
Checking after resetting the ROLL ASSY FEED.
ROLL ASSY
13 Reseat the ROLL ASSY FEED. End of work.
FEED. (Refer to
REP3.3.)
3 - 39
FIP-1.P17 The top margin is incorrect / The side margin is incorrect
Mnt05100KA Mnt05101KA

- PAD ASSY SEPARATOR (PL10.1.6)
- ADF ASSY (PL10.1.3)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Does the error occur when feeding the original at the ADF?
Replace the IIT
Checking the original setting. Reseat the
3 ASSY SUB.
Is the original set to the platen glass correctly? original.
(Refer to REP9.5.)
Use the platen
Checking the original setting.
Does the original meet the ADF spec?
the paper type.
Checking the ADF Guides setting.
5 Reseat the ADF Guides. Go to step 6. End of work.
Remove the
foreign
substances or
Checking the KIT ADF FEED ROLL & SEPARATOR ROLL. Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT
6 Are there any damages or foreign substances on the KIT ADF ASSY. (Refer
ADF FEED ROLL
ADF FEED ROLL & SEPARATOR ROLL? to REP9.1.)
& SEPARATOR
ROLL. (Refer to
REP9.2.)
3 - 40
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Printing data is
incorrect,then
check the printing
data which the
problem
generated.
Does the error appear on the printed material when
printing?
Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to REP6.3.)
9 ROS. (Refer to End of work.
Does the error appear on the printed material when
REP4.1.)
printing?
3 - 41
FIP-1.P18 Color registration is out of alignment
Mnt01119KA

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking the Color registration.
Print the Color Regi Chart.
- To print "Color Regi Chart", click [Color Regi Chart] in
[Color Registration Adjustments] on the Printer
Checking after cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor.
Clean the CTD (ADC) Sensor, and print the Color Regi
Chart.
Checking after automatic color registration.
Execute the automatic color registration.
- To execute the automatic color registration, click [Auto
Correct] in [Color Registration Adjustments] on the Printer
Checking after manual color registration.
Manually adjust the color registration.
- To adjust the color registration manually, use [Color
Registration Adjustment 1 or 2] in [Color Registration
Adjustments] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box.
Checking after Replacing the TRANSFER ASSY.
Replace the PHD
Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to REP6.3.)
5 ASSY. (Refer to End of work.
Does the color registration appear on the printed material
REP4.6.)
when printing?
3 - 42
FIP-1.P19 Images are skewed

- PAD ASSY SEPARATOR (PL10.1.6)
Mnt01116KA
- ADF ASSY (PL10.1.3)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Does the error occur when feeding the original at the ADF?
Replace the IIT
Checking the original setting. Reseat the
3 ASSY SUB (Refer
Is the original set to the platen glass correctly? original.
to REP9.5.)
Use the platen
Checking the original setting.
Does the original meet the ADF spec?
the paper type.
Checking the ADF Guides setting.
5 Reseat the ADF Guides. Go to step 6. End of work.
Remove the
foreign
substances or
Checking the KIT ADF FEED ROLL & SEPARATOR ROLL. Replace the KIT
Replace the KIT
6 Are there any damages or foreign substances on the KIT ADF ASSY. (Refer
ADF FEED ROLL
ADF FEED ROLL & SEPARATOR ROLL? to REP9.1.)
& SEPARATOR
ROLL. (Refer to
REP9.2.)
Remove the
9 Go to step 11.
go to step 10.
3 - 43
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
for rotation.
11 End of work.
Diag]. or ROLL REGI
INTERLOCK AIO).
Remove the
15 Go to step 17.
go to step 16.
Checking after resetting the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR.
REP2.2.)
Replace the KIT
ROLL ASSY
FEED. (Refer to
REP3.3.)
3 - 44
FIP-1.P20 Paper Damage

Mnt01117KA
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Remove the
3 Go to step 5.
go to step 4.
for rotation.
5 End of work.
Diag]. or ROLL REGI
INTERLOCK AIO).
Remove the
9 Go to step 11.
go to step 10.
3 - 45
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Checking after resetting the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR
REP2.2.)
Replace the KIT
ROLL ASSY
FEED. (Refer to
REP3.3.)
3 - 46
FIP-1.P21 Unfusing

Mnt01118KA
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Use the paper that
Checking the using paper meets the
1 Go to step 3.
Does the using paper meet the specifications? specifications,then
go to step 2.
Warning: Start the
operation after the
FUSING UNIT has
Checking after resetting the FUSING UNIT. cooled down.
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSING UNIT has Replace the
3 cooled down. End of work. FUSING UNIT.
Reseat the FUSING UNIT. (Refer to REP6.1.)
Is the image printed correctly? After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
3 - 47
FIP-1.P22 Label Stuck

Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
Warning: Start the
operation after the
FUSING UNIT has
cooled down.
Checking for foreign materials around the paper transfer
Replace the
path. Remove the
1 FUSING UNIT.
Are there any foreign materials such as precut adhesive foreign materials.
(Refer to REP6.1.)
labels in the the paper transfer path?
After replacement,
be sure to clear
the life counter
value.
3 - 48
Chapter 4 Disassembly / Assembly and
Adjustments
Chapter 4 Disassembly / Assembly and Adjustments CONTENTS
4.1 Preface ......................................................................................................................4 - 1

4.1.1 Before starting service work........................................................................................................... 4 - 2
4.1.2 Description rules for the procedures .............................................................................................. 4 - 4
4.2 Disassembly / Assembly............................................................................................4 - 6
REP1. COVERS ..............................................................................................................4 - 6
REP1.1 (SCC) COVER POLE OUT AIO (PL1.1.1).............................................................................. 4 - 6
REP1.2 (SCC) COVER SCANNER LOW AIO (PL1.1.2) .................................................................... 4 - 10
REP1.3 (SCC) COVER POLE IN AIO (PL1.1.3)................................................................................. 4 - 12
REP1.4 (SCC) COVER TOP AIO (PL1.1.4) ....................................................................................... 4 - 16
REP1.5 (SCC) COVER REAR AIO (PL1.1.5)..................................................................................... 4 - 20
REP1.6 COVER SIDE R AIO (PL1.1.6), COVER WINDOW TNR AIO (PL1.1.7)............................... 4 - 22
REP1.7 COVER SIDE L AIO (PL1.1.8), COVER ASSY ESS (PL1.1.9) ............................................. 4 - 26
REP1.8 COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO (PL1.1.12) ................................................................................. 4 - 28
REP1.9 COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO (PL1.1.13).................................................................................. 4 - 32
REP1.10 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1) .......................................................................................... 4 - 36
REP1.11 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO (PL1.2.3) .............................................................................. 4 - 44
REP1.12 SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.14) ..................................................................................................... 4 - 48
REP1.13 STRAP ASSY AIO (PL1.2.30) ............................................................................................... 4 - 50
REP2. PAPTER CASSETTE.........................................................................................4 - 52
REP2.1 CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO (PL2.1.1) ............................................................................ 4 - 52
REP2.2 HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) .............................................................................. 4 - 54
REP2.3 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM (PL2.1.2)......................................................................................... 4 - 56
REP2.4 TRAY ASSY EXTENSION (PL2.1.17) ................................................................................... 4 - 58
REP2.5 GUIDE ASSY END (PL2.1.25) .............................................................................................. 4 - 60
REP2.6 KIT SIDE GUIDE (PL2.1.99)................................................................................................. 4 - 62
REP3. PAPER FEEDER ...............................................................................................4 - 66
REP3.1 (SCC) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1), BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2).................................... 4 - 66
REP3.2 SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) ........................................................................................ 4 - 70
REP3.3 ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ................................................................................................ 4 - 78
REP3.4 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ................................................................................................. 4 - 82
REP3.5 ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) .......................................................................................... 4 - 90
REP3.6 SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13) .................................................................... 4 - 94
REP3.7 SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13) ..................................................................................... 4 - 98
REP3.8 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13) ................................................................. 4 - 102
REP3.9 ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14) ................................................................................................ 4 - 106
REP3.10 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32)......................................................................... 4 - 112
REP3.11 UPPER UNIT (Reference only) ........................................................................................... 4 - 116
REP4. XEROGRAPHICS ............................................................................................4 - 126
REP4.1 ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)........................................................................................................... 4 - 126
REP4.2 SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4), LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5), BLOCK STOPPER PHD D (PL4.1.6) ........ 4 - 130
REP4.3 SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4), LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5), BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD (PL4.1.7) ...... 4 - 134
REP4.4 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8) .............................................................................................. 4 - 138
REP4.5 (SCC) PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)........................................................................................... 4 - 142
REP4.6 PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)......................................................................................................... 4 - 146
REP5. DISPENSER ....................................................................................................4 - 150

REP5.1 DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1).............................................................................................. 4 - 150
REP5.2 FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2)............................................................................................. 4 - 156
REP5.3 SWITCH (PL5.1.9)............................................................................................................... 4 - 162
REP5.4 HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.17~20) ..................................................... 4 - 164
REP5.5 TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.21~24) ....................................................... 4 - 168
REP6. TRANSFER & FUSING UNIT ..........................................................................4 - 172
REP6.1 (SCC) FUSING UNIT (PL6.1.1) ........................................................................................... 4 - 172
REP6.2 STOPPER PIVOT (PL6.1.3), PIVOT TRANS L (PL6.1.4), GEAR T4 (PL6.1.5),
SHAFT ASSY PIVOT (PL6.1.6) ........................................................................................... 4 - 176
REP6.3 TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7), COVER HARNESS (PL6.1.8) .............................................. 4 - 182
REP7. DRIVE ..............................................................................................................4 - 186
REP7.1 (SCC) DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1).................................................................................... 4 - 186
REP7.2 (SCC) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) .................................................................................. 4 - 190
REP7.3 GEAR P2 (PL7.1.3) and (SCC) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4)............................................... 4 - 196
REP8. ELECTRICAL & FRAME ..................................................................................4 - 202
REP8.1 (SCC) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO (PL8.1.1) ................................................................ 4 - 202
REP8.2 (ISC) (SCC) PWBA ESS AIO (PL8.1.2)............................................................................... 4 - 206
REP8.3 MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.4).................................................................................................. 4 - 214
REP8.4 (SCC) PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5) ............................................................................................... 4 - 218
REP8.5 SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO (PL8.1.7) ...................................................................................... 4 - 220
REP8.6 SENSOR HUM (PL8.1.10)................................................................................................... 4 - 222
REP8.7 PLATE ASSY TOP (PL8.2.2)............................................................................................... 4 - 224
REP8.8 (SCC) DUCT FAN ASSY AIO (PL8.2.7) .............................................................................. 4 - 232
REP8.9 (SCC) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.12) ........................................................................................... 4 - 234
REP8.10 PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6) ........................................................................................................ 4 - 238
REP8.11 (SCC) SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO (PL8.3.7) ............................................................... 4 - 242
REP8.12 CHASSIS ASSY LVPS (Reference only)............................................................................ 4 - 248
REP8.13 CHASSIS ASSY INLET (Reference only)........................................................................... 4 - 254
REP9. SCANNER ASSY .............................................................................................4 - 258
REP9.1 ADF ASSY (PL10.1.3) .......................................................................................................... 4 - 258
REP9.2 ROLL ASSY FEED (PL10.1.5), PAD ASSY SEPARATOR (PL10.1.6) ................................ 4 - 264
REP9.3 TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.8)........................................................................................................ 4 - 268
REP9.4 KIT COUNTER BALANCE L (PL10.1.9), COUNTER BALANCE R (PL10.1.10) .................. 4 - 270
REP9.5 IIT ASSY SUB (PL10.1.11)................................................................................................... 4 - 274
REP9.6 HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB (PL10.1.13), BRACKET ASSY USB (PL10.1.14) .............. 4 - 284
REP10. DUPLEX.........................................................................................................4 - 288
REP10.1 FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD (PL11.1.1) [Duplex Model Only] ........................................ 4 - 288
REP10.2 ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9) [Duplex Model Only]........................................................ 4 - 290
REP10.3 KIT CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.98) ........................................................................................ 4 - 298
REP10.4 KIT HARNESS ASSY DUP (PL11.1.99) ............................................................................. 4 - 300
REP11. 250 OPTION FEEDER...................................................................................4 - 302
REP11.1 FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO (PL12.1.3) ........................................................................... 4 - 302
REP11.2 ROLL ASSY FEED (Parts of the FEEDER ASSY OPT) (PL12.4.4) .................................... 4 - 306
REP 99. Safety Critical Components (SCC) ...............................................................4 - 311

REP 99.1.1 Safety Critical Components (SCC) ................................................................................. 4 - 311
4.3 Adjustments..........................................................................................................4 - 312
ADJ10.1 Firmware download (Controller and MCU) .......................................................................... 4 - 312
ADJ10.2 Directions for Replacing Important Information Stored Component.................................... 4 - 315
4.1 Preface
Parts removal and replacement procedures are described in major 11 items which correspond to
classification of parts list.
*REP 1 COVERS
*REP 2 PAPER CASSETTE
*REP 3 PAPER FEEDER
*REP 4 XEROGRAPHICS
*REP 5 DISPENSER
*REP 6 TRANSFER & FUSING UNIT
*REP 7 DRIVE
*REP 8 ELECTRICAL
*REP 9 SCANNER ASSY
*REP 10 DUPLEX
*REP 11 OPTION FEEDER
NOTE When working on an item which is controlled as a spare part but the procedure
therefore is not described, observe carefully how the part is attached before
removing the item.
NOTE As a general rule, optional items are assumed to be removed from the
equipment. However, you may work with optional items attached if it does not
disturb your work.
Safety Critical Component (SCC)

Control of the safety of components that are designated Safety Critical Components shall conform
to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd-stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be
replaced. It must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly pro-
hibited because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.

Important Information Stored Components store customers' important information they have
entered after machine installation. When replacing Important Information Stored Components,
you must replace and discard them, following the procedure described in Chapter 4 Adjustments.
Take care never to let customer information leak out.
4-1
4.1.1 Before starting service work

 Start the procedure after turning off the power and removing the power cord from the outlet.
 When performing the service operation around the FUSING UNIT, ensure that FUSING
UNIT and its surrounding area have cooled down sufficiently.
 Pay sufficient attention to the parts during the procedure because they may be broken or may
not perform their functions properly if unreasonable force is applied.
 Since various types of screws are used, ensure that the right screws are used in their right
positions.
Use special caution not to confuse the screws for plastic and the ones for sheet metal, because
using the wrong type of screw may result in damage to the screw threads or other troubles.
Major
No. Type Application Shape How to distinguish Points to be noted application
locations
Plastic
Oblique screw-
•Silver-colored
•Thread is ing damages the
Screw for coarser than thread because
1 plastic that of the sheet this screw cuts -
Silver, tap Coarse metal type. female threads in
•Screw tip is the base material
Parts etc Plastic thin.
as it goes in.
As it has a func-
•Silver-colored tion to cut the
Plastic •It has a flange.
•Screw thread is thread by itself,
Screw for
coarse if the screw is
plastic •FUSING
2 comparing to inserted in an
Silver, tap, the sheet metal UNIT
Coarse angle and tight-
with flange type.
Parts etc Plastic ened, the screw
•Screw tip is
thin. thread will be
damaged.
Sheet metal
Screw for •Silver-colored

•Diameter of the
3 metal sheet -
thread section
Silver is uniform.
Parts etc Sheet metal
Sheet metal
•Silver-colored
Screw for •Provided with •Mounting
metal sheet an external positions
4 Silver, with tooth washer. of the
an external •Diameter of the ground
tooth washer Parts etc Sheet metal thread section wires.
is uniform.
 Wear a wristband or the like as far as possible to remove static electricity of the human body.
 Keep the front cover closed. Buzzer goes off when the machine is left powered on with the front
cover open for five minutes or longer to prevent the drum deterioration due to exposure to
light.
 When opening the front door in a removal/replacement operation, cover the drum to keep it
from being exposed to light.
 Remove CASSETTE ASSY 250, PHD ASSY, TONER CARTRIDGE and FUSING UNIT, and
put them in a place where they do not affect the procedure. (Note that the service procedures
can be performed with those parts in place depending on the target section of removal/replace-
ment.)
4-2
Fusing Unit
PHD ASSY
Black toner cartridge
Cyan toner cartridge

Cassette ASSY 250
Magenta toner cartridge
Yellow toner cartridge
MiA03010SA
4-3
4.1.2 Description rules for the procedures

 [REP. X.Y "AAAAA"] at the top of the procedure means that the part name of an item which is
removed or replaced is "AAAAA".
 “ (PL X.Y.Z)” attached at the end of parts name in the procedure shows that the parts corre-
sponds to the plate (PL) “X.Y”, item “Z” of [Chapter 5 Parts list], and their shape and fitting
position can be checked in [Chapter 5 parts list].
 Description of direction shown below is used in the procedure.
- Front : Front direction when facing the front of device.
- Rear : Rear direction when facing the front of device.
- Left : Left direction when facing the front of device.
- Right : Right direction when facing the front of device.
MiA03002GA
 “(REP X.Y) used in or at the end of sentences in the procedure shows that related work proce-
dure is described in [REP X.Y].
 Screws in a diagram are supposed to be loosened and removed using a plus (+ screw driver),
unless otherwise specified.
 Black arrow in a diagram shows the moving direction. Moreover, the order number attached
to the black arrows shows the order of movement.
 Refer to Chapter 7 Connector [P (plug) / J (jack)] for the positions of connectors (P/J).
4-4
Blank Page
4-5
4.2 Disassembly / Assembly

REP1. COVERS
REP1.1 (SCC) COVER POLE OUT AIO (PL1.1.1)
[Removal]
1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO. (REP2.1)
2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1).
NOTE Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light.
3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (REP4.6)
NOTE The FUSING UNIT part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when
performing the service operation.
4) Remove the FUSING UNIT. (REP6.1)
5) Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO. (REP1.9)
6) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm)

and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm)
that fix the COVER POLE OUT AIO
(PL1.1.1) to the printer.
7) Push the boss of the COVER TOP

AIO (PL1.1.4) using the screw-
driver, remove the front side of the
COVER POLE OUT AIO.
4-6
8) Release the two hooks of the

COVER POLE OUT AIO, remove
the COVER POLE OUT AIO from
the printer.
4-7
[Replacement]
1) Mate the two hooks of the COVER

POLE OUT AIO with the holes of
the printer.
2) Mate the hole of the COVER POLE

OUT AIO with the boss of the
COVER TOP AIO.
3) Secure the COVER POLE OUT AIO

to the printer with the one screw
(silver, 6mm) and the one screw (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).
4-8
Blank Page
4-9
REP1.2 (SCC) COVER SCANNER LOW AIO (PL1.1.2)

[Removal]
6) Remove the COVER POLE OUT AIO. (REP1.1)
7) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO. (REP8.5)
8) Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO. (REP1.3)
9) Shift the COVER SCANNER LOW

AIO to right side, release the four
hooks of the COVER SCANNER
LOW AIO. Remove the COVER
SCANNER LOW AIO from the
printer.
4 - 10
[Replacement]
1) Mate the four hooks of the COVER

SCANNER LOW AIO with the holes
of the printer, move the COVER
SCANNER LOW AIO to secure it.
4 - 11
REP1.3 (SCC) COVER POLE IN AIO (PL1.1.3)

[Removal]
8) Release the four hooks of the

COVER POLE IN AIO (PL1.1.3).
4 - 12
9) Remove the COVER POLE IN AIO

from the printer.
4 - 13
[Replacement]
1) Mate the two bosses of the COVER

POLE IN AIO with the holes of the
printer, attach the COVER POLE
IN AIO.
2) Secure the COVER POLE IN AIO to

the printer with the four hooks.
4 - 14
Blank Page
4 - 15
REP1.4 (SCC) COVER TOP AIO (PL1.1.4)

[Removal]
5) Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO. (REP1.8)
10) Remove the COVER REAR AIO. (REP1.5)
11) Remove the two screws (silver, tap,

8mm) that fix the COVER TOP AIO
12) Lift up the front side of the COVER

TOP AIO to release the COVER
TOP AIO from the two pegs on the
printer.
4 - 16
13) Remove the boss of the COVER TOP

AIO from the hole of the printer,
remove the COVER TOP AIO from
the printer.
4 - 17
[Replacement]
1) Mate the boss of the COVER TOP

AIO with the hole of the printer.
2) Mate the two holes of the COVER

TOP AIO with the pegs of the
printer by pulling down the COVER
TOP AIO.
3) Secure the COVER TOP AIO to the

printer with the two screws (silver,
tap, 8mm).
4 - 18
Blank Page
4 - 19
REP1.5 (SCC) COVER REAR AIO (PL1.1.5)

[Removal]

8mm) that fix the COVER REAR
AIO (PL1.1.5) to the printer.
8) Remove the COVER REAR AIO

from the printer.
4 - 20
[Replacement]
1) Insert the rim on the upper side of

the COVER REAR AIO into the
inside of the COVER TOP AIO,
attach the COVER REAR AIO to the
printer.
2) Secure the COVER REAR AIO to

the printer with the two screws (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 21
REP1.6 COVER SIDE R AIO (PL1.1.6), COVER WINDOW TNR AIO (PL1.1.7)
[Removal]
6) Release the boss on the upper hinge

of the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO
(PL1.1.7) from the hole of the
COVER SIDE R AIO (PL1.1.6).
7) Release the boss on the lower hinge

of the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO
from the hole of the COVER SIDE R
AIO.
4 - 22
8) Remove the COVER WINDOW TNR

AIO from the COVER SIDE R AIO.
4 - 23
[Replacement]
1) Insert the upper and lower hinges of

the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO
into the hole of the COVER SIDE R
AIO.
2) Mate the boss on the lower hinge of

with the hole of the COVER SIDE R
AIO.
3) Mate the boss on the upper hinge of

with the hole of the COVER SIDE R
AIO to attach the COVER WIN-
DOW TNR AIO.
4 - 24
Blank Page
4 - 25
REP1.7 COVER SIDE L AIO (PL1.1.8), COVER ASSY ESS (PL1.1.9)

[Removal]
6) Release the boss of the COVER

ASSY ESS (PL1.1.9) from the hole of
the COVER SIDE L AIO (PL1.1.8),
remove the COVER ASSY ESS from
the COVER SIDE L AIO.
4 - 26
[Replacement]
1) Insert the boss of the COVER ASSY

ESS to the hole of the COVER SIDE
L AIO, attach the COVER ASSY
ESS to the COVER SIDE L AIO.
4 - 27
REP1.8 COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO (PL1.1.12)

[Removal]
5) Open the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO (PL1.1.7).
6) Remove the one screw (sliver, tap,

8mm) that fixes the STRAP ASSY
AIO (PL1.2.30) to the COVER ASSY
FRONT, remove the STRAP ASSY
AIO from the COVER ASSY
FRONT.
7) Remove the eight screws (silver,

tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER
ASSY SIDE R AIO (PL1.1.12) to the
printer.
4 - 28
8) Release the three hooks of the

COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO, remove
the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO.
NOTE Please use the miniature

screwdriver when the front
hook doesn't come off
easily.
4 - 29
[Replacement]
1) Attach the COVER ASSY SIDE R

AIO to the printer
2) Secure the three hooks of the

COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO to the
printer.
3) Secure the COVER ASSY SIDE R

AIO to the printer with the eight
screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 30
4) Mate the hole of the STRAP ASSY

AIO with the boss of the COVER
ASSY FRONT, secure the STRAP
ASSY AIO with the one screw (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 31
REP1.9 COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO (PL1.1.13)

[Removal]
5) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING,

shift the COVER ASSY ESS
(PL1.1.9) to rear side.
6) Open the COVER ASSY ESS.
4 - 32
7) Remove the two screws (silver, M4,

6mm) and the three screws (silver,
tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER
ASSY SIDE L AIO (PL1.1.13) to the
printer.
8) Release the three hooks of the

COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO.
9) Shift the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO

to front side, release the two hooks
of the COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO.
Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L
AIO from the printer.
4 - 33
[Replacement]
1) Mate the two hooks of the COVER

ASSY SIDE L AIO with the holes of
the COVER REAR AIO.
2) Secure the three hooks of the

COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO to the
printer.
3) Secure the COVER ASSY SIDE L

AIO to the printer with the two
screws (silver, M4, 6mm) and the
three screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 34
4) Close the COVER ASSY ESS.
5) Shift the COVER ASSY ESS to front

side, secure the SCREW KNURL-
ING.
4 - 35
REP1.10 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)

[Removal]
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, leave the relay connector
on the printer harness side.
7) Release the relay connector from the

rib of the printer, disengage the con-
necter (P/J271) of the HARNESS
ASSY DUP STD MG AIO
(PL11.1.14).
8) Release the HARNESS ASSY DUP

STD MG AIO from the hooks of the
printer.
4 - 36
NOTE When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the
printer side.

necter (P/J5301) of the HARNESS
A-OP-OPP (PL1.2.27).
10) Release the HARNESS A-OP-OPP

from the hooks of the printer.

that fixes the grounding terminal of
the HARNESS ASSY DUP GND
MG AIO (PL1.2.15), release the
HARNESS ASSY DUP GND MG
AIO from the hooks of the printer.
NOTE This step is only duplex

model.
4 - 37
12) Release the hook of the SHAFT

PIVOT (PL1.2.14), pull out the left
side SHAFT PIVOT.

PIVOT, pull out the right side
SHAFT PIVOT.

PIVOT, pull out the SHAFT PIVOT
that is the fixation of the LINK
ASSY FRONT AIO (PL1.2.28).
4 - 38
15) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT

(PL1.2.1) slightly up to remove the
COVER ASSY FRONT from the
printer.
4 - 39
[Replacement]
1) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT

slightly up to attach it to the
printer.
2) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT

PIVOT with the hole of the COVER
ASSY FRONT, push the SHAFT
PIVOT that is the fixation of the
LINK ASSY FRONT AIO until the
hook is locked.

ASSY FRONT, push the right side
SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is
locked.
4 - 40

ASSY FRONT, push the left side
locked.
5) Route the HARNESS ASSY DUP

GND MG AIO along the hooks of the
printer, secure the grounding termi-
nal of the HARNESS ASSY DUP
GND MG AIO with the one screw
(silver, 6mm).
NOTE This step is only duplex

model.
6) Route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A

through the hooks of the printer,
engage the connector (P/J5301) of
the HARNESS ASSY PNL A. Secure
the relay connector with the rib of
the printer.
4 - 41
7) Route the HARNESS ASSY DUP

STD MG AIO through the hooks of
the printer, engage the connector (P/
J271) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP
STD MG AIO. Secure the relay con-
nector with the rib of the printer.
4 - 42
Blank Page
4 - 43
REP1.11 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO (PL1.2.3)

[Removal]
6) Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD. (REP10.1) [Duplex model only]
7) Release the two holes of the COVER

INNER FRONT AIO (PL1.2.4) from
the two bosses of the CONSOLE
ASSY PANEL AIO (PL1.2.3) using a
miniature screwdriver, shift the
COVER INNER FRONT AIO to
lower side. Release the five hooks of
the COVER INNER FRONT AIO.
8) Remove the COVER INNER

FRONT AIO from the COVER ASSY
FRONT.
4 - 44
9) Disengage the connector (P/J202) of

the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO.
10) Remove the six screws (silver, tap,

8mm) that fix the CONSOLE ASSY
PANEL AIO to the COVER ASSY
FRONT.
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop the
CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO.
11) Release the three hooks of the CON-

SOLE ASSY PANEL AIO, remove
the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO
from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
4 - 45
[Replacement]
1) Attach the CONSOLE ASSY

PANEL AIO to the printer, secure
the three hooks of the CONSOLE
ASSY PANEL AIO to the COVER
ASSY FRONT.
2) Secure the CONSOLE ASSY

PANEL AIO to the COVER ASSY
FRONT with the five screws (silver,
tap, 8mm).
4 - 46
3) Engage the connector (P/J202) of the

CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO.
4) Mate the five hooks of the COVER

INNER FRONT AIO with the holes
of the COVER ASSY FRONT.
5) Shift the COVER INNER FRONT AIO to the upper side, mate the two holes of the COVER
INNER FRONT AIO with the two bosses of the COVER ASSY FRONT.
4 - 47
REP1.12 SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.14)

[Removal]

PIVOT (PL1.2.14), pull out the left
side SHAFT PIVOT.

PIVOT, pull out the right side
SHAFT PIVOT.

PIVOT, pull out the SHAFT PIVOT
that is the fixation of the LINK
ASSY FRONT AIO (PL1.2.28).
4 - 48
[Replacement]

ASSY FRONT, push the SHAFT
PIVOT that is the fixation of the
LINK ASSY FRONT AIO until the
hook is locked.

ASSY FRONT, push the right side
locked.

ASSY FRONT, push the left side
locked.
4) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.

5) Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO into the printer.
4 - 49
REP1.13 STRAP ASSY AIO (PL1.2.30)

[Removal]
6) Shift the STRAP ASSY AIO

(PL1.2.30), release the hook of the
STRAP ASSY AIO from the COVER
ASSY SIDE R AIO.
7) Remove the STRAP ASSY AIO from

the COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO.
4 - 50
[Replacement]
1) Insert the hook of the STRAP ASSY

AIO to the hole of the COVER ASSY
SIDE R AIO.
2) Shift the STRAP ASSY AIO to right

side, secure the STRAP ASSY AIO.
4 - 51
REP2. PAPTER CASSETTE

REP2.1 CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO (PL2.1.1)
[Removal]
1) Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 250

MG AIO (PL2.1.1) from the printer.
4 - 52
[Replacement]
1) Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250

MG AIO into the printer.
4 - 53
REP2.2 HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5)

[Removal]

HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR
(PL2.1.5).
3) Pull up the HOLDER ASSY SEPA-

RATOR to remove the HOLDER
ASSY SEPARATOR from the CAS-
SETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO
(PL2.1.1).
4 - 54
[Replacement]
1) Mate the under tab of the HOLDER

ASSY SEPARATOR with the hole of
the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO.
2) Secure the left and right hooks of

the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR.
4 - 55
REP2.3 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM (PL2.1.2)

[Removal]
2) Push the LATCH BOTTOM L (PL2.1.14) and the LATCH BOTTOM R (PL2.1.15), lift the PLATE
ASSY BOTTOM (PL2.1.2) up.
LATCH BOTTOM R
LATCH BOTTOM L
3) Release the left and right bosses of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM by pressing the left and right of
the HOUSING CST 250 (PL2.1.18) to outside direction.
4) Push the left and right hooks of the HOUSING CST 250 to release the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM,
remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM from the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO (PL2.1.1).
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
SPRING N/F R SPRING N/F L
4 - 56
[Replacement]
Replace in the reverse order of the removal procedure.
NOTE When attaching the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM, make sure that the bosses on the
under side of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM were attached to the SPRING N/F L
(PL2.1.3) and the SPRING N/F R (PL2.1.4).
4 - 57
REP2.4 TRAY ASSY EXTENSION (PL2.1.17)

[Removal]
2) Shift the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION (PL2.1.17) to backward until it stops.

3) Push the back center of the HOUSING CST 250 (PL2.1.18) to release the stopper of the TRAY
ASSY EXTENSION.
4) Remove the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION from the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO (PL2.1.1) by
depressing the latch lever of the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION.
TRAY ASSY EXTENSION
[Replacement]
4 - 58
Blank Page
4 - 59
REP2.5 GUIDE ASSY END (PL2.1.25)

[Removal]
2) Shift the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION (PL2.1.17) to backward until it stops.

3) Shift the GUIDE ASSY END (PL2.1.25) to frontward until it stops.
4) Push the front center of the TRAY ASSY EXTENSION to release the stopper of the GUIDE
ASSY END.
5) Remove the GUIDE ASSY END from the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO (PL2.1.1) by depressing
the latch lever of the GUIDE ASSY END.
GUIDE ASSY END
[Replacement]
4 - 60
Blank Page
4 - 61
REP2.6 KIT SIDE GUIDE (PL2.1.99)

[Removal]
2) Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM. (REP2.2)
3) Release the hook that fixes the GEAR PINION (PL2.1.7), remove the GEAR PINION from the
CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO (PL2.1.1).
GEAR PINION
4 - 62
4) Shift the GUIDE SIDE L (PL2.1.6) to inside to mate the two under hooks on the GUIDE SIDE L
with holes of the HOUSING CST 250 (PL2.1.18).
5) Remove GUIDE SIDE L from CASETTTE ASSY 250 MG AIO by sliding GUIDE SIDE L so that
the three hooks (left, center, right) on the bottom are released from the holes on HOUSING CST
250. Ensure that the hooks are released one by one from left to right.
hook
GUIDE SIDE L
4 - 63
6) Shift the GUIDE SIDE ASSY R (PL2.1.8) to inside to mate the two under hooks on the GUIDE
SIDE ASSY R with the holes of the HOUSING CST 250.
7) Remove GUIDE SIDE R from CASETTTE ASSY 250 MG AIO by sliding GUIDE SIDE R so that
the three hooks (right, center, left) on the bottom are released from the holes on HOUSING CST
250. Ensure that the hooks are released one by one from right to left.
hook
GUIDE SIDE R
4 - 64
[Replacement]
NOTE Shift the GUIDE SIDE L and GUIDE SIDE ASSY R to outside before attaching the
GEAR PINION.
4 - 65
REP3. PAPER FEEDER

REP3.1 (SCC) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1), BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2)
[Removal]
6) Release the harness of the CLUTCH

ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) from the hook
of the DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4).
printer harness side.

the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
4 - 66
8) Remove the E-ring that fixes the

CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the shaft,
using a miniature screwdriver,
remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
9) Release the two hooks of the BEAR-

ING REGI (PL3.1.2), remove the
BEARING REGI from the shaft.
4 - 67
[Replacement]
1) Attach the BEARING REGI to the

shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI,
secure the BEARING REGI with the
hooks.
2) Mate the notch of the CLUTCH

ASSY DRV with the rib of the
DRIVE ASSY PH, secure the
CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the ROLL
ASSY REGI with the E-ring by
using a pliers.
3) Route the harness of the CLUTCH

ASSY DRV through the hook of the
DRIVE ASSY PH.
4 - 68

CLUTCH ASSY DRV, secure the
relay connector with the pegs of the
DRIVE ASSY PH.
4 - 69
REP3.2 SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11)

[Removal]
6) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (REP3.1)
7) Remove the GEAR P2 (PL7.1.3) and DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4). (REP7.3)
8) Release the hook of the ROLL CORE

MSI (PL3.2.3) on the left of the
ROLL ASSY FEED (PL 3.2.4), and
move the ROLL CORE MSI to left
until it stops.
9) Release the groove on the ROLL

ASSY FEED from the vertical pin
mounted on the SHAFT ASSY
FEED (PL3.2.2) by sliding the ROLL
ASSY FEED to the left.
4 - 70
11) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED

from the SHAFT ASSY FEED by
rotating the ROLL ASSY FEED 180
degrees.
12) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT.
13) Remove the SPRING FEED OUT

(PL3.1.15) from the printer.
4 - 71
14) Release the hook of the GEAR

ASSY FEED (PL3.1.19), remove the
GEAR ASSY FEED from the
SHAFT ASSY FEED (PL3.2.2).
NOTE When carrying out the work

this procedure, pushing
down the LEVER FEED
(PL3.1.13).
15) Release the harness of the SOLE-

NOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) from
the hooks of the printer.
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, leave the relay connector
on the printer harness side.

necter (P/J231) of the SOLENOID
FEED MSI.
4 - 72
17) Remove the one screw (silver, tap,

8mm) that fixes the SOLENOID
FEED MSI to the printer, remove
the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
4 - 73
[Replacement]
1) Mate the holes of the SOLENOID

FEED MSI with the two bosses of
the printer, secure the SOLENOID
FEED MSI with the one screw (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).
2) Engage the connecter (P/J231) of the

SOLENOID FEED MSI, secure the
relay connector with the rib of the
printer.
3) Route the harness of the SOLE-

NOID FEED MSI through the hooks
of the printer.
4 - 74
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, it is easier to put the D-
cut surface of the SHAFT ASSY FEED on the front.
4) Attach the GEAR ASSY FEED to

the SHAFT ASSY FEED by pushing
down the LEVER FEED, mate the
hook of the GEAR ASSY FEED with
the groove of the SHAFT ASSY
FEED.
5) Hang the SPRING FEED OUT to

the GEAR ASSY FEED and the
printer.
NOTE Ensure that the SPRING

FEED OUT is oriented to
the direction shown in the
right.
4 - 75
7) Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the

SHAFT ASSY FEED with the
groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED
facing upward, rotate the ROLL
ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that the
pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is
aligned with the groove on the
ROLL ASSY FEED.
9) Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the

right side, put the groove of the
ROLL ASSY FEED on the pin of the
SHAFT ASSY FEED.
4 - 76
10) Move the ROLL CORE MSI to the

right side, to secure the hook of the
ROLL CORE MSI with the groove of
the SHAFT ASSY FEED.
4 - 77
REP3.3 ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4)

[Removal]

until it stops.

FEED (PL3.2.2) by sliding the ROLL
ASSY FEED to the left.
4 - 78

degrees.
4 - 79
[Replacement]

ROLL ASSY FEED.

SHAFT ASSY FEED.
4 - 80

4 - 81
REP3.4 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)

[Removal]
10) Remove the COVER SCANNER LOW AIO. (REP1.2)
12) Remove the COVER TOP AIO. (REP1.4)
13) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY LVPS. (REP8.12)
14) Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB (PL10.1.13) and BRACKET ASSY USB
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
15) Remove the TRAY ASSY. (REP9.3)
16) Remove the ADF ASSY. (REP9.1)
17) Remove the IIT ASSY SUB. (REP9.5)
18) Remove the PLATE ASSY TOP. (REP8.7)
19) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY INLET. (REP8.13)
20) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (REP5.5)
23) Remove the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) and COVER HARNESS (PL6.1.8). (REP6.3)
24) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (REP3.11)
4 - 82
25) Release the hook of the ACTUATOR

REGI OUT (PL3.2.6), shift the
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M
(PL3.2.8) to right side.
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop and
lose the SPRING REGI OUT (PL3.2.7).
26) Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT

from the hook on the CHUTE UP
(PL3.2.26), open the ACTUATOR
REGI OUT.

GEAR REGI R (PL3.2.22) to the
ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9), using
a miniature screwdriver.
4 - 83
28) Remove the GEAR REGI R from the

ROLL ASSY REGI.

this procedure, it is easier to
push the ROLL REGI METAL
(PL3.2.10) to frontward.
29) Remove the BEARING EARTH

REGI (PL3.2.21) from the ROLL
ASSY REGI.

push the ROLL REGI METAL
(PL3.2.10) to frontward.

BEARING R (PL3.2.31) to the ROLL
ASSY REGI, using a miniature
screwdriver.
4 - 84
31) Remove the BEARING R from the

ROLL ASSY REGI.

push the ROLL REGI
METAL (PL3.2.10) to
frontward.
32) Shift the ROLL ASSY REGI to left

to remove the right shaft of the
ROLL ASSY REGI, remove the
ROLL ASSY REGI from the
FEEDER ASSY MG AIO (PL3.1.98)
together with the ACTUATOR REGI
OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI
ROLL M.

this procedure, move the
ACTUATOR REGI OUT to
right until it stops.
4 - 85
[Replacement]
1) After the inserting the left shaft of

the ROLL ASSY REGI into the hole
of the FEEDER ASSY MG AIO,
insert the right shaft of the ROLL
ASSY REGI into the hole. Attach
the ROLL ASSY REGI together with
the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M.

this procedure, move the
ACTUATOR REGI OUT to
right until it stops.
2) Attach the BEARING R to the

ROLL ASSY REGI.

push the ROLL REGI
METAL (PL3.2.10) to
frontward.
3) Secure the BEARING R to the

ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring
by using the pliers.
4 - 86
4) Attach the BEARING EARTH REGI

to the ROLL ASSY REGI.

this procedure, it is easier
to push the ROLL REGI
METAL (PL3.2.10) to
frontward.
5) Attach the GEAR REGI R to the

ROLL ASSY REGI.

to push the ROLL REGI
METAL (PL3.2.10) to
frontward.
6) Secure the GEAR REGI R to the

ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring
by using the pliers.
4 - 87
7) 7) Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT

by inserting the boss of the ACTUA-
TOR REGI OUT into the SPRING
REGI OUT.
8) 8) Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT

to left, fix the CHUTE UP using the
hook.
9) 9) Attach the ACTUATOR REGI

ROLL M by mating the hole of the
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M with
the tab of the ACTUATOR REGI
OUT. Fix it using the hook of the
ACTUATOR REGI OUT.
NOTE Check the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after
the procedure 9 is completed.
4 - 88
Blank Page
4 - 89
REP3.5 ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
4 - 90
25) Release the left shaft of the ACTUA-

TOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) from the
hook of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26).
26) Remove the ACTUATOR REGI IN

and the SPRING ACT REGI
(PL3.2.12) by releasing the right
shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN
from the hole of the CHUTE UP.
27) Remove the SPRING ACT REGI

from the ACTUATOR REGI IN.
4 - 91
[Replacement]
1) Attach the SPRING ACT REGI to

the ACTUATOR REGI IN.

described next procedure,
SPRING ACT REGI
ensure that the SPRING
ACT REGI is hung to
ACTUATOR REGI IN and
the CHUTE UP correctly.
2) Insert the right shaft of the ACTUA-

TOR REGI IN into the hole of the
CHUTE UP, hang the SPRING ACT
REGI to the CUHTE UP.
4 - 92
3) Fix the left shaft of the ACTUATOR

REGI IN with the hook of the
CHUTE UP to attach the ACTUA-
TOR REGI IN.
Check the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the procedure 3 is completed.
4 - 93
REP3.6 SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

[Removal]
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to move the
BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the
harness.

8mm) that fix the BRACKET SNS
(PL3.2.28) to the printer, remove the
BRACKET SNS.
9) Lift the rear part of the BRACKET

SNS up to release the two holes of
the BRACKET SNS from the bosses
of the printer.
4 - 94
10) Shift the BRACKET SNS to front-

ward, release the five tabs of the
BRACKET SNS from the printer.
Remove the BRACKET SNS.
11) Release the three hooks that fix the

SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER
(PL3.2.13) to the BRACKET SNS,
and remove the SENSOR PHOTO:
SSI NO PAPER.

the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO
PAPER.
4 - 95
[Replacement]

SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: CST

NO PAPER to the FEEDER ASSY
MG AIO by mating the hook of the
SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER
with its mounting position.
4 - 96
Blank Page
4 - 97
REP3.7 SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
25) Release the hook of the ACTUATOR

REGI OUT (PL3.2.6), shift the
ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M
(PL3.2.8) to right side.
4 - 98
lose the SPRING REGI OUT (PL3.2.7).
26) Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT

from the hook on the CHUTE UP
(PL3.2.26), open the ACTUATOR
REGI OUT.

SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13)
to the FEEDER ASSY MG AIO
(PL3.1.98), and remove the SEN-
SOR PHOTO: REGI.

push the ACTUATOR.

the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.
4 - 99
[Replacement]

SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO:

REGI to the FEEDER ASSY MG
AIO by mating the three hooks of
the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.

to push the ACTUATOR
REGI IN (PL3.2.11) to
downward.
3) Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT

by inserting the boss of the ACTUA-
TOR REGI OUT into the SPRING
REGI OUT.
4 - 100
4) Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to

left, fix the CHUTE UP using the
hook.
5) Attach the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL

M by mating the hole of the ACTUA-
TOR REGI ROLL M with the tab of
the ACTUATOR REGI OUT. Fix it
using the hook of the ACTUATOR
REGI OUT.
NOTE Check the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after
the procedure 5 is completed.
4 - 101
REP3.8 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)

SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER
(PL3.2.13) to the FEEDER ASSY
MG AIO (PL3.1.98), and remove the
SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.
4 - 102

the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO
PAPER.
4 - 103
[Replacement]

SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI

NO PAPER to the BRACKET SNS
by mating the hook of the SENSOR
PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER with its
mounting position.
3) Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET

SNS with the printer.
4 - 104
4) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET

SNS with the bosses of the printer.
5) Route the harness of the BRACKET

SNS through the hooks of the
printer.
6) Secure the BRACKET SNS to the

tap, 8mm).
4 - 105
REP3.9 ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14)

[Removal]
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to move the
BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the
harness.

8mm) that fix the BRACKET SNS
(PL3.2.28) to the printer, remove
the BRACKET SNS.
9) 9) Lift the rear part of the

BRACKET SNS up to release the
two holes of the BRACKET SNS
from the bosses of the printer.
4 - 106
10) 1Shift the BRACKET SNS to front-

ward, release the five tabs of the
BRACKET SNS from the printer.
Remove the BRACKET SNS.
11) Release the left shaft of the ACTU-

ATOR SSI (PL3.2.14) from the hook
of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26).
12) Remove the ACTUATOR SSI and

the SPRING ACT SSI (PL3.2.15) by
releasing the right shaft of the
ACTUATOR SSI from the hole of
the CHUTE UP.
4 - 107
13) Remove the SPRING ACT SSI from

the ACTUATOR SSI.
4 - 108
[Replacement]
1) Attach the SPRING ACT SSI to the

ACTUATOR SSI.
NOTE When carrying out the

work described next SPRING ACT SSI
procedure, ensure that the
SPRING ACT SSI is hung to
ACTUATOR SSI and the
CHUTE UP correctly.
2) Insert the right shaft of the ACTU-

ATOR SSI into the hole of the
CHUTE UP, hang the SPRING
ACT SSI to the CUHTE UP.
4 - 109
3) Secure the left shaft of the ACTUA-

TOR SSI with the hook of the
CHUTE UP, attach the ACTUA-
TOR SSI.
Check the ACTUATOR SSI movement, after the procedure 3 is completed.
4) Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET

SNS with the printer.
5) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET

SNS with the bosses of the printer.
4 - 110
6) Route the harness of the BRACKET

SNS through the hooks of the
printer.
7) Secure the BRACKET SNS to the

tap, 8mm).
4 - 111
REP3.10 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
25) Remove the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER. (REP3.8)
26) Release the right shaft of the

ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER
(PL3.2.32) from the hole of the
CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26), using a
miniature screwdriver.
4 - 112
27) Remove the ACTUATOR ASSY NO

PAPER and the SPRING STP
(PL3.2.16) by releasing the left shaft
of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO
PAPER from the hole of the CHUTE
UP.
28) Remove the SPRING STP from the

ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER.
4 - 113
[Replacement]
1) Attach the SPRING STP to the


described next procedure, SPRING STP
STP is hung to ACTUATOR
NO PAPER and the CHUTE
UP correctly.
2) Insert the left shaft of the ACTUA-

TOR ASSY NO PAPER into the hole
of the CHUTE UP, hang the
SPRING STP to the CUHTE UP.
4 - 114
3) Insert the right shaft of the ACTUA-

TOR ASSY NO PAPER into the hole
of the CHUTE UP. Attach the
Check the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER movement, after the procedure 3 is completed.
4 - 115
REP3.11 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
24) Disengage all the connectors of the

PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6), release all
the harnesses from the clamps on
the CHASSIS MCU (PL8.3.1).
4 - 116

the PWBA EEPROM (PL8.3.4),
release the HARN ASSY PHD
XPRO (PL9.1.11) from the clamp,
pull the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO
out from the hole of the CHASSIS
MCU.
26) Remove the two screws (silver,

6mm) that fix the under part of the
CHASSIS MCU.

that fixes the side part of the CHAS-
SIS MCU.
4 - 117
28) Release the three tabs of the CHAS-

SIS MCU from the holes of the
printer, remove the CHASSIS MCU
together with the PWBA MCU from
the printer.

the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1).

8mm) that fix the front side of the
printer frame.
4 - 118

8mm) that fix the under part of the
DISPENSER ASSY.
32) Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU

(K), (C), (M), and (Y), remove the
one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that
fixes the right side of the printer
frame.
33) Remove the one screw (silver, M4,

6mm) that fixes the rear side of the
DISPENSER ASSY.
4 - 119

8mm) that fixes the left side of the
printer frame.
35) Remove the UPPER UNIT.
4 - 120
[Replacement]

route the harness of the
TRANSFER ASSY through
the groove of the UPPER
UNIT.
1) Mate the two holes of the UPPER

UNIT with the bosses of the
FEEDER ASSY MG AIO and attach
it.
2) Secure the left side of the printer

frame with the one screw (silver,
tap, 8mm).
4 - 121
3) Secure the rear side of the DIS-

PENSER ASSY with the one screw
(silver, M4, 6mm).
4) Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU

(K), (C), (M) and (Y), secure the
right side of the printer frame with
the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
5) Secure the under part of the DIS-

PENSER ASSY with the two screws
(silver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 122
6) Secure the front side of the printer

frame with the two screws (silver,
tap, 8mm).
7) Engage the connecter (P/J221) of

the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
8) Mate the three tabs of the CHASSIS

MCU with the holes of the printer,
attach the CHASSIS MCU to the
printer together with the PWBA
MCU.
4 - 123
9) Secure the side part of the CHAS-

SIS MCU with the one screw (silver,
6mm).
10) Secure the under part of the CHAS-

SIS MCU with the two screws (sil-
ver, 6mm).
11) Route the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO

through the hole of the CHASSIS
MCU, engage the connector (P/J144)
of the PWBA EEPROM. Secure the
HARN ASSY PHD XPRO using the
clamp.
4 - 124
12) Engage all the connectors of the

PWBA MCU, secure all the har-
nesses using the clamps on the
CHASSIS MCU.

this procedure, do not
engage the two connectors
(P10, P11).
4 - 125
REP4. XEROGRAPHICS
REP4.1 ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)
[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
19) Disengage the two connectors (P/J40

and 41) on the PWBA MCU
(PL8.3.6), release the harness from
the EDGE SADDLE (PL8.3.2).
4 - 126
20) Remove the four screws (silver, tap

8mm) that fix the left and right sides
of the SPRING ROSs (PL4.1.2) to
the printer. Remove the SPRING
ROSs from the printer.
21) Lift up the ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)

slowly from the printer.
22) Disengage the two connectors (P/

J411 and 412) of the ROS ASSY,
remove the HARN ASSY ROS RE
(PL4.1.22) and HARN ASSY ROS
VIDEO (PL4.1.23).
4 - 127
[Replacement]
1) Engage the two connectors (P/J411

and 412) of the ROS ASSY.
2) Mate the under side boss of the ROS

ASSY with the hole of the printer,
attach the ROS ASSY.

ROS is oriented to the
direction shown in the
right.
4 - 128
3) Mate the holes of the SPRING ROS

with the bosses of the printer,
secure it with the four screws (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).
4) Engage the two connectors (P/J40

and 41) with the PWBA MCU, fix
the harness using the EDGE SAD-
DLE.
4 - 129
REP4.2 SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4), LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5), BLOCK STOPPER PHD D
(PL4.1.6)
[Removal]
8) Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (REP7.2)
NOTE Described next procedure is the removal procedure common among the upper
and lower BLOCK STOPPER PHD Ds (PL4.1.6).
9) Release the hook of the BLOCK

STOPPER PHD D (PL4.1.6), using a
miniature screwdriver.
10) Remove the BLOCK STOPPER PHD

D from the printer.
4 - 130
11) Remove the SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4)

from the printer.
12) Rotate the LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5)

slightly, remove the LEVER PHD
from the printer.
4 - 131
[Replacement]
1) Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly,

attach the LEVER PHD to the
printer.
2) Attach the SPRING PHD to the

printer.
NOTE Described below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and
lower of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD Ds.
4 - 132
3) Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD D

to the printer until it is locked.
4 - 133
REP4.3 SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4), LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5), BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD
(PL4.1.7)
[Removal]
6) Remove the LED ASSY ERASE. (REP4.4)
NOTE Described below is the removal procedure common among the upper and lower
BLOCK STOPPER PHD ADs (PL4.1.7).
7) Release the hook of the BLOCK

STOPPER PHD AD (PL4.1.7), using
a miniature screwdriver.
8) Remove the BLOCK STOPPER PHD

AD from the printer.
4 - 134
9) Remove the SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4)

from the printer.
10) Rotate the LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5)

slightly, remove the LEVER PHD
from the printer.
4 - 135
[Replacement]
1) Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly,

attach the LEVER PHD to the
printer.
2) Attach the SPRING PHD to the

printer.
NOTE Described below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and
lower of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD ADs.
3) Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD
AD to the printer until it is locked.
4 - 136
Blank Page
4 - 137
REP4.4 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)

[Removal]

8mm) that fix the LED ASSY
ERASE (PL4.1.8) to the printer.
7) Remove the LED ASSY ERASE from

the printer.
4 - 138

the LED ASSY ERASE.
4 - 139
[Replacement]

LED ASSY ERASE.
2) Attach the LED ASSY ERASE to the

printer.
3) Secure the LED ASSY ERASE to

the printer with two screws (silver,
tap, 8mm).
4 - 140
Blank Page
4 - 141
REP4.5 (SCC) PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)

[Removal]
NOTE Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic.
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
25) Open the EDGE SADDLE (PL8.4.9),

remove the HARN ASSY HVPS AIO
(PL9.1.5) from the PWBA HVPS
(PL4.1.19).
4 - 142
26) Remove the seven screws (silver,

6mm) that fix the PWBA HVPS to
the CHASSIS ASSY HVPS
(PL8.4.10).
27) Remove the PWBA HVPS from the

CHASSIS ASSY HVPS.
4 - 143
[Replacement]
1) Mate the notch and hole of the

PWBA HVPS with the tabs of the
CHASSIS ASSY HVPS, attach the
PWBA HVPS.
2) Secure the PWBA HVPS to the

CHASSIS ASSY HVPS with the
seven screws (silver, 6mm).

HARN ASSY HVPS to the PWBAH-
VPS, route the HARN ASSY HVPS
to the EDGE SADDLE. Close the
EDGE SADDLE.
4 - 144
Blank Page
4 - 145
REP4.6 PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)

[Removal]
NOTE Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO before working.

3) Open the TRANSFER ASSY

(PL6.1.7).
4) Put the paper on the TRANSFER ASSY

to protect the belt.

this procedure, take care
not to cover the left and
right of the belt guards with
the paper.
4 - 146
5) Rotate the four stoppers of the PHD

ASSY (PL4.1.21) to the counter clock
wise direction, to release the lock.
6) Remove the PHD ASSY toward you

by pulling it by the left and right
handles.
7) Lift up the PHD ASSY from the

printer.
4 - 147
[Replacement]
1) Put the paper on the TRANSFER

ASSY (PL6.1.7) to protect the belt.

this procedure, take care
not to cover the left and
right of the belt guards with
the paper.
Paper
2) Mate the left and right arrows on

the Handle of the PHD ASSY with
the guides of the printer.
3) Push the PHD ASSY into the

printer until it is stopped.
NOTE Check that the PHD ASSY is secured.
4 - 148
4) Rotate the four Stoppers of the PHD

ASSY to clockwise.
5) Remove the paper from the TRANS-

FER ASSY.
6) Close the TRANSFER ASSY.

4 - 149
REP5. DISPENSER
REP5.1DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)
[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
21) Remove the HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y). (REP5.4)
4 - 150
22) Release the hooks of the connector

(P5041) of the HARNESS ASSY
LVPS MAIN MG AIO (PL9.1.3),
using a pliers, and then remove it
from the DISPENSER ASSY
(PL5.1.1).
23) Disengage the seven connectors (P/

J14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 29 and 31) on the
PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6), release the
HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT
MG AIO (PL6.1.2) and HARNESS
ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO from
the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY.
4 - 151
24) Remove the four screws (silver, tap,

8mm) that fix the DISPENSER
ASSY to the printer.

6mm) that fixes the rear side of the
DISPENSER ASSY to the printer.
26) Release the hole of the DISPENSER

ASSY from the boss of the printer,
move the DISPENSER ASSY to
backward. Remove the DISPENSER
ASSY from the printer.
4 - 152
Blank Page
4 - 153
[Replacement]
1) Insert the AUGER part of the DIS-

PENSER ASSY into the hole of the
printer, mate the hole of the DIS-
PENSER ASSY with the boss of the
printer, and then attach the DIS-
PENSER ASSY.
2) Secure the rear side of DISPENSER

ASSY to the printer with the one
screw (silver, M4, 6mm).
3) Secure the DISPENSER ASSY to

the printer with the four screws (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 154
4) Route the HARNESS ASSY FUS-

ING UNIT MG AIO and HARNESS
ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO through
the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY,
engage the seven connectors (P/J14,
15, 17, 18, 19, 29 and 31) with the
PWBA MCU.
5) Attach the connector (P5041) of the

HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG
AIO to the DISPENSER ASSY.
4 - 155
REP5.2 FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
21) Remove the HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y). (REP5.4)
22) Remove the DISPENSER ASSY. (REP5.1)
4 - 156

MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3),
release all the harness from the
hooks of the FRAME ASSY MOT
(PL5.1.2).
24) Remove the five screws (silver, tap,

8mm) that fix the FRAME ASSY
MOT to the DISPENSER ASSY
(PL5.1.1).
4 - 157
25) Release the notch of the CONDUC-

TOR MOTOR (PL5.1.4) from the
hook of the FRAME DISP
(PL5.1.12),
lose the GEARs.
26) Remove the FRAME ASSY MOT
from the DISPENSER ASSY.
4 - 158
Blank Page
4 - 159
[Replacement]
lose the GEARs.
1) Attach the FRAME ASSY MOT to

the DISPENSER ASSY.
2) Hang the notch of the CONDUC-

TOR MOTOR to the hook of the
FRAME DISP.
4 - 160
3) Secure the FRAME ASSY MOT to

the DISPENSER ASSY with the five
4) Route all the harness through the

hooks of the FRAME ASSY MOT,
engage all the connectors of the
MOTOR ASSY DISP.
4 - 161
REP5.3 SWITCH (PL5.1.9)

[Removal]
12) Release the hooks of the SWITCH

(PL5.1.9) by using the miniature
screwdriver, remove the SWITCH
from the printer.

the SWITCH.
4 - 162
[Replacement]

SWITCH.
2) Attach the SWITCH to the printer,

secure the SWITCH with the two
hooks.
4 - 163
REP5.4 HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.17~20)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
NOTE Described below is the removal procedure common among the four HOLDER
ASSY TCRU.
4 - 164
21) Press the central part of the

HOLDER ASSY TCRU to release
the hole of the HOLDER ASSY
TCRU from the boss of the FRAME
DISP (PL5.1.12). Open the
HOLDER ASSY TCRU by 90
degrees.
22) Press the boss part of the HOLDER

ASSY TCRU, remove the HOLDER
ASSY TCRU from the printer.
4 - 165
[Replacement]
NOTE Described below is the replacement procedure common among the four
HOLDER ASSY TCRU.
1) Mate the lower boss of the HOLDER

ASSY TCRU with the hole of the
FRAME DISP.
2) Bend the HOLDER ASSY TCRU,

mate the upper boss of the HOLDER
ASSY TCRU with the hole of the
FRAME DISP.
3) Press the central part of the

HOLDER ASSY TCRU, mate the
hole of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU
with the boss of the FRAME DISP.
4 - 166
Blank Page
4 - 167
REP5.5 TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.21~24)

[Removal]
NOTE Described below is the removal procedure common among the four TONER
CARTRIDGEs
1) Open the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO (PL1.1.7).
2) Move the handle of the TONER

CARTRIDGE to backward, to
release the lock.
3) Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU K

(PL5.1.17).
4 - 168
4) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE

from the HOLDER ASSY TCRU.
4 - 169
[Replacement]
NOTE Described below is the replacement procedure common among the four TONER
CARTRIDGEs.
1) Shake the TONER CARTRIDGE
five or six times for the distributing
toner evenly.
2) Insert the TONER CARTRIDGE

into the HOLDER ASSY TCRU
slowly, attach it.
NOTE Check that the TONER CARTRIDGE is secured.

3) Close the HOLDER ASSY TCRU.
4 - 170
NOTE When performing the step

mate the delta mark of the
Handle with the lock mark
on the cartridge holder.
4) Move the handle to the front.
5) Close the COVER WINDOW TNR AIO.
4 - 171
REP6. TRANSFER & FUSING UNIT

REP6.1 (SCC) FUSING UNIT (PL6.1.1)
[Removal]
2) Open the TRANSFER ASSY

(PL6.1.7).
3) Pull the LEVER to release the lock.
4 - 172
4) Disengage the connector of the FUS-

ING UNIT by pulling the right side
of the FUSING UNIT toward you
with the LEVER released.
5) Lift up the FUSING UNIT, move

the FUSING UNIT to the right side.
4 - 173
[Replacement]
1) Insert the two studs of the FUSING

UNIT into the holes of the printer.

FUSING UNIT by pushing the FUS-
ING UNIT.

NOTE When the FUSING UNIT is replaced with a new one, perform the following steps.
5) Plug in the power cord to the printer.
6) Initialize the Life Counter of the FUSING UNIT.
7) Turn off the power.
8) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key and "" key on the control panel.
9) Press the "" key several times until "Parameter" is displayed. Press the [OK] key once.
10) Press the "" key several times until "Life FUSING UNIT Sheet" is displayed. Press the [OK]
key once.
11) Press the "" key several times until "Initializing" is displayed. Press the [OK] key once.
12) Press the [OK] key once, and Initializing the Life Counter of the FUSING UNIT is performed.
13) Turn off the power to exit.
4 - 174
Blank Page
4 - 175
REP6.2STOPPER PIVOT (PL6.1.3), PIVOT TRANS L (PL6.1.4), GEAR T4 (PL6.1.5),

SHAFT ASSY PIVOT (PL6.1.6)
[Removal]
NOTE When performing the step described below, it is not necessary to disengage the
connector of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
7) Release the harness of the CLUTCH

ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) from the hook
of the DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4).

CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the shaft,
using a miniature screwdriver,
remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
4 - 176
9) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT

(PL6.1.3), mate the tabs of the
STOPPER PIVOT with the notches
of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
(PL7.1.2).
10) Remove the STOPPER PIVOT from

the printer.
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop the
GEAR T4.
11) Pull out the PIVOT TRANS L
(PL6.1.4), remove the GEAR T4
(PL6.1.5) from the printer.
4 - 177

8mm) that fixes the SHAFT ASSY
PIVOT (PL6.1.6) to the printer.
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, keep the TRANSFER
ASSY slightly lifted for ease of work.
13) Pull out the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT
from the printer.
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, make sure that the
position of the GEAR T4 is correctly.
4 - 178
[Replacement]
1) Mate the hole of the TRANSFER

ASSY with the hole of the printer
frame, attach the SHAFT ASSY
PIVOT.
2) Secure the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT to

the printer with the one screw (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).

make sure that the position
of the GEAR T4 is correctly.
4 - 179
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, keep the TRANSFER
ASSY slightly lifted for ease of work.
3) Attach the GEAR T4 to the printer,

align the holes of the GEAR T4, the
printer frame, and the TRANSFER
ASSY, and then insert the PIVOT
TRANS L.

ensure that the flat face of
the PIVOT TRANS L is
oriented to the direction
shown in the right.
4) Mate the tab of the STOPPER

PIVOT with the notch of the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN, attach the STOPPER
PIVOT to the PIVOT TRANS L.
4 - 180
5) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT to the

left, secure the STOPPER PIVOT to
the DRIVE ASSY MAIN frame.
6) Mate the notch of the CLUTCH

ASSY DRV with the rib of the
DRIVE ASSY PH, secure the
CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the ROLL
ASSY REGI with the E-ring by
using a pliers.
7) Route the harness of the CLUTCH

ASSY DRV through the hook of the
DRIVE ASSY PH.
4 - 181
REP6.3TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7), COVER HARNESS (PL6.1.8)

[Removal]
3) 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (REP4.6)
7) Close the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7).
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to scratch
the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY.
8) Release the hooks of the COVER

HARNESS (PL6.1.8), using a minia-
ture screwdriver, and then remove
the COVER HARNESS.
TRANSFER ASSY harness side.
4 - 182
9) Release the harness from the pegs of

the TRANSFER ASSY, disengage
the connector (P/J281) of the
TRANSFER ASSY.
10) Release the harness coming from

printer from hook of the TRANS-
FER ASSY.
11) Tilt the TRANSFER ASSY slowly.

12) Remove the STOPPER PIVOT (PL6.1.3), PIVOT TRANS L (PL6.1.4), GEAR T4 (PL6.1.5), and
SHAFT ASSY PIVOT (PL6.1.6). (REP6.2)
13) Remove the TRANSFER ASSY from

the printer.
4 - 183
[Replacement]
1) Attach the TRANSFER ASSY to the

printer.
2) Attach the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT (PL6.1.6), GEAR T4 (PL6.1.5), PIVOT TRANS L (PL6.1.4)
and STOPPER PIVOT (PL6.1.3). (REP6.2)
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to scratch
the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY.
4) Route the harness of the printer

through the hooks of the TRANS-
FER ASSY.
4 - 184

TRANSFER ASSY, secure the relay
connector with the pegs of the
TRANSFER ASSY.
6) Attach the COVER HARNESS to

the TRANSFER ASSY.
4 - 185
REP7. DRIVE
REP7.1 (SCC) DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)
[Removal]
8) Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (REP7.2)
NOTE When performing the step described below, it is not necessary to disengage the
connector of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO.
9) Remove the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO. (REP8.1)

the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1).
4 - 186

6mm) and the four screws (silver,
tap, 8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY
SUB to the printer.
12) Remove the DRIVE ASSY SUB from

the printer.
4 - 187
[Replacement]
1) Attach the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the

printer.
NOTE Since two types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY SUB, ensure
that the right screws are used at their right securing positions.
The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T].
The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M].
2) Secure the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the

printer with the one screw (silver,
M4, 6mm) and the four screws (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 188

DRIVE ASSY SUB.
4 - 189
REP7.2 (SCC) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2)

[Removal]
8) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT

(PL6.1.3), mate the tabs of the
STOPPER PIVOT with the notches
of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
(PL7.1.2).
9) Remove the STOPPER PIVOT from

the printer.
4 - 190

6mm) and the five screws (silver,
tap, 8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY
MAIN to the printer.
11) Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN

from the printer.
4 - 191
[Replacement]
1) Attach the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to

the printer.
NOTE Since two types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, ensure
2) Secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to

the printer with the one screw (sil-
ver, M4, 6mm) and the five screws
(silver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 192
3) Attach the GEAR P2 to the shaft of

DRIVE ASSY SUB.
NOTE Ensure that the GEAR P2 is

shown in the right.

ensure that the flat face of
the PIVOT TRANS L is
shown in the right.
4) Mate the tab of the STOPPER

PIVOT with the notch of the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN, attach the STOPPER
PIVOT to the PIVOT TRANS L.
4 - 193
5) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT to the

left, secure the STOPPER PIVOT to
the DRIVE ASSY MAIN frame.
4 - 194
Blank Page
4 - 195
REP7.3 GEAR P2 (PL7.1.3) and (SCC) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4)

[Removal]

the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2),
release all the harness from the hooks
of the DRIVE ASSY PH.
printer harness side.

the DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4).
4 - 196
9) Pull out the harness of the DRIVE

ASSY PH from the hole of the
printer.

6mm), the one screw (silver, M3,
6mm) and the one screw (silver, tap,
8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY PH
to the printer.

take care not to drop the
coupling gear to inside.
4 - 197
11) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from

the printer.

the SENSOR PHOTO: COLOR
MODE SWITCHING (PL7.1.5) on
the DRIVE ASSY PH, release the
HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL MG
AIO (PL9.1.9) from the hook of the
DRIVE ASSY PH.
SENSOR PHOTO: COLOR MODE
SWITCHING to the DRIVE ASSY
PH, and remove the SENSOR
PHOTO: COLOR MODE SWITCH-
ING.
14) Remove the GEAR P2 (PL7.1.3)

from the shaft of the DRIVE ASSY
SUB (PL7.1.1).
4 - 198
[Replacement]
1) Attach the GEAR P2 to the shaft of

DRIVE ASSY SUB.
NOTE Ensure that the GEAR P2 is

shown in the right.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO:

COLOR MODE SWITCHING to the
DRIVE ASST PH by mating the
three hooks of the SENSOR
PHOTO: COLOR MODE SWITCH-
ING with its mounting position.
3) Engage the connector (J261) of the
HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL MG
AIO with the Color mode switching
sensor of the DRIVE ASSY PH,
route the HARN ASSY KSNR
REGCL MG AIO through the hook
of the DRIVE ASSY PH.

take care not to drop the
coupling gear to inside.
4 - 199
4) Attach the DRIVE ASSY PH to the

printer.
NOTE Since three types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY PH, ensure
5) Secure the DRIVE ASSY PH to the

M4, 6mm), the one screw (silver,
M3, 6mm) and the one screw (silver,
tap, 8mm).
4 - 200
6) Route the harness of the DRIVE

ASSY PH through the hole of the
printer.

DRIVE ASSY PH, secure the relay
connector with the rib of the printer.
8) Route all the harness through the

hooks of the DRIVE ASSY PH,
engage the connector (P/J211) of the
DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
4 - 201
REP8. ELECTRICAL & FRAME

REP8.1 (SCC) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO (PL8.1.1)
[Removal]
12) Disengage the HARN ASSY INTER-

LOCK AIO (PL8.1.1) connector (P/
J44) on the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.12),
release the harness of the HARN
ASSY INTERLOCK AIO from the
two clamps.
4 - 202
13) Remove the three clamps on the

PLATE ASSY TOP (PL8.2.2) that fix
the harness of the HARN ASSY
INTERLOCK AIO, pull the harness
of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK
AIO out from the hole of the CHAS-
SIS LVPS (PL8.2.13).
14) Release the clamps that fix the har-

ness of the HARN ASSY INTER-
LOCK AIO, remove the harness.
15) Remove the one screw (sliver, tap,

16mm) that fixes the HARN ASSY
INTERLOCK AIO to the printer,
remove the HARN ASSY INTER-
LOCK AIO.
4 - 203
[Replacement]
1) Mate the hole of the switch with the

boss of the printer, secure the switch
with the one screw (silver, tap,
16mm).
2) Secure the harness of the HARN

ASSY INTERLOCK AIO with the
clamps.
3) Route the HARN ASSY INTER-

LOCK AIO through the hole of the
CHASSIS LVPS , attach the three
clamps that secure the harness of
the INTERLOCK SWITCH AIO to
the PLATE ASSY TOP.
4 - 204

HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO to
the PWBA LVPS, secure the har-
ness using the two clamps.
4 - 205
REP8.2 (ISC) (SCC) PWBA ESS AIO (PL8.1.2)

[Removal]
8) Remove the PWBA FAX. (REP8.4)

PWBA ESS AIO (PL8.1.2).
4 - 206
10) Release the hook of the GUIDE

HARNESS USB (PL8.4.5), remove
the GUIDE HARNESS USB from
the printer.
11) Remove the ten screws (silver, 6mm)

that fix the PWBA ESS AIO to the
printer.

that fixes the USB connector of the
PWBA ESS AIO to the printer.
4 - 207
13) Remove the PWBA ESS AIO from

the printer.
4 - 208
Blank Page
4 - 209
[Replacement]
NOTE Ensure proper electrostatic discharge procedures are followed to prevent

damage to the PWBA ESS SFP and options during replacement.
NOTE The replacement steps of procedure 1) to 3) are to be required for changing the
PWBA ESS SFP. Those steps are not required for only removing it.
NOTE There are two ROM chips that must be moved from the original PWBA ESS SFP
to the replacement PWBA. Ensure both these chips are installed into the same
locations on the replacement PWBA.
NOTE Avoid applying excessive pressure when removing and replacing the ROM
chips.
NOTE Take care not to bend the terminal section of ROM when carrying out the job
described below.
1) Remove the ROM, using a miniature

screwdriver or the like, from the IC
sockets on old PWBA ESS AIO that
was removed from the printer.
2) Remove the ROM from IC socket on

new PWBA ESS AIO using a minia-
ture screwdriver or the like.
NOTE Do not use ROMs removed from new PWBA ESS AIO.
4 - 210
3) Attach the ROM that were removed

from old PWBA ESS AIO on IC
sockets of new PWBA ESS AIO with
its notch aligned with the notch in
IC socket.
4) Attach the PWBA ESS AIO to the

printer.
5) Secure the PWBA ESS AIO to the

printer with the ten screws (silver,
6mm).
4 - 211
6) Secure the USB connector of the

PWBA ESS AIO to the printer with
the one screw (silver, 4mm).
7) Mate the boss and hook of the

GUIDE HARNESS USB with the
holes of the printer, attach the
GUIDE HARNESS USB. Secure the
GUIDE HARNESS USB to the
printer with the hook.
4 - 212

PWBA ESS AIO.
4 - 213
REP8.3 MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.4)

[Removal]
1) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING,

shift the COVER ASSY ESS
(PL1.1.9) to rear side.
2) Open the COVER ASSY ESS.
3) Push the release latches of the

socket to release the MEMORY
CARD (PL8.1.4).
4 - 214
4) Remove the MEMORY CARD.
4 - 215
[Replacement]
1) Fit the MEMORY CARD into the

socket by mating the notch of the
MEMORY CARD with the lug on
the socket.
2) Insert the MEMORY CARD to the

socket until it locks.
3) Close the COVER ASSY ESS.
4 - 216
4) Shift the COVER ASSY ESS to

front side, secure the SCREW
KNURLING.
4 - 217
REP8.4 (SCC) PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)

[Removal]

6mm) that fix the PWBA FAX
9) Remove the PWBA FAX from the

PWBA ESS AIO (PL8.1.2).
4 - 218
[Replacement]

PWBA FAX to the PWBA ESS AIO.
2) Secure the PWBA FAX to the

6mm).
4 - 219
REP8.5 SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO (PL8.1.7)

[Removal]
7) Remove the twelve screws (silver,

6mm) that fix the SHIELD ASSY
ESS AIO (PL8.1.7) to the printer.
8) Lift the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO

slightly up to release the three tabs
of the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO,
remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO
from the printer.
4 - 220
[Replacement]
1) Engage the three tabs of the

SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO to the
frame, and then attach the SHIELD
ASSY ESS AIO to the printer.
2) Secure the SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO

to the printer with the twelve
screws (silver, 6mm).
4 - 221
REP8.6 SENSOR HUM (PL8.1.10)

[Removal]

8mm) that fixes the SENSOR HUM
SENSOR HUM.

the SENSOR HUM.
4 - 222
[Replacement]

SENSOR HUM.
2) Secure the SENSOR HUM to the

tap, 8mm).
4 - 223
REP8.7 PLATE ASSY TOP (PL8.2.2)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)
18) Remove the three clamps on the

PLATE ASSY TOP (PL8.2.2) that fix
the harness of the HARN ASSY
INTERLOCK AIO (PL8.1.1).
4 - 224
19) Release the harness of the HAR-

NESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG
AIO (PL6.1.2) from the GUIDE
HARNESS FSR AIO (PL8.2.1).
20) Release the boss of the GUIDE

HARNESS FSR AIO, move the
GUIDE HARNESS FSR AIO to
remove it from the printer.
21) Disengage the two connectors (P/J10

and 11) on the PWBA MCU
(PL8.3.6), pull it out from the hole of
the PLATE ASSY TOP.
4 - 225
22) Remove the six screws (silver, tap,

8mm) that fix the upper side of the
PLATE ASSY TOP to the printer.

8mm) that fixes the right side of the
24) Remove the two screws (silver, M4,

6mm) that fix the left side of the
4 - 226

6mm) that fixes the inside of the
26) Remove the PLATE ASSY TOP from

the printer.
4 - 227
[Replacement]
1) Mate the four holes and tab of the

PLATE ASSY TOP with the bosses and
hole of the printer, attach the FRAME
ASSY LVPS to the printer.
2) Secure the inside of the PLATE

ASSY TOP with the one screw (sil-
ver, M4, 6mm).
3) Secure the left side of the PLATE

ASSY TOP with the two screws (sil-
ver, M4, 6mm).
4 - 228
4) Secure the right side of the PLATE

ASSY TOP with the one screw (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).
5) Secure the upper side of the PLATE

ASSY TOP with the six screws (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm).
6) Route the HARNESS ASSY ESS

MG AIO (PL9.1.1) and the HAR-
NESS ASSY ESS VIDEO MG AIO
(PL9.1.2) through the hole of the
PLATE ASSY TOP, engage the two
connectors (P/J10 and 11) with the
PWBA MCU.
4 - 229
7) Mate the hooks of the GUIDE HAR-

NESS FSR AIO with the holes of the
PLATE ASSY TOP, move the
GUIDE HARNESS FSR AIO to
secure it.
8) Route the harness of the HARNESS

ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO
along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR
AIO.
9) Replace the three clamps that

secure the harness of the HARN
ASSY INTERLOCK AIO to the
PLATE ASSY TOP.
4 - 230
Blank Page
4 - 231
REP8.8 (SCC) DUCT FAN ASSY AIO (PL8.2.7)

[Removal]
8) Disengage the DUCT FAN ASSY

AIO (PL8.2.7) connector (P/J503) on
the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.12), release
the harness of the DUCT FAN ASSY
AIO from the clamp.
9) Release the four hooks of the DUCT

FAN ASSY AIO, remove the DUCT
FAN ASSY AIO from the printer.
4 - 232
[Replacement]
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care to check the
orientation of the FAN. (Attach the FAN so that its labeled surface faces front.)
1) Secure the DUCT FAN ASSY AIO to

the printer with the four hooks.

DUCT FAN ASSY AIO to the PWBA
LVPS, secure the harness using the
clamp.
4 - 233
REP8.9 (SCC) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.12)

[Removal]

PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.12).
9) Remove the six screws (silver, 6mm)

that fix the PWBA LVPS to the
printer.
4 - 234
10) Remove the PWBA LVPS from the

printer.
4 - 235
[Replacement]
1) Attach the PWBA LVPS to the

printer.
2) Secure the PWBA LVPS to the

printer with the six screws (silver,
6mm).

PWBA LVPS.
4 - 236
Blank Page
4 - 237
REP8.10 PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6)

[Removal]
NOTE Never fail to perform the diagnostic operation. Otherwise the data will be lost in
the worst case.
1) Perform the NVM Save to evacuate the MCU data.
3) The diagnostic screen comes up.
4) Press the [OK] key once.
5) Press the "" key several times until "Engine Diag" is displayed. Press the [OK] key once.
6) Press the "" key several times until "NVM Settings" is displayed. Press the [OK] key once.
7) Press the "" key several times until "SaveNVM to ESS" is displayed. Press the [OK] key
once.
8) Press the [OK] key once, and NVM Save is performed.
9) After NVM Save is complete, press the [STOP] key several times until " Engine Diag" is dis-
played.
10) Press the "" key several times until "Exit Mode" is displayed.
11) Press the [OK] key two times. “Service Mode Printer” are displayed.
13) Remove the POWER CORD from outlet.
4 - 238

PWBA MCU (PL8.3.6), release the
harnesses from the three clamps on
the CHASSIS MCU (PL8.3.1).
27) Remove the six screws (silver, 6mm)

that fix the PWBA MCU to the
printer.
28) Remove the PWBA MCU from the

printer.
4 - 239
[Replacement]
1) Mate the holes of the PWBA MCU

with the tabs of the printer, attach
it.
2) Secure the PWBA MCU to the

printer with the six screws (silver,
6mm).

PWBA MCU, secure the harnesses
using three clamps on the CHASSIS
MCU.
NOTE When the PWBA MCU is replaced with a new one, perform the following steps.
(After completing all steps.)
4 - 240
4) Plug in the power cord to the printer.

5) Execute diagnostic operation of NVM Load, and write the data into PWBA MCU.
7) Perform the diagnostic operation of NVM Load, and write the data into the MCU.
9) The diagnostic screen comes up.
10) Press the [OK] key once.
11) Press the "" key several times until "Engine Diag" is displayed. Press the [OK] key once.
12) Press the "" key several times until "NVM Settings" is displayed. Press the [OK] key once.
13) Press the "" key several times until "LoadNVM from ESS" is displayed. Press the [OK] key
once.
14) Press the [OK] key once, and NVM Load is performed.
15) After NVM Load is complete, press the [STOP] key several times until "Engine Diag" is dis-
played.
16) Press the "" key several times until "Exit Mode" is displayed.
17) Press the [OK] key two times. “Service Mode Printer” are displayed.
4 - 241
REP8.11 (SCC) SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO (PL8.3.7)

[Removal]
13) Remove the one screw (silver, with

washer, 6mm) that fixes the ground-
ing terminal of the SWITCH ASSY
INLET MG AIO (PL8.3.7).
4 - 242
14) Release the clamp on the CHASSIS

INLET (PL8.4.11) that fixes the har-
ness of the SWITCH ASSY INLET
MG AIO. Then release the harness
of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG
AIO from hook of the CHASSIS
INLET.
15) Release the hooks of the SWITCH

POWER, remove the SWITCH
POWER of the SWITCH ASSY
INLET MG AIO from the CHASSIS
INLET.
16) Release the hooks of the AC INLET,

remove the AC INLET of the
SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO
from the CHASSIS INLET.
4 - 243
17) Pull out the harness, SWITCH

POWER and connector (J48)
INLET, remove the SWITCH ASSY
INLET MG AIO from the printer.
4 - 244
Blank Page
4 - 245
[Replacement]
1) Route the connector (J48) of the

INLET.
2) Attach the AC INLET of the

SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO to
the CHASSIS INLET, and secure it
with the hooks.
3) Attach the SWITCH POWER of the

SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO to
the CHASSIS INLET, and secure it
with the hooks.
NOTE When replacing the

SWITCH ASSY INLET MG
AIO, match the ON/OFF
mark of the SWITCH
POWER with the mark on
the CHASSIS INLET.
4 - 246
4) Replace the clamp that secure the

harness of the SWITCH ASSY
INLET MG AIO to the PLATE
ASSY DUCT, route the harness of
the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO
through the hook of the CHASSIS
INLET.
5) Secure the grounding terminal of the

SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO with
the one screw (silver, with washer,
6mm).
4 - 247
REP8.12 CHASSIS ASSY LVPS (Reference only)

[Removal]
2) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1).
3) 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (REP4.6)

PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.12), release the
harnesses from the two clamps on
the CHASSIS LVPS (PL8.2.13).
4 - 248
13) Release the harness of the HAR-

NESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG
AIO (PL6.1.2) and harness of the
(PL8.3.7) from the GUIDE HAR-
NESS LVPS (PL8.2.11).
14) Remove the seven screws (silver,

M4, 6mm) and the two screws (sil-
ver, tap, 8mm) that fix the CHAS-
SIS LVPS to the printer.

lift the CHASSIS LVPS
slightly up, because the
notch of the CHASSIS
LVPS hits the screw.
4 - 249
15) Move the CHASSIS LVPS with the

PWBA LVPS and the DUCT FAN
ASSY AIO (PL8.2.7) slightly from
the printer.
16) Pull the harnesses out from the hole

of the CHASSIS LVPS, remove the
CHASSIS ASSY LVPS from the
printer.
4 - 250
Blank Page
4 - 251
[Replacement]
1) Route the harnesses into the hole of

the CHASSIS LVPS.
NOTE Take care not to route the

harness through the wrong
hole.

take care not to damage the
harness by pinching it
between the CHASSIS
LVPS and the printer.
2) Attach the CHASSIS LVPS to the

printer together with the PWBA
LVPS and the DUCT FAN ASSY.
NOTE Since three types of screws are used for securing the CHASSIS LVPS, ensure
4 - 252
3) Secure the CHASSIS LVPS to the

printer with the seven screws (sil-
ver, M4, 6mm) and the two screws
(silver, tap, 8mm).
4) Route the harness of the HARNESS

ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO and
harness of the SWITCH ASSY
INLET MG AIO along the GUIDE
HARNESS LVPS.

PWBA LVPS, secure the harnesses
using the two clamps on the CHAS-
SIS LVPS.
4 - 253
REP8.13 CHASSIS ASSY INLET (Reference only)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)

8mm) that fix the CHASSIS INLET
one screw (silver, with washer,
6mm) that fixes the grounding ter-
minal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET
MG AIO (PL8.3.7) to the printer.
4 - 254
20) Release the two hooks of the CHAS-

SIS INLET.
21) Remove the CHASSIS INLET

together with the SWITCH ASSY
INLET MG AIO.
4 - 255
[Replacement]
1) Mate the two bosses of the CHAS-

SIS INLET with the hole of the
printer, attach the CHASSIS INLET
to the printer together with the
SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO.
2) Secure the CHASSIS INLET to the

printer with the two hooks.
3) Secure the CHASSIS INLET to the

tap, 8mm), secure the grounding ter-
minal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET
MG AIO to the printer with the one
screw (silver, with washer, 6mm).
4 - 256
Blank Page
4 - 257
REP9. SCANNER ASSY

REP9.1 ADF ASSY (PL10.1.3)
[Removal]
NOTE To replace the HARN ASSY ADF (PL10.1.2), IIT ASSY SUB (PL10.1.11) must be
removed.

8mm) that fixes the COVER ASSY
REAR ADF (PL10.1.7) to the ADF
ASSY (PL10.1.3).
3) Slightly raise the right side of the

COVER ASSY REAR ADF, and then
move the COVER ASSY REAR ADF
to the left until its two hooks are
released.

that fixes the grounding terminals
of the HARN ASSY ADF (PL10.1.2)
from the ADF ASSY.
4 - 258
5) Disengage the connector (P/JADF1)

of the HARN ASSY ADF on the
PWBA.
6) Remove the RUBBER BUSH of the

HARN ASSY ADF from the ADF
ASSY.
7) Release the hook of the COUNTER

BALANCE R (PL10.1.10) using the
screwdriver, remove the COUNTER
BALANCE R from the IIT ASSY
SUB (PL10.1.11).
4 - 259
8) Tilt the ADF ASSY to the left side,

release the tab of the COUNTER
BALANCE L (PL10.1.9) from the
IIT ASSY SUB.
9) Lift the ADF ASSY up, remove the

HARN ASSY ADF from the hole of
the ADF ASSY. Remove the ADF
ASSY from the IIT ASSY SUB.
4 - 260
[Replacement]
1) Route the HARN ASSY ADF

through the hole of the ADF ASSY.
2) Tilt the ADF ASSY to left side, put

the tab of the COUNTER BAL-
ANCE L into the hole of the IIT
ASSY SUB. Attach the COUNTER
BALANCE L to the IIT ASSY SUB.
3) Attach the COUNTER BALANCE R

to the IIT ASSY SUB, fix the hook of
the COUNTER BALANCE R.
Attach the ADF ASSY to the IIT
ASSY SUB.
4 - 261
4) Attach the RUBBER BUSH of the

HARN ASSY ADF to the rib of the
ADF ASSY.
5) Engage the connector (P/JADF1) of

the HARN ASSY ADF to the PWBA.
6) Secure the grounding terminals of

the HARN ASSY ADF to the ADF
ASSY with the one screw (silver,
4mm).
4 - 262
7) Install the COVER ADF REAR to

the ADF ASSY by locking the two
hooks in place.
NOTE When performing this step,

ensure that the notch on
the front side of the COVER
ADF REAR is aligned with
the screw hole.
8) Secure the COVER ADF REAR to

the ADF ASSY with the one screw
(silver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 263
REP9.2 ROLL ASSY FEED (PL10.1.5), PAD ASSY SEPARATOR (PL10.1.6)

[Removal]
1) Open the COVER TOP ADF

(PL10.1.4).
2) Raise the LEVER of the ROLL

ASSY FEED (PL10.1.5) by 90
degrees.
3) After removing the lever of the

ROLL ASSY FEED from the guide,
pull the rear shaft out. Remove the
ROLL ASSY FEED.
4 - 264
4) Release the two hooks of the PAD

ASSY SEPARATOR (PL10.1.6),
raise the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR.
5) Remove the PAD ASSY SEPARA-

TOR.
4 - 265
[Replacement]
1) Mate the flat surface of the pivot on

the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR with
the groove of the ADF ASSY. Attach
the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR.
2) Tilt the PAD ASSY SEPARATOR to

fix the two hooks of the PAD ASSY
SEPARATOR.
3) Mate the pin on the shaft of the

ROLL ASSY FEED with the notch
of the ADF ASSY.
4 - 266
4) Mate the flat surface of the LEVER

on the ROLL ASSY FEED with the
guide of the ADF ASSY to attach
the ROLL ASSY FEED.
5) Tilt the LEVER of the ROLL ASSY

FEED to fix the ROLL ASSY FEED.
6) Close the COVER TOP ADF.
4 - 267
REP9.3 TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.8)

[Removal]
1) Open the COVER TOP ADF

(PL10.1.4).
2) Bend the rear side hinge of the

TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.8), release the
boss from the hole of the ADF ASSY.
3) Release the front side boss of the

TRAY ASSY from the hole of the
ADF ASSY, remove the TRAY
ASSY.
4 - 268
[Replacement]
1) Mate the boss of the TRAY ASSY

ADF with the hole of the ADF
ASSY.
2) Depress the hinge of the TRAY

ASSY ADF to mate the boss of the
TRAY ASSY ADF with the hole of
the ADF ASSY. Attach the TRAY
ASSY ADF.
3) Close the COVER TOP ADF.
4 - 269
REP9.4 KIT COUNTER BALANCE L (PL10.1.9), COUNTER BALANCE R (PL10.1.10)

[Removal]

8mm) that fix the COUNTER BAL-
ANCE L (PL10.1.9) to the ADF
ASSY.
4) Remove the COUNTER BALANCE

L from the ADF ASSY.

8mm) that fixes the COUNTER
BALANCE R (PL10.1.10) to the
ADF ASSY.
4 - 270
6) Remove the COUNTER BALANCE

R from the ADF ASSY.
4 - 271
[Replacement]
1) Mate the two holes of the

COUNTER BALANCE R with the
bosses of the ADF ASSY, attach the
COUNTER BALANCE R.
2) Secure the COUNTER BALANCE R

to the ADF ASSY with the one screw
(silver, tap, 8mm).

COUNTER BALANCE L with the
bosses of the ADF ASSY, attach the
COUNTER BALANCE L.
4 - 272
4) Secure the COUNTER BALANCE L

to the ADF ASSY with the four
4 - 273
REP9.5 IIT ASSY SUB (PL10.1.11)

[Removal]
(PL10.1.14). (REP9.6)

COVER FFC (PL8.4.8), remove the
COVER FFC from the printer.
4 - 274
15) Remove the clamp that fixes the

HARN ASSY ADF (PL10.1.2) from
the printer.

that fixes the ground wire of the
HARN ASSY ADF. Disengage the
two connectors (P/J1002 and 1003)
on the PWBA ESS AIO (PL8.1.2),
release the harness of the IIT ASSY
SUB from the clamp.
Release the HARN ASSY ADF from
the hook of the HOLDER FFC
(PL8.4.7).
17) Pull out the harness of the IIT ASSY

SUB to outside from the hole of the
frame.
4 - 275
18) Remove the ferrite core.
19) Pull out the HARN ASSY ADF to

outside from the hole of the frame.
20) Disengage the flat cable (P/J1001) of

the IIT ASSY SUB (PL10.1.11) on
the PWBA ESS AIO.
4 - 276

HOLDER FFC, remove the CORE
FERR FFC (PL10.1.12) from the
printer.
22) Remove the CORE FERR FFC from

the flat cable of the IIT ASSY SUB.

6mm) that fix the IIT ASSY SUB to
the printer.
4 - 277
24) Shift the IIT ASSY SUB to left side

to release the holes of the IIT ASSY
SUB from the four studs, lift the IIT
ASSY SUB up. Remove the IIT
ASSY SUB together with the HARN
ASSY ADF.
25) Pull out the HARN ASSY ADF

through the hole of the IIT ASSY
SUB.
4 - 278
[Replacement]

through the hole of the IIT ASSY
SUB.
NOTE When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to damage
the harnesses of the ADF ASSY and IIT ASSY SUB by pinching them between the
frame and the IIT ASSY SUB.
2) Put the IIT ASSY SUB on the
frame, shift it to right side to mate
the four holes of the IIT ASSY SUB
with the studs of the frame.

this procedure, route the
harness of the ADF ASSY
and the flat cable into the
printer, route the harness
of the IIT ASSY SUB to
outside.
4 - 279
3) Secure the IIT ASSY SUB to the

6mm).
4) Route the flat cable through the

HOLDER FFC, attach the CORE
FERR FFC to the flat cable of the
IIT ASSY SUB.
NOTE When carrying out this

procedure, ensure that the
flat cable is pulled out
without a slack between
the IIT ASST SUB and the
frame.
5) With the flat cable stretched tight,

bend it lightly so that it is aligned to
the underside of the HOLDER FFC.
4 - 280
6) Move the CORE FERR FFC to the

bend of the flat cable, and then
secure the CORE FERR FFC with
the two hooks on the HOLDER FFC.
7) Engage the flat cable (P/J1001) of

the IIT ASSY SUB to the PWBA
ESS AIO.

through the hole of the frame.
4 - 281
9) Attach the ferrite core.
10) Route the harness of the IIT ASSY

SUB through the hole of the frame.
11) Route the HARN ASSY ADF along

the hook of the HOLDER FFC.
Engage the two connectors (P/J1002
and 1003) on the PWBA ESS AIO,
secure the harness of the IIT ASSY
SUB using the clamp. Secure the
ground wire of the HARN ASSY
ADF to the printer with the one
screw (silver, 6mm).
4 - 282
12) Replace the clamp that secures the

HARN ASSY ADF to the printer.
13) Secure the COVER FFC to the

printer with the two hooks.
4 - 283
REP9.6 HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB (PL10.1.13), BRACKET ASSY USB (PL10.1.14)
[Removal]

the PWB ASSY FRONT USB
(PL10.1.15).

and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm)
that fix the BRACKET ASSY USB
(PL10.1.14) to the printer, remove
the BRACKET ASSY USB.
4 - 284

that fixes the CLAMP (PL8.4.12) to
the printer, remove the CLAMP.
11) Disengage the connector (P/J1301)

of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT
USB (PL10.1.13), release the HAR-
NESS ASSY FRONT USB from the
GUIDE HARNESS USB (PL8.4.5).
Pull out the HARNESS ASSY
FRONT USB from the hole of the
printer, remove the HARNESS
ASSY FRONT USB from the
printer.
GUIDE HARNESS
USB
4 - 285
[Replacement]
1) Route the HARNESS ASSY FRONT

USB through the hole of the
printer. Engage the connector (P/
J1301) on the PWBA ESS AIO,
secure the HARNESS ASSY
FRONT USB using the GUIDE
HARNESS USB.
GUIDE HARNESS
USB
2) Fit the CLAMP to the stripped-off
portion of the HARNESS ASSY
FRONT USB, and then secure the
CLAMP to the printer using one
screw (silver, 6mm).
NOTE Since the CLAMP also

serves as a grounding
means, ensure that the
CLAMP is fit to the
stripped-off section of the
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
USB.
4 - 286

BRACKET ASSY USB with the two
bosses of the IIT ASSY SUB, secure
the BRACKET ASSY USB with the
one screw (silver, tap, 8mm)and the
one screw (silver, 6mm).

PWB ASSY FRONT USB.
4 - 287
REP10. DUPLEX
REP10.1 FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD (PL11.1.1) [Duplex Model Only]
[Removal]
6) Press the LATCH BUTTON to

unlock the FEEDER ASSY DUP
AIO STD (PL11.1.1).
7) Lift up the FEEDER ASSY DUP

AIO STD from the printer.
4 - 288
[Replacement]
1) Align the arrow on the FEEDER

ASSY DUP AIO STD with the one
on the COVER ASSY FRONT,
attach the FEEDER ASSY DUP
AIO STD.
2) Push the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO

STD to secure it.
4 - 289
REP10.2 ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9) [Duplex Model Only]

[Removal]
2) Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD. (REP10.1)
3) Release the six hooks that fixes the

COVER PWBA DUP (PL11.1.15),
3.1
remove the COVER PWBA DUP
from the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO
STD (PL11.1.1).
3.2
3.3

the DRIVE ASSY DUP (PL11.2.5)
on the PWBA DUP (PL11.1.16),
release the harness of the DRIVE
ASSY DUP from the hooks of the
COVER DRIVE DUP (PL11.2.3).
4 - 290
5) Release the five hooks of the

COVER DRIVE DUP. Draw out the
connector of the DRIVE ASSY DUP
from the hole of the COVER DRIVE
DUP, and then remove the COVER 5.2
DRIVE DUP from the FEEDER
ASSY DUP AIO STD.
5.1

8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY
DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP
AIO STD, remove the DRIVE ASSY
DUP.
4 - 291
7) Release the hook of the GEAR

ROLL DUP (PL11.2.6), remove the
GEAR ROLL DUP from the
ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9).
8) Remove the BEARING DUP

(PL11.2.7) that fixes the right and
left sides of the ROLLER ASSY
DUP by rotating in the direction
shown by the arrow.
4 - 292
9) Remove the ROLLER ASSY DUP

from the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO
STD.
4 - 293
[Replacement]
1) Attach the ROLLER ASSY DUP to

the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD.
2) Replace the BEARING DUP on both

the right and left sides of the
ROLLER ASSY DUP by matching
the tab of the BEARING DUP with
the notch of the FEEDER ASSY
DUP AIO STD.
Clamp the BEARING DUP firmly to
the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD.
4 - 294
3) Attach the GEAR ROLL DUP to the

ROLLER ASSY DUP, mate the
hook of the GEAR ROLL DUP with
the groove of the FEEDER ASSY
DUP AIO STD.
4) Attach the DRIVE ASSY DUP to

the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD,
secure the DRIVE ASSY DUP with
the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
4 - 295
5) Draw the connector of the DRIVE

ASSY DUP through the hole of the
COVER DRIVE DUP. Then fix the
COVER DRIVE DUP to the
FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD
using the five hooks.
5.2 5.1
5.3
6) Route the harness of the DRIVE

ASSY DUP along the hooks of the
COVER DRIVE DUP, engage the
connector (P/J603) of the DRIVE
ASSY DUP to the PWBA DUP.
4 - 296
NOTE When carrying out the

steps described below, 7.3
insert the right edge of the
COVER PWBA DUP into the
clearance of the CHUTE
DUP FRAME.
7) Attach the COVER PWBA DUP to
the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD,
secure the COVER PWBA DUP
with the six hooks.
7.2
7.1
4 - 297
REP10.3 KIT CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.98)
[Removal]
1) Press the latch button to open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1).
2) Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD. (PL10.1)
3) Open the CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.2).
4) Remove the left and right bosses of the CHUTE DUP IN from the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD
and then remove the KIT CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.98).
KIT CHUTE DUP IN
[Replacement]
4 - 298
Blank Page
4 - 299
REP10.4 KIT HARNESS ASSY DUP (PL11.1.99)
[Removal]
1) Press the latch button to open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1).
2) Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD. (REP10.1)
3) Remove the COVER PWBA DUP. (REP10.2)
4) Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP (PL11.1.14) connector (P/J601) that is connected to the
PWBA DUP (PL11.1.16) and release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY DUP from the hooks of
the CHUTE DUP FRAME (PL11.2.9).
5) Release the hooks (x2 locations) of the HOLDER CONNECT DUP (PL11.1.13) and remove the
KIT HARNESS ASSY DUP (PL11.1.99).
KIT HARNESS ASSY DUP
[Replacement]
NOTE When installing the KIT HARNESS ASSY DUP, insert the hooks of the HARNESS
ASSY DUP connector (J272) securely into the SPRING CONNECT DUP
(PL11.1.12).
4 - 300
Blank Page
4 - 301
REP11. 250 OPTION FEEDER

REP11.1 FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO (PL12.1.3)
[Removal]
NOTE The printer must be lifted by two people.

2) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT MG AIO.
3) Remove the two SCREW JOINTs

(PL12.1.2) that fix the FEEDER
ASSY OPT MG AIO (PL12.1.3) to
the printer.
4 - 302
4) Lift up the printer to separate it

from the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG
AIO.
4 - 303
[Replacement]
NOTE The printer must be lifted by two people.
1) Place the printer on the FEEDER

ASSY OPT MG AIO with the five
holes on the bottom of the printer
aligned with the studs on the
FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO.
2) Secure the printer to the FEEDER

ASSY OPT MG AIO using the two
SCREW JOINTs.
3) Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT MG AIO into the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO.
4 - 304
Blank Page
4 - 305
REP11.2 ROLL ASSY FEED (Parts of the FEEDER ASSY OPT) (PL12.4.4)
[Removal]
1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT MG AIO.

until it stops.

FEED (PL12.4.2) by sliding the
ROLL ASSY FEED to the left.
4 - 306

degrees.
4 - 307
[Replacement]

ROLL ASSY FEED.
4 - 308

SHAFT ASSY FEED.
4 - 309

4) Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT MG AIO into the FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO.
4 - 310
REP 99. Safety Critical Components (SCC)

REP 99.1.1 Safety Critical Components (SCC)
CAUTION Any part marked with SCC is a Safety Critical Component. As to

replacement of any SCC, the complete component unit must be
replaced. It must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts
of it must be replaced. Further, when a spare part is provided with the
instructions, the CEs are required to follow them.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co.
Ltd. shall be strictly prohibited because it cannot be guaranteed in
quality and safety.
4 - 311
4.3 Adjustments
ADJ10.1 Firmware download (Controller and MCU)
You can download firmware from a PC to the main processor, to upgrade. Communication interfaces
support a network (Port9100), a USB port, and a parallel port. This document describes examples of
using a USB port.
- Servicing duration
Controlle : About 5 minutes
MCU : About 3 minutes
- Working procedure
1) If "Ready" on the Main Processor Operation Panel, start xeroxfwup.exe.
2) Select [USB] and click "Next" button.
4 - 312
3) Select an appropriate main processor, and click "Next" button.
4) The following screen appears, and upgrade is performed.
(After firmware download, a printer will automatically reboot.)
5) After upgrade is done, when the following screen appears, click "Next" button.
4 - 313
6) Click "OK" button to exit the tool.
NOTE Print "Configuration" to check the firmware version.

Controller : General -> Firmware Version
MCU : General -> Engine Version
4 - 314
ADJ10.2 Directions for Replacing Important Information Stored Component

[Purpose]
To get a full understanding of how to handle Important Information Stored Components. Data
that the customer has entered after machine installation is so important that nobody can be
forgiven for a loss or leak of the data. Besides, from the perspective of earning the confidence of
the customer, it is indispensable for the CE to be able to realize the components that store such
data. The CE should also take great care in replacing such components.
[Procedure]
This product has the components below store important information. Perform the following
procedure.
NOTE IBG: Collect/discard components, following the way specified separately.
Component Work before

Stored Information Work after replacement
Name replacement/abolition
PWBA ESS Parameters that can be - Initial Action - Handling the removed PWB
AIO set by users (IP address, Back up data by print-
etc.) ing reports and using Be sure to initialize the
tools, in order to set the PWB and then take it back
- Job log data again. to your base. If the PWB
cannot be initialized at the
- Error log (Fault History, Execute “Installation customer site, tell the cus-
Counter) Clear All NVMs” in Clear tomer the PWB will be ini-
All CE Mode. tialized at the FX recycling
- DV log/Auditron setting/ location and that no secu-
Total PV Information/ JBA rity problem will occur.
Information Manipulation
Log
- Final Action
- Network Settings Infor- Restore the data, using
mation tools.
Return settings to their
original values, using
reports.
4 - 315
Blank Page
4 - 316
Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS
5.1 Preface .....................................................................................................................5 - 1

5.1.1 Caution for use of spare parts illustration .................................................................................... 5 - 1
5.1.2 PRECAUTIONS ........................................................................................................................... 5 - 1
5.2 Parts list....................................................................................................................5 - 2
PL 1.1 Cover (1/2) [Illustration] .............................................................................................................. 5 - 2
PL 1.1 Cover (1/2) [List] ......................................................................................................................... 5 - 3
PL 1.2 Cover (2/2) [Illustration] ............................................................................................................. 5 - 4
PL 1.2 Cover (2/2) [List] ......................................................................................................................... 5 - 5
PL 2.1 Paper Cassete [Illustration] ....................................................................................................... 5 - 6
PL 2.1 Paper Cassete [List] ................................................................................................................... 5 - 7
PL 3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [Illustration]................................................................................................. 5 - 8
PL 3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [List]............................................................................................................. 5 - 9
PL 3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [Illustration]............................................................................................... 5 - 10
PL 3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [List]........................................................................................................... 5 - 11
PL 4.1 Xerographics [Illustration] ........................................................................................................ 5 - 12
PL 4.1 Xerographics [List].................................................................................................................... 5 - 13
PL 5.1 Dispenser [Illustration] ............................................................................................................. 5 - 14
PL 5.1 Dispenser [List]......................................................................................................................... 5 - 15
PL 6.1 Transfer & Fusing Unit [Illustration] ......................................................................................... 5 - 16
PL 6.1 Transfer & Fusing Unit [List] ..................................................................................................... 5 - 17
PL 7.1 Drive [Illustration]..................................................................................................................... 5 - 18
PL 7.1 Drive [List]................................................................................................................................ 5 - 19
PL 8.1 Electrical & Frame AIO (1/4) [Illustration] ................................................................................ 5 - 20
PL 8.1 Electrical & Frame AIO (1/4) [List] ........................................................................................... 5 - 21
PL 8.2 Electrical & Frame AIO (2/4) [List] ............................................................................................ 5 - 23
PL 8.4 Electrical & Frame AIO (4/4) [Illustration] ................................................................................. 5 - 26
PL 9.1 Harness [Illustration]................................................................................................................ 5 - 28
PL 9.1 Harness [List]............................................................................................................................ 5 - 29
PL10.1 Scanner Assy [Illustration] ....................................................................................................... 5 - 30
PL10.1 Scanner Assy [List].................................................................................................................. 5 - 31
PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [Illustration]............................................................................................ 5 - 32
PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [List] ...................................................................................................... 5 - 33
PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [Illustration]............................................................................................ 5 - 34
PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [List] ...................................................................................................... 5 - 35
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 36
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 37
Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS

5.1 Preface
5.1.1 Caution for use of spare parts illustration
- Available spare parts are shown in the illustration by name.
- [Ref PL X.Y.Z] shown below the part name denotes the item is "Z" in the plate "PL X.Y" of the
engineering part list.
- For the detailed composition of the KIT parts, check with the engineering part list.
5.1.2 PRECAUTIONS
- The figures indicating the illustrations are the item No. in the list and present correspondence
between the illustrations and parts.
- The notation of PL "X.Y.Z" is composed of the plate (PL), item "X.Y", and parts "Z".
- The alphabet characters in the illustrations represent screws and clips as follows:
"S": screw, "E": E-ring, "KL": KL clip, "C": C-ring, and "N": nut
- " " mark in the illustrations are attached to items indicating assembly parts in the illustrations.
- Encircled alphabetical figures in the illustrations indicate interrupted leader lines. Same
characters in the illustrations represent lines to be connected.
- The mark "(with 2-5)" attached to assembly parts on the illustrations and lists represents that the
items "2, 3, 4, and 5" of that plate are contained and the mark "(with 2-5, PL6.1.1) represent that
the item "2, 3, 4, and 5" of that plate and the item "1" of the plate "6.1" are contained.
- The mark "[Ref PLX.Y.Z]" attached to parts in the illustrations and lists resents that the parts is
the same as the parts of the item "Z" of the plate "X.Y".
- The mark "" attached to parts in the list represents "Note" or "Reference" about that parts is
contained in the same page.
Safety Critical Component (SCC)

Control of the safety of components that are designated Safety Critical Components shall conform to
Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd-stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be replaced.
It must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly prohibited
because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.

Important Information Stored Components store customers' important information they have entered
after machine installation. When replacing Important Information Stored Components, you must
replace and discard them, following the procedure described in Chapter 4 Adjustments. Take care
never to let customer information leak out.
5–1
5.2 Parts list

PL 1.1 Cover (1/2) [Illustration]
1
ST1
3
SM3
4
ST1
ST1
5
13 (with 8,9)
9
ST1
SM3
ST1
SM3
ST1
ST1
ST1
6
ST1
8
ST1
ST1
ST1 ST1
ST1
ST1
ST1
7
12 (with 6,7,PL1.2.30)
MiA05001IA
5–2
PL 1.1 Cover (1/2) [List]
ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C

1 848E 61421 (SCC) COVER POLE OUT AIO (REP 1.1, REP 99.1.1) 32B1
2 848E 60080 (SCC) COVER SCANNER LOW AIO (REP 1.2, REP 99.1.1) 32B2
3 848E 61462 (SCC) COVER POLE IN AIO (REP 1.3, REP 99.1.1) 32B3
4 848E 61451 (SCC) COVER TOP AIO (REP 1.4, REP 99.1.1) 32B4
5 848E 61040 (SCC) COVER REAR AIO (REP 1.5, REP 99.1.1) 32B5
6 -- COVER SIDE R AIO 32B6
7 -- COVER WINDOW TNR AIO 32B7
8 -- COVER SIDE L AIO 32B8
9 -- COVER ASSY ESS 32B9
10 -- --
11 -- --
12 848K 51151 COVER ASSY SIDE R AIO (with 6,7,PL1.2.30) 32BB
13 848K 50521 COVER ASSY SIDE L AIO (with 8,9) 32BC
5–3
PL 1.2 Cover (2/2) [Illustration]
1 (with 2,5,10-12,24,31)
5 (with 6-9)
6
10
31 9
8 11
ST1
ST1
ST1
7
4
13 12 (with 13-16,27,28)
2
ST1
ST1 (J202) 24
(P272)
ST1 ST1 32
ST1
ST1 ST1
ST1
ST1
16 25
27
15 ST1
26
(J5301)
ST1 (J271)
SM2
30
19 (with 25,26)
33 18 21
17 ST1
14
14
23
22
28 (with 17-19,21-23)
MiA05002IA
5–4
PL 1.2 Cover (2/2) [List]

1 848K 51133 COVER ASSY FRONT (with 2,5,10-12,24,31) 32C1
2 -- COVER FRONT LOWER AIO 32C2
3 848K 51542 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO 7510
4 -- COVER INNER FRONT AIO 32C3
5 -- LATCH ASSY FRONT (with 6-9) 32C4
6 -- LATCH FRONT L 32C5
7 -- LATCH FRONT DUP 32C6
8 -- PLATE LATCH 32C7
9 -- LATCH FRONT R 32C8
10 -- SPRING LATCH FRONT 32C9
11 -- BUTTON LATCH FRONT AIO 32CB
12 019K 12010 HOLDER ASSY FRONT L CDN (with 13-16,27,28) 32CC
13 019E 79051 HOLDER FRONT L AIO 32CD
14 806E 20161 SHAFT PIVOT 32CE
15 -- HARNESS ASSY DUP GND MG AIO 71B1
16 -- PLATE EARTH (Duplex Model Only) 32CF
17 -- HOLDER LINK LOWER 32CG
18 -- PLATE LINK 32CH
19 -- SPRING LINK 32CJ
20 -- --
21 -- HOLDER LINK UPPER 32CL
22 -- PAD L 32CM
23 -- HOLDER SLIDER 32CN
24 -- HOLDER FRONT R AIO 32CP
25 -- STRAP B 32CQ
26 -- STRAP A 32CR
27 962K 73540 HARNESS A-OP-OPP (J202-J5301) 71B2
28 -- LINK ASSY FRONT AIO (with 17-19,21-23) 32CS
29 -- --
30 801K 45121 STRAP ASSY (with 25,26) 32CT
31 -- COVER FRONT UPPER AIO 32CV
32 962K 87610 HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (J271-P272) 71B3
33 892E 24510 LABEL ADBE PS3 76B1
5–5
PL 2.1 Paper Cassete [Illustration]
1 (with 19,21)
21 (with 2-8,14-18,25-27)
2 (with 22-24)
24
22
3
23
4
5
99 (with 6-8)
6
7
8
28 (with 17,25-27)
14 17
16
15
16
25
26
27
18
19 MiA05003IA
5–6
PL 2.1 Paper Cassete [List]

1 050K 64150 CASSETTE ASSY 250 MG AIO (with 19,21) 5010
2 015K 75520 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 50B1
3 -- SPRING N/F L 50B2
4 -- SPRING N/F R 50B3
5 -- HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR 50B4
6 038E 36920 GUIDE SIDE L 50B5
7 007E 75020 GEAR PINION 50B6
8 038K 18430 GUIDE SIDE ASSY R 50B7
9 -- --
10 -- --
11 -- --
12 -- --
13 -- --
14 003E 73390 LATCH BOTTOM L 50B8
15 003E 73930 LATCH BOTTOM R 50B9
16 809E 82580 SPRING LATCH B 50BB
17 050K 61170 TRAY ASSY EXTENSION 50BC
18 848K 52262 HOUSING CASSETTE 250 50BD
19 003K 87520 HANDLE ASSY CST MG AIO 50BE
20 -- --
21 050K 63890 TRAY ASSY CST 250 AIO (with 2-8,14-18,25-27) 5012
22 032E 26410 GUIDE BOTTOM L 50BF
23 032E 26420 GUIDE BOTTOM R 50BG
24 019K 09240 PAD ASSY BOTTOM 50BH
25 038K 18440 GUIDE ASSY END 50BJ
26 003E 76750 LATCH HSG END 50BK
27 809E 72211 SPRING LATCH 50BL
28 -- TRAY ASSY EXT OWN (with 17,25-27) 50BM
99 675K 62840 KIT GUIDE SIDE (with 6-8) 50BN
5–7
PL 3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [Illustration]
(J262)
ST1
1
2
E2
ST1
ST1
97 (with 1,2)
ST1
(J23)
(J27)
(J28)
20
(J20)
18
(J281) (J201)
(P231) (P271)
19 (with 16,17) (P273)
(J234)
15
16
17
9 (J232)
E2
(J233)
14 13
12 10
(J231)
ST1
ST1
ST1
ST1 5
ST1
11
99 (with 11-17)
8 28 ST1
[Ref PL3.2.1] ST1
5
ST1 25
31
ST1
ST1 ST1 4 32
27 ST1 ST1
ST1
ST1
33
98 (with 4,5,8-15,18-20,25,27,28,31-33,PL3.2.1,PL8.1.10)
MiA05004IA
5–8
PL 3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [List]

1 121K 42520 (SCC) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (REP 3.1 , REP 99.1.1) 50C1
2 013E 30830 BEARING REGI 50C2
3 -- --
4 -- CHASSIS FDR R AIO 50C3
5 -- FOOT ASSY 50C4
6 -- --
7 -- --
8 -- CHASSIS FDR L AIO 50C5
9 -- BEARING 50C6
10 003E 73341 STOPPER CST 50C7
11 -- SOLENOID FEED MSI 50C8
12 -- SPRING LEVER 50C8
13 -- LEVER FEED 50CB
14 -- SPRING FEED IN 50CC
15 -- SPRING FEED OUT 50CD
16 -- GEAR FEED OUT 50CE
17 -- GEAR FEED IN 50CF
(SCC) HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO (J20,J23,J28-J201,
18 962K 87380 71C1
P231, J232, J233, J234, J281) (REP 99.1.1)
19 007K 15660 GEAR ASSY FEED (with 16,17) 50CG
20 -- HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO (J27-P271,P273) 71C2
21 -- --
22 -- --
23 -- --
24 -- --
25 -- PLATE EARTH FDR R 50CH
26 -- --
27 -- PLATE TIE 50CJ
28 -- PLATE EARTH FDR L 50CK
29 -- --
30 -- --
31 -- PLATE EARTH FDR 50CL
32 103E 42980 VARISTOR,S10K680E2 50CM
33 -- PLATE EARTH CST 50CN
97 -- KIT CLUTCH ASSY DRV (with 1,2) 50CP

FEEDER ASSY MG AIO DN (with 4,5,8-15,18-20,25,27,28,31-33,
98 059K 72260 50CAA
PL3.2.1, PL8.1.10, PL9.1.6)
99 604K 51880 KIT SOLENOID FEED SA (with 11-17) 50CQ
5–9
PL 3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [Illustration]
1 (with 2-16,20-33,36)
3
4
2
3
6 5
8 E2
7 9 ST2
33
10
97 (with 11,12)
11
12 99 (with 16,32)
32 (with 17-19)
(P232) 16
17
18
30 19
31
13
REGI
E2 SENSOR
E2 13
CST NO PAPER
29 SENSOR
(P234)
98 (with 14,15) 20
21
22
14
15
26 E2
E1
36
ST1 24 23
ST1
36
25
28
35
34
(P233)
13 27 (with 34,35)
SSI NO PAPER
SENSOR MiA05005IA
5 – 10
PL 3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [List]

1 -- CHUTE ASSY FDR REGI (with 2-16,20-33, 36) 50D1
2 -- SHAFÇs ASSY FEED 50D2
3 -- ROLL CORE MSI 50D3
4 059K 60140 ROLL ASSY FEED 5012
5 -- BEARING EARTH 50D4
6 120E 27831 ACTUATOR REGI OUT 50D5
7 809E 71020 SPRING REGI OUT 50D6
8 120E 32810 ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M 50D7
9 059K 60152 ROLL ASSY REGI 50D8
10 -- ROLL REGI METAL 50D9
11 120E 30270 ACTUATOR REGI IN 50DB
12 809E 70960 SPRING ACT REGI 50DC
13 930W 00113 SENSOR PHOTO 50DD
14 120E 27850 ACTUATOR SSI 50DE
15 809E 71030 SPRING ACT SSI 50DF
16 809E 70982 SPRING STP 50DG
17 -- STOPPER ACT 50DH
18 -- SPRING ACT NP 50DJ
19 -- ACTUATOR NO PAPER 50DK
20 -- BEARING M EARTH 50DL
21 -- BEARING EARTH REGI 50DM
22 -- GEAR REGI R 50DN
23 -- GEAR REGI M 50DP
24 -- SPRING REGI R MG 50DQ
25 -- PLATE EARTH REGI 50DR
26 -- CHUTE UP 50DS
27 054K 35890 CHUTE ASSY LOW (with 34,35) 50DT
28 674E 01840 BRACKET SNS 50DV
29 -- SPRING REGI L MG 50DW
30 -- BEARING M 50DX
31 -- BEARING R 50DY
32 120K 92294 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER(with 17-19) 50E1
33 -- PLATE WEIGHT 50E2
34 -- CHUTE ASSY LOW SSI 50E3
35 -- CHUTE LOW CST 50E4
36 -- FILM CHUTE UP 50E5
97 604K 51890 KIT ACT REGI IN (with 11,12) 50E6

98 675K 65230 KIT ACT SSI (with 14,15) 50E7
97 675K 65241 KIT ACT NO PAPER (with 16,32) 50E8
5 – 11
PL 4.1 Xerographics [Illustration]
99 (with 1,2x2pcs w/screw)

ST1 ST1
2
22 ST1
(J41) ST1
(J411)
(J40) 2
23
(J412)
1
98 (with 4,5,6x2pcs)
ST1
6
3
4
5
(P141)
6 7 4
9
ST1
9 ST1 ST1
8
9
ST1
9 5 ST1
10 11 15 7
12 16 97
13 17 (with 4,5,7x2pcs)
18
SM2
SM2 14 SM2
21 SM2 (P161)
SM2
SM2 19
SM2
MiA05006IA
5 – 12
PL 4.1 Xerographics [List]

1 -- ROS ASSY 1310
2 -- SPRING ROS 13B1
3 019E 66470 HOLDER CRUM 4533
4 -- SPRING PHD 31B1
5 -- LEVER PHD 31B2
6 -- BLOCK STOPPER PHD D 31B3
7 -- BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD 31B4
8 122K 94041 LED ASSY ERASE 4421
9 -- SPRING TRACKING 71D1
10 -- SPRING CF 71D2
11 -- SPRING TR4 71D3
15 -- SPRING D4 71D7
18 -- SPRING D1 71DB
19 105K 24390 (SCC) PWBA HVPS (REP 4.5 , REP 99.1.1) 7320
20 -- --
21 -- PHD ASSY 4510
22 962K 52060 (SCC) HARN ASSY ROS RE (J40-J411) (REP 99.1.1) 13B2
23 962K 52070 HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO (J41-J412) 13B3
97 675K 54241 KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (with 4,5,7x2) 13B5

98 675K 54251 KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (with 4,5,6x2) 13B6
99 604K 65720 KIT ROS (with 1,2 × 2pcs w/screw) 13AA
5 – 13
PL 5.1 Dispenser [Illustration]
1 (with 2,9-11,14-16,25-27)
2 (with 3-8)
5 7
8
4 ST1 7
3 6
ST1
8
(J192) (P192) 6 7
ST1 3 8
ST1 6 7
(J191) (P191)
ST1 8
ST1 3 6
ST1
(J182) (P182) 27
25 ST1 3
ST1
(J181) (P181)
ST1
(J291)
11 (with 12,13) 9
(J19) 10
(J18) 12 (P291)
26 10
ST1
10
(J29)
10 13 ST1
(J314) 14 13
(P314) 15
(J313) 14 13 17
13 15 16
(P313) ST1
(J31) (J312) 14 13 ST1
13 15 16 18
(P312) SM3
(J311) 14 13
(P311)
13 ST1 15 16 19
ST1 16
20
ST1
21
22
23 29
24
MiA05007IA
5 – 14
PL 5.1 Dispenser [List]

1 094K 92290 DISPENSER ASSY (with 2,9-11,14-16,25-27) 4020
2 -- FRAME ASSY MOT (with 3-8) 40B1
3 127K 51010 (SCC) MOTOR ASSY DISP (REP 99.1.1) 40B2
4 -- CONDUCTOR MOTOR 40B3
5 -- FRAME MOTOR 40B4
6 -- GEAR IDLER 40B5
7 -- GEAR IDLER AUG 40B6
8 -- GEAR IDLER AGI 40B7
9 110E 10200 SWITCH 40B8
10 -- HOUSING ASSY AUGER 40B9
11 -- FRAME ASSY DISP (with 12,13) 40BA
12 -- FRAME DISP 40BB
13 -- SEAL DISP AUG 40BC
14 -- CONNECTOR CRUM 40BD
15 -- SPRING DISP 40BE
16 -- JOINT ASSY DISP 40BF
17 604K 65770 HOLDER ASSY TCRU K 40BG
18 604K 65780 HOLDER ASSY TCRU C 40BH
19 604K 65790 HOLDER ASSY TCRU M 40BJ
20 604K 65800 HOLDER ASSY TCRU Y 40BK
21 -- TONER CARTRIDGE (K) 401K
22 -- TONER CARTRIDGE (C) 401C
23 -- TONER CARTRIDGE (M) 401M
24 -- TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) 401Y
25 -- HARN ASSY TNR MOT (J18,J19-J181,J182,J191,J192) 71E1
26 -- HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (J31-J311,J312,J313,J314) 71E2
27 962K 52150 HARN ASSY SIDE SW (J29-J291) 71E3
28 -- --
29 -- LABEL HOLDER 40BL
5 – 15
PL 6.1 Transfer & Fusing Unit [Illustration]
1
(P171)
(J171)
2
(J17)
(J47)
ST10
3
4
5
ST1
(P281)
8 MiA05008IA
5 – 16
PL 6.1 Transfer & Fusing Unit [List]

EL300823 (SCC)FUSING UNIT (110V) (REP 6.1 , REP 99.1.1) 43AA
1
EL300822 (SCC)FUSING UNIT (220V) (REP 6.1 , REP 99.1.1) 43AA
(SCC) HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO 110V (J17,47-
962K 87440 71F1
P171) (REP 99.1.1)
2
(SCC) HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO 220V (J17,47-
962K 87451 71F1
P171) (REP 99.1.1)
3 003E 73241 STOPPER PIVOT 30B1
4 PIVOT TRANS L 30B2
5 807E 15192 GEAR T4 30B3
6 006K 25551 SHAFT ASSY PIVOT 30B4
7 848K 52580 TRANSFER ASSY 41AA
8 848E 22370 COVER HARNESS 41AB
5 – 17
PL 7.1 Drive [Illustration]
2
ST1
SM3
(P221)
ST1
ST1
SM3
ST1
ST1
ST1 (P211)
ST1
ST1
3 ST1
(P261) SM2
(J24) SM3
6
COLOR MODE
SWITCHING SENSOR
ST1
(J241)
5 (P241) 4
MiA05009IA
5 – 18
PL 7.1 Drive [List]

1 007K 17400 (SCC) DRIVE ASSY SUB (REP 7.1 , REP 99.1.1) 4030
2 007K 17390 (SCC) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (REP 7.2 , REP 99.1.1) 4020
3 807E 15100 GEAR P2 4033
4 007K 94706 (SCC) DRIVE ASSY PH (REP 7.3 , REP 99.1.1) 4523
5 962K 87361 (SCC) HARNESS ASSY KSOL MG AIO (J24-P241) (REP 99.1.1) 71G1
6 130E 87090 SENSOR PHOTO 45B1
5 – 19
PL 8.1 Electrical & Frame AIO (1/4) [Illustration]
1
ST2
(J44)
SM2
SM1
SM2
SM2 2 (with 3)
SM2
SM2
(P201)
SM2
SM2
4
ST1
SM2
10 SM2
SM2
3
(P801)
*: Not in used. (P1002) 5

(P1003) SM2
(P2401)* 6 SM2
(J1001) (P802)
SM2
(P2001) 7 (with 8,9) SM2
(P2002)
(P403) SM2
(P1301)
(P2501)* 9
SM2
(P2103)* SM2
SM2
8
(J801) SM2
SM2
[Ref PL8.1.2]
SM2 SM2
ST1
SM2
SM2
MiA05010IA
5 – 20
PL 8.1 Electrical & Frame AIO (1/4) [List]

(SCC) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO (SW-J44) (REP 8.1 ,
1 962K 65360 31C1
REP 99.1.1)
2 960K 56250 (ISC) (SCC) PWBA ESS AIO (with 3) (REP 8.2 , REP 99.1.1) 76AA
3 -- NVM ROM 76B1
4 133K 26620 MEMORY CARD (OPTION) 7640
5 960K 53600 (SCC) PWBA FAX (REP 8.4 , REP 99.1.1) 7652
6 -- CAP PLUG RUBBER 76B2
7 -- SHIELD ASSY ESS AIO (with 8,9) 31C2
8 -- SHIELD ESS AIO 31C3
9 -- COVER INNER 31C4
10 130E 93460 SENSOR HUM 71H1
11 -- --
12 -- --
5 – 21
2 (with 3-5)
1
3
ST1
ST1 ST1 4
ST1
ST1 ST1
ST1
5
ST1 15 5
ST1
7 (with 8,9) 16
9 17
8
10
SM3
SM3 SM3
(J503)
SM3
ST1
SM3
SM3
14
14
11
SM3
ST1
SM3 SM3
13 SM3
SM2
SM2 (P48)
12 SM2 (P40)
(P503)
(P47)
(P44)
SM2 (P502)
SM2
(P504)
SM2 (P501)
MiA05011IA
5 – 22

1 -- GUIDE HARNESS FSR AIO 31D1
2 -- PLATE ASSY TOP (with 3-5) 31D2
3 -- DUCT PLATE 31D3
4 -- PLATE ASSY DUCT 31D4
5 -- SEAL PLATE 31D5
6 -- --
7 054K 45130 (SCC) DUCT FAN ASSY AIO (with 8.9) (REP 8.8 , REP 99.1.1) 3301
8 -- FAN 33B1
9 -- DUCT FAN AIO 31D6
10 -- SHIELD HARNESS LVPS 31D7
11 -- GUIDE HARNESS LVPS 31D8
105K 24430 (SCC) PWBA LVPS 110V (REP 8.9 , REP 99.1.1) 7310
12
105K 24440 (SCC) PWBA LVPS 220V (REP 8.9 , REP 99.1.1) 7310
13 -- CHASSIS LVPS 31D9
14 -- CLAMP RLWT-2V0 31DB
15 -- PLATE EARTH DRUM 31DC
16 -- PLATE EARTH FSR 31DD
17 103E 42980 (SCC) ARRESTER ENE112D-10A (REP 99.1.1) 31DE
5 – 23
SM2
3
(P144)
3
2 4 5
SM2
7 (J48) SM2
*: Not in used. SM2
(P10)
(P41) SM2
(P40) (P11)
(P42) SM2
(P15)
(P22) SM2
(P14)
(P21)
SM5 (P17) (P24)
SM2
(P101)* (P26)
8 SM2
(P31) (P23) 6
(P28)
(P19)
(P20)
(P18) (P27)
(P16)
(P29)
MiA05012IA
5 – 24

1 -- CHASSIS MCU 31E1
2 -- EDGING SADDLE 31E2
3 -- CLAMP MST-10V0 31E3
4 960K 32640 PWBA EEPROM (XPRO) 71J1
5 -- SUPPORT PWB 31E4
6 960K 56351 PWBA MCU 7210
(SCC) SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO (AC INLET-MAIN SW,J48)
110K 16500 7121
110V (REP 8.11 , REP 99.1.1)
7
(SCC) SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO (AC INLET-MAIN SW,J48)
110K 16510 7121
220V (REP 8.11 , REP 99.1.1)
8 -- POWER CORD 7122
5 – 25
12
1 SM2
3
4
5
7
4 6
3
3
4 8
4
4
ST1
SM3
4 SM3
3
ST1 9 ST1
11 ST1
ST1 ST1
10
ST1 ST1
ST1
ST1 ST1
ST1
ST1
ST1
ST1
4
SM3
[Ref PL3.1.98]
ST1
ST1
MiA05013IA
5 – 26

1 -- FRAME ASSY AIO 31F1
2 -- --
3 -- CLAMP MST-10V0 31F2
4 -- CLAMP RLWT-2V0 31F3
5 -- GUIDE HARNESS USB 31F4
6 -- BUSHING EDGE 31F5
7 -- HOLDER FFC 31F6
8 -- COVER FFC 31F7
9 -- EDGING SADDLE 31F8
10 -- CHASSIS ASSY HVPS 31F9
11 -- CHASSIS INLET 31FB
12 -- CLAMP 31FC
5 – 27
PL 9.1 Harness [Illustration]
*: Not in used. [Ref PL8.3.6]

[Ref PL8.2.12] (P10)
(P41)
(P40) (P11)
(P48) (P42)
(P15)
(P40) (P22)
(P14) (P21)
(P503)
(P47)
(P44) (P17) (P24)
(P502) (P101)* (P26)
(P504) (P31) (P23)
(P501)
(P19) (P28)
(P20)
(P18) (P27)
(J10) (P16)
(P29)
(J22)
1
8
(J11)
(J2001)
(J221)
(J26)
2
9
(J15)
(J14)
(J2002)
3 (J40)
(P262)
(J261)
(P5041) 10
(J141)
(J42)
(J802)
(J504) (J16)
(J502)
(J501) 11
5 (J20)
(J161)
(P422)
(J21) (J403)
6
(J144)
12
(J201) 7
(J211) (P5301)
MiA05014IA
5 – 28
PL 9.1 Harness [List]

1 962K 87510 HARNESS ASSY ESS MG AIO (J10-J2001) 71K1
2 962K 87520 HARNESS ASSY ESS VIDEO MG AIO (J11-J2002) 71K2
(SCC) HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO (J14,J15,P5041-
3 962K 87541 71K3
J141, J501, J502, J504) (REP 99.1.1)
4 -- --
5 962K 65240 (SCC) HARN ASSY HVPS AIO (J16-J161) (REP 99.1.1) 71K5
6 962K 87410 HARNESS ASSY HUM (J20-J201) 71K6
(SCC) HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG AIO (J21-J211)
7 962K 87470 71K7
(REP 99.1.1)
(SCC) HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT MG AIO (J22-J221)
8 962K 87490 71K8
(REP 99.1.1)
9 -- HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO (J26-J261,P262) 71K9
10 962K 87570 HARNESS ASSY ESS PER MG AIO (J40-J802) 71KB
11 962K 52000 HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (J42-J144,P422) 71KC
12 962K 85830 HARNESS ASSY A-OP-ESS (J403-P5301) 71KD
5 – 29
PL10.1 Scanner Assy [Illustration]
1 (with 2,3,11)
5 7
6 8
2
(JADF1)
SM2
(J1003)
17
3 (with 4-10,17)
10
SM2
SM2
16
SM2
ST1
13
15
SM2 (J1002) (P1001) 12 11
SM2 (J2)
(J1301)
14
(with 15,16)
MiA05015IA
5 – 30
PL10.1 Scanner Assy [List]

1 062K 23300 (SCC) SCANNER ASSY (with 2,3,11) (REP 99.1.1) 11AA
2 -- HARN ASSY ADF(J1003-JADF1) 71L1
3 059K 72230 ADF ASSY (with 4-10,17) 22AA
4 848E 73310 COVER TOP ADF 22B1
5 059K 61851 ROLL ASSY FEED 2222
6 019K 10390 PAD ASSY SEPARATOR 2223
7 -- COVER ASSY REAR ADF 22B2
8 050K 63721 TRAY ASSY 22B3
9 -- COUNTER BALANCE L 2271
10 -- COUNTER BALANCE R 2271
11 062K 23310 IIT ASSY SUB 11B1
12 121E 22020 CORE FERR FFC 22B4
13 962K 83781 HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB (J2-J1301) 76B1
14 -- BRACKET ASSY USB (with 15,16) 76B2
15 -- PWB ASSY FRONT USB 76B3
16 960K 43081 BRACKET FRONT USB 76B4
17 050E 26440 TRAY EXTENT ADF 22B5
5 – 31
PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [Illustration]
1 (with 2-16,PL11.2)
3
3
5
4
6 3 4
3
7
9 4
8
4
9
8
10 98 (with 2,3×4pcs,4×4pcs)
[Ref PL11.2]
*: Not in used.
(P602)
(P603)
(P604)
(P601)
(P605)*
11
ST1
ST1
12
16 9 99 (with 13,14)
8
9
8 (J601)
15 12
14 13
(J272)
MiA05016IA
5 – 32
PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [List]

1 059K 72310 FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD (with 2-16,PL11.2) 52AA
2 -- CHUTE DUP IN 52B1
3 -- SPRING PINCH DUP 52B2
4 -- ROLL PINCH DUP 52B3
5 -- SPRING LATCH DUP 52B4
6 -- LATCH DUP 52B5
7 -- FOLLOWER LATCH DUP 52B6
8 -- HOLDER CHUTE DUP 52B7
9 -- SPRING CHUTE DUP 52B8
10 -- HOLDER HARNESS DUP 52B9
11 -- COVER CONNECT DUP 52BB
12 -- SPRING CONNECT DUP 52BC
13 -- HOLDER CONNECT DUP 52BD
14 -- HARNESS ASSY DUP STD MG AIO (J271-J601) 71M1
15 -- COVER PWBA DUP 52BE
16 960K 43081 (SCC) PWBA DUP (REP 99.1.1) 5261
98 604K 51850 KIT CHUTE DUP IN (with 2,3x4pcs,4x4pcs) 52BF

99 604K 51860 KIT HARNESS ASSY DUP (with 13,14) 71M2
5 – 33
PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [Illustration]
1
2
ST1
ST1 10
(J602)
(J604)
ST1
ST1
ST1
(J603) 6
7
8
ST1
3
5
7
6
7
99 (with 6x2pcs,7x4pcs,9x2pcs)
MiA05017IA
5 – 34
PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [List]

1 -- COVER DRIVE EXIT 52C1
2 007K 14880 (SCC) DRIVE ASSY EXIT (REP 99.1.1) 52C2
3 -- COVER DRIVE DUP 52C3
4 -- --
5 007K 14870 (SCC) DRIVE ASSY DUP (REP 99.1.1) 5250
6 -- GEAR ROLL DUP 52C4
7 -- BEARING DUP 52C5
8 -- PLATE EARTH PWBA 52C6
9 -- ROLLER ASSY DUP 52C7
10 -- CHUTE DUP FRAME 52C8
99 604K 51870 KIT ROLLER ASSY DUP (with 6x2pcs,7x4pcs,9x2pcs) 52C9
5 – 35
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [Illustration]
1 (with 2,3,PL12.5.1)
3 (with 4-7,9,PL12.2-12.4) ST1

ST1
ST1 5
ST1
ST1 6
4
ST1
ST1
ST1 7
[Ref PL12.2]
[Ref PL12.5.1]
MiA05018IA
5 – 36
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [List]

1 059K 72170 250 OPTION FEEDER MG AIO (with 2,3,PL12.5.1) 58AA
2 -- SCREW JOINT 58B1
3 -- FEEDER ASSY OPT MG AIO (with 4-7,9,PL12.2-12.4) 5830
4 848E 61350 (SCC) COVER SIDE L OPT AIO (REP 99.1.1) 58B2
5 848E 25450 COVER CHUTE 58B3
6 848E 61370 (SCC) COVER REAR OPT AIO (REP 99.1.1) 58B4
7 848E 61360 (SCC) COVER SIDE R OPT AIO (REP 99.1.1) 58B5
8 -- --
9 848E 61340 COVER FRONT OPT AIO 58B6
5 – 37
1 (P419)
ST1
ST1
(J422)
(P420)
2
(J420) ST1 (P422)
(J4221) (P421)
(J421)
(P4211) (J4212)
(J4202)
20
(P4201)
19
(P4221)
SM3
ST1
ST1
ST1 13
ST1 14
18 ST1 10 (with 11,12)
ST1
6 12
SM3 11
16 15
E2 (J4211)
17
(J4201) ST1
9
24 8
E2
23 25
E2
E2 E2
SM3
22 27
ST1 26
26 99 (with 21-27)
SM2 SM2 ST1
21 SM2 ST1
MiA05019IA
5 – 38

1 960K 54130 PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO 5844
2 962K 92800 HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT (J422-J4221) 71N1
3 -- --
4 -- --
5 -- --
6 -- CLUTCH ASSY DRV [Same as PL3.1.1] 5842
7 -- --
8 -- SPRING FEED OUT [Same as PL3.1.15] 58C1
9 -- SPRING FEED IN [Same as PL3.1.14] 58C2
10 -- GEAR ASSY FEED (with 11,12) [Same as PL3.1.19] 58C3
11 -- GEAR FEED OUT [Same as PL3.1.16] 58C4
12 -- GEAR FEED IN [Same as PL3.1.17] 58C5
13 -- LEVER FEED [Same as PL3.1.13] 58C6
14 -- SPRING LEVER [Same as PL3.1.12] 58C7
15 -- SOLENOID FEED MSI [Same as PL3.1.11] 58C8
16 127K 58320 (SCC) MOTOR ASSY SUB (REP 99.1.1) 5841
17 807E 24010 GEAR IDLE 40Z 58C9
18 807E 24000 GEAR IDLE 86-20Z 58CB
19 -- PLATE ASSY IDLE 1 58CC
HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP (J420,J421-P4201, J4202,
20 962K 68810 71N2
P4211, J4212)
21 -- COVER HARNESS CL 58CD
22 -- PLATE ASSY IDLER 2 58CE
23 -- GEAR IDLE 36Z 58CF
24 807E 23991 GEAR IDLE 28-20Z 58CG
25 -- GEAR IDLE 22-33Z 58CH
26 -- GEAR IDLE 25Z 58CJ
27 -- PLATE SUPPORT 58CK
99 604K 51900 KIT GEAR ASSY FDR SA (with 21-27) 58CL
5 – 39
1
SM2
ST1 1
SM2
ST1
2 ST1
ST1
ST1
24
(J273)
(J419)
22
E2 18 25
19 23
16 ST1 ST1
17 ST1
ST1
ST1
ST1
ST1 21 [Ref PL12.4.1]
ST1 ST1
15
14 7
13
10 ST1
ST1
7
ST1
ST1
9
ST1 ST1 ST1
ST1
ST1 ST1
ST1 8
ST1
11 ST1
ST1
MiA05020IA
5 – 40

1 -- SPRING EARTH OPT 58D1
2 -- PLATE REAR TOP 58D2
3 -- --
4 -- --
5 -- --
6 -- --
7 -- FOOT ASSY [Same as PL3.1.5] 58D3
8 -- PLATE EARTH PH [Same as PL3.1.6] 58D4
9 -- CHASSIS FDR R OPT 58D5
10 -- PLATE REAR BOTTOM M 58D6
11 -- PLATE FRONT BOTTOM 58D7
12 -- --
13 -- CHASSIS FDR L OPT 58D8
14 -- PLATE EARTH FRONT BOTTOM 58D9
15 -- BRACKET SUP REGI 58DB
16 -- BEARING REGI [Same as PL3.1.2] 58DC
17 -- PLATE EARTH REAR BOTTOM 58DD
18 -- PLATE EARTH REAR TOP 58DE
19 848E 21900 COVER HARNESS DRAWER 58DF
20 -- --
21 -- STOPPER CST [Same as PL3.1.10] 58DG
22 -- BEARING [Same as PL3.1.9] 58DH
23 962K 68800 HARNESS ASSY TRAY (J273-J419) 71P1
24 -- BRACKET CHASSIS FDR L AIO 58DK
25 -- BRACKET CHASSIS FDR R AIO 58DL
5 – 41
1 (with 2-13,16,20-27,29-33)
3
4
2
3
6 5
8 E2
7 9 ST2
33
10
98 (with 11,12)
11
12 99 (with 16,32)
32 (with 17-19)
(P4200) 16
17
18
31 19
13
E2 PAPER PATH
E2 SENSOR
13
CST2 NO PAPER
(P4212) SENSOR
30
29 20
21
22
E2
26 E1
24 23
25
27
MiA05021IA
5 – 42

1 059K 72170 CHUTE ASSY TURN (with 2-13,16,20-27,29-33) 5830
2 -- SHAFT ASSY FEED [Same as PL3.2.2] 58E1
3 -- ROLL CORE MSI [Same as PL3.2.3] 58E2
4 059K 60140 ROLL ASSY FEED [Same as PL3.2.4] 5833
5 -- BEARING EARTH [Same as PL3.2.5] 58E3
6 -- ACTUATOR REGI OUT [Same as PL3.2.6] 58E4
7 -- SPRING REGI OUT [Same as PL3.2.7] 58E5
8 120E 27931 ACTUATOR REGI ROLL 58E6
9 -- ROLL ASSY REGI 58E7
10 -- ROLL REGI METAL [Same as PL3.2.10] 58E8
11 120E 27820 ACTUATOR REGI IN 58E9
12 -- SPRING ACT REGI [Same as PL3.2.12] 58EB
13 930W 00113 SENSOR PHOTO [Same as PL3.2.13] 58EC
14 -- --
15 -- --
16 -- SPRING STP [Same as PL3.2.16] 58ED
17 -- STOPPER ACT [Same as PL3.2.17] 58EE
18 -- SPRING ACT NP [Same as PL3.2.18] 58EF
19 -- ACTUATOR NO PAPER [Same as PL3.2.19] 58EG
20 -- BEARING M EARTH [Same as PL3.2.20] 58EH
21 -- BEARING EARTH REGI [Same as PL3.2.21] 58EJ
22 -- GEAR REGI R [Same as PL3.2.22] 58EK
23 -- GEAR REGI M [Same as PL3.2.23] 58EL
24 -- SPRING REGI R M 58EM
25 -- PLATE EARTH REGI [Same as PL3.2.25] 58EN
26 -- CHUTE UP [Same as PL3.2.26] 58EP
27 -- CHUTE LOW 58EQ
28 -- --
29 -- SPRING REGI L M 58ER
30 -- BEARING M [Same as PL3.2.30] 58ES
31 -- BEARING R [Same as PL3.2.31] 58ET
32 -- ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (with 17-19) [Same as PL3.2.32] 58EV
33 -- PLATE WEIGHT [Same as PL3.2.33] 58EW
98 675K 65220 KIT ACT REGI IN (with 11,12) 58EX

99 675K 65241 KIT ACT NO PAPER (with 16,32) 58EY
5 – 43
1 (with 19,21)
21 (with 2-8,14-18,25-27)
2 (with 22-24)
24
22
3
23
4
5
99 (with 6-8)
6
7
8
28 (with 17,25-27)
14 17
16
15
16
25
26
27
18
19 MiA05022IA
5 – 44

1 -- CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT MG AIO (with 19,21) 5810
2 -- PLATE ASSY BOTTOM [Same as PL2.1.2] 58F1
3 -- SPRING N/F L [Same as PL2.1.3] 58F2
4 -- SPRING N/F R [Same as PL2.1.4] 58F3
5 -- HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR [Same as PL2.1.5] 58F4
6 038E 36920 GUIDE SIDE L [Same as PL2.1.6] 58F5
7 -- GEAR PINION [Same as PL2.1.7] 58F6
8 -- GUIDE SIDE ASSY R [Same as PL2.1.8] 58F7
9 -- --
10 -- --
11 -- --
12 -- --
13 -- --
14 -- LATCH BOTTOM L [Same as PL2.1.14] 58F8
15 -- LATCH BOTTOM R [Same as PL2.1.15] 58F9
16 809E 72211 SPRING LATCH B [Same as PL2.1.16] 58FB
17 050K 61170 TRAY ASSY EXTENSION [Same as PL2.1.17] 58FC
18 -- HOUSING CASSETTE 250 [Same as PL2.1.18] 58FD
19 003K 87540 HANDLE ASSY CST OPT MG AIO 58FE
20 -- --
TRAY ASSY CST 250 AIO (with 2-8, 14-18, 25-27) [Same as
21 -- 58FF
PL2.1.21]
22 032E 26410 GUIDE BOTTOM L [Same as PL2.1.22] 58FG
23 032E 26420 GUIDE BOTTOM R [Same as PL2.1.23] 58FH
24 019K 09240 PAD ASSY BOTTOM [Same as PL2.1.24] 58FJ
25 038K 18440 GUIDE ASSY END [Same as PL2.1.25] 58FK
26 003E 76750 LATCH HSG END [Same as PL2.1.26] 58FL
27 809E 72211 SPRING LATCH [Same as PL2.1.27] 58FM
28 -- TRAY ASSY EXT OWN (with 17,25-27) [Same as PL2.1.28] 58FN
99 675K 62840 KIT GUIDE SIDE (with 6-8) 58FP
5 – 45
Blank Page
5 – 46
Chapter 6 General
Chapter 6 General
Chapter 6 General CONTENTS
6.1 Specification ..............................................................................................................6 - 1

6.1.1 Configuration of Printer ................................................................................................................. 6 - 1
6.1.1.1 Product Name ........................................................................................................................ 6 -1
6.1.1.2 Basic Configuration ................................................................................................................ 6 -1
6.1.1.3 Functional Configuration ........................................................................................................ 6 -1
6.1.2 Electrical Properties ...................................................................................................................... 6 - 2
6.1.2.1 Power Source........................................................................................................................ 6 - 2
6.1.2.2 Power Consumption .............................................................................................................. 6 - 2
6.1.2.3 Rush Current ......................................................................................................................... 6 - 2
6.1.3 Mechanical Properties................................................................................................................... 6 - 3
6.1.3.1 Dimensions/Mass of Printer .................................................................................................. 6 - 3
6.1.3.2 Dimensions/Mass of 250 Feeder (Option) ............................................................................. 6 - 3
6.1.3.3 Dimensions/Mass of Consumables and CRUs ..................................................................... 6 - 3
6.1.3.4 Installation Space (min. installation space) ........................................................................... 6 - 5
6.1.4 Functions....................................................................................................................................... 6 - 7
6.1.4.1 Recording System ................................................................................................................. 6 - 7
6.1.4.2 Exposure System .................................................................................................................. 6 - 7
6.1.4.3 Development System ............................................................................................................ 6 - 7
6.1.4.4 Fixing System ........................................................................................................................ 6 - 7
6.1.4.5 Resolution ............................................................................................................................. 6 - 7
6.1.4.6 Operation Mode ..................................................................................................................... 6 - 7
6.1.4.7 Warm-up Time ....................................................................................................................... 6 - 8
6.1.4.8 FPOT (First Print Output Time) ............................................................................................. 6 - 8
6.1.4.9 Input Properties ..................................................................................................................... 6 - 8
6.1.4.10 Output Properties ................................................................................................................ 6 - 9
6.1.4.11 Paper ................................................................................................................................. 6 - 10
6.1.5 Operating Environment ............................................................................................................... 6 - 11
6.1.5.1 Installation Temperature / Humidity ..................................................................................... 6 - 11
6.1.5.2 Installation Altitude .............................................................................................................. 6 - 11
6.1.5.3 Installation Horizontality ...................................................................................................... 6 - 11
6.1.5.4 Ambient Lighting .................................................................................................................. 6 - 11
6.1.5.5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge ......................................................................... 6 - 11
6.1.6 Safety / Environment Conditions ................................................................................................. 6 - 12
6.1.6.1 Safety Standard ................................................................................................................... 6 - 12
6.1.6.2 Laser Safety Standard ......................................................................................................... 6 - 12
6.1.6.3 EMI ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 12
6.1.6.4 Noise ................................................................................................................................... 6 - 12
6.1.7 Print image Quality ...................................................................................................................... 6 - 13
6.1.7.1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions .................................................................................. 6 - 13
6.1.8 Option.......................................................................................................................................... 6 - 17
6.1.9 ESS Specification........................................................................................................................ 6 - 18
6.1.9.1 External Interface ................................................................................................................ 6 - 18
6.1.9.2 Network Protocol ................................................................................................................. 6 - 18
6.1.9.3 Decomposer ........................................................................................................................ 6 - 19
Chapter 6 General
Chapter 6 General CONTENTS

6.1.9.4 Job Control .......................................................................................................................... 6 - 20
6.1.9.5 Logging ................................................................................................................................ 6 - 21
6.1.9.6 ID Print ................................................................................................................................ 6 - 21
6.1.9.7 Nom Genuine Mode ............................................................................................................ 6 - 22
6.1.9.8 Report Function ................................................................................................................... 6 - 22
6.1.9.9 Utility Print ........................................................................................................................... 6 - 25
6.1.10 IIT (Image Input Terminal) Specifications.................................................................................. 6 - 27
6.1.10.1 Scanner ............................................................................................................................. 6 - 27
6.1.10.2 Platen ................................................................................................................................ 6 - 27
6.1.10.3 ADF ................................................................................................................................... 6 - 28
6.1.11 FAX Specifications .................................................................................................................... 6 - 29
6.1.11.1 Communication ................................................................................................................. 6 - 29
6.1.11.2 Cable Characteristics ........................................................................................................ 6 - 31
6.1.11.3 Communication Load Characteristics ................................................................................ 6 - 31
6.1.11.4 Incoming Call Level ........................................................................................................... 6 - 31
6.2 Tools / Service Consumables / Consumables / Modification...................................6 - 32

6.2.1 Tools and Service Consumables................................................................................................. 6 - 32
6.2.1.1 Tools .................................................................................................................................... 6 - 32
6.2.1.2 Service Consumable ........................................................................................................... 6 - 32
6.2.2 Consumables .............................................................................................................................. 6 - 32
6.2.2.1 Items of Consumables ......................................................................................................... 6 - 32
6.2.2.2 Consumable Life ................................................................................................................. 6 - 32
6.2.2.3 Periodic Replacing Parts (Reference) ................................................................................. 6 - 32
6.3 Service Data ............................................................................................................6 - 34

6.3.1 NVM Access................................................................................................................................ 6 - 34
6.3.1.1 NVM List .............................................................................................................................. 6 - 35
6.3.2 System Data................................................................................................................................. 6 - 51
6.4 Service Mode...........................................................................................................6 - 61

6.4.1 peration of Diag. ........................................................................................................................... 6 - 61
6.4.1.1 Purpose of This Software .................................................................................................... 6 - 61
6.4.1.2 Operating Methods .............................................................................................................. 6 - 61
6.4.2 Configuration ................................................................................................................................ 6 - 62
6.4.3 How to use Diag. CE Mode .......................................................................................................... 6 - 63
6.4.3.1 Roles of the control panel in Diag. ...................................................................................... 6 - 63
6.4.3.2 Entering diag. CE (Customer Engineer) mode .................................................................... 6 - 64
6.4.3.3 Selecting Diag. mode .......................................................................................................... 6 - 64
6.4.3.4 Selecting Diag. item ............................................................................................................ 6 - 64
6.4.3.5 Change method parameters value ...................................................................................... 6 - 64
6.4.3.6 Executing/Exiting Diag. mode ............................................................................................. 6 - 64
6.4.3.7 Diag. mode menu tree ......................................................................................................... 6 - 65
6.4.4 The Kind of Diag. and Contents of a Test .................................................................................... 6 - 72
6.4.4.1 FAX Scanner Diag. .............................................................................................................. 6 - 72
6.4.4.2 Printer Diag ......................................................................................................................... 6 - 87
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specification
6.1.1 Configuration of Printer
6.1.1.1 Product Name
Product Name Country Product Code XJ-code

DocuPrint CM305 df 110V Taiwan TL300617 WCN
220V AP TL300616 WCP
220V China TL300615 WCR
6.1.1.2 Basic Configuration

The printer has the following basic configurations depending on the destination.
• print engine main unit (SSF and 250 feeder unit as the standard paper feeding)
• consumables (CRU)
MiA08001GA
6.1.1.3 Functional Configuration

Functional configuration of this printer is shown below.
Mnt08002KA
6–1
Chapter 6 General
6.1.2 Electrical Properties

6.1.2.1 Power Source
Two types of power source as follows are available for this printer, which are selected according to the
specifications.
- 110V printer: ...................... voltage: 100-127VAC ±10% (90 ~ 140V), frequency: 50/60Hz ± 3Hz
current capacity: 9A or less
- 220V printer: ...................... voltage: 220-240VAC ±10% (198 ~ 264V), frequency: 50/60Hz ± 3Hz
current capacity: 5A or less
6.1.2.2 Power Consumption

Power consumption in each operation mode at rated voltage input
Operation mode Average (Wh/h)

Running mode (Ave.) 425 or less
Running mode (MAX.) 1100 or less
Standby mode 65 or less
Sleep mode 50 or less
Deep sleep mode 18.4 or less
Measurement is performed with rated input in room temperature environment.
6.1.2.3 Rush Current

When the power switch is turned on, the inrush current shall be maximum 120A, 10ms (half cycle) or
less.
6–2
Chapter 6 General
6.1.3 Mechanical Properties

6.1.3.1 Dimensions/Mass of Printer
Model Width(mm) Depth(mm) Height(mm) Mass(kg)

AIO N Model 28.4 *2
430 544.2 *1 584.4
AIO DN Model 29.6 *2
*1: Depth of M/C is with paper tray.

*2: Mass of M/C is with CRU.
MiA08003GA
6.1.3.2 Dimensions/Mass of 250 Feeder (Option)
Width(mm) Depth(mm) Height(mm) Mass(kg)

419.2 518 106 4.5
MiA08013GA
6.1.3.3 Dimensions/Mass of Consumables and CRUs

(1) PHD Unit
Width: 332mm
Depth: 138mm
Height: 196mm
Mass: 3.37kg
Reference: The PHD Unit has CRUM (CRU memory)
to record information.
Wsb08006KA
6–3
Chapter 6 General
(2) Black toner cartridge
Width: 185.8mm
Depth: 63mm
Height: 40.5mm
Mass: 0.1K kg
Reference:The Black toner cartridge has
CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
Wsb08005KA
(3) Yellow toner cartridge
Width: 185.8mm
Depth: 63mm
Height: 40.5mm
Mass: 0.1K kg
Reference:The Yellow toner cartridge has
Wsb08005KA
(4) Magenta toner cartridge
Width: 185.8mm
Depth: 63mm
Height: 40.5mm
Mass: 0.1K kg
Reference:The Magenta toner cartridge has
Wsb08005KA
(5) Cyan toner cartridge
Width: 185.8mm
Depth: 63mm
Height: 40.5mm
Mass: 0.1K kg
Reference:The Cyan toner cartridge has
Wsb08005KA
(6) FUSING UNIT Unit
Width: 393mm
Depth: 121mm
Height: 130mm
Mass: 1.5 kg
Rio08004KA
6–4
Chapter 6 General
6.1.3.4 Installation Space (min. installation space)
Minimum space as shown below is required to install the printer when it is used for normal objects.
(Space occupied by the operator is not included.)
Top view
100mm
100mm 250mm
600mm
MiA08007GA
6–5
Chapter 6 General
Front view
320mm
100mm 250mm
MiA08008GA
Side view
320mm
600mm 100mm
Front Cover
MiA08009GA
6–6
Chapter 6 General
6.1.4 Functions
6.1.4.1 Recording System
Tandem electro-photographic system employing OPC drum and direct transfer by the transport belt
6.1.4.2 Exposure System

Four laser beams semiconductor scanning system
6.1.4.3 Development System

Development with dry type 2-component developer
6.1.4.4 Fixing System

Thermal fixing system
6.1.4.5 Resolution
600 dpi x 600 dpi
6.1.4.6 Operation Mode

The printer can be operated in either of 5 operation modes. The modes are switched over by command
from the printer controller or change of printer operation, etc.
Proceeding from power ON, low power mode or sleep mode to standby mode will take place after going
through a warm up stage.
- Running mode (Printing)
State in running or recording operation
Fixing system: Held at operating temperature.
Exposure system: Operating status
Recording system: Operating status
- Running mode (Scanning)
Exposure system: Operating status
- Ready mode
Ready state
Fixing system: Held at ready temperature.
Exposure system: Stop status
Recording system: Stop status
- Sleep mode
Complete resting state. Compatible to E-Star requirement.
Fixing system: Stop status
- Deep sleep mode
Resting state from the sleep state.
Fixing system: Stop status
6–7
Chapter 6 General
6.1.4.7 Warm-up Time
When nominal voltage (110V, 220V) is applied, the printer will proceed to standby mode from POWER-
ON within 16 seconds.
The time from when the "Start" button is pressed after placing a document in the Standby mode until
the trail edge of the first copied sheet passes the IOT exit roll.
6.1.4.8 FPOT (First Print Output Time)

FPOT time of the printer is shown in the table below.
The time required for the first sheet of paper to be delivered after the PRINT indication is given is
calculated on the following conditions (rounded to one decimal place).
• IOT performance that the controller does not have IOT wait.
• The printer is in the standby mode. (ROS MOTOR OFF, FUSING UNIT READY)
• Paper is A4 SEF
• Document on the platen glass or the ADF.
• Except when process control is operating*1
*1:Process controller operation is process controls such as TC control, electric potential control,
cleaning cycle, registration control, and so on. Sometimes, the engine stops feeding papers for
a certain period of time while continuous printing for these operations.
- Color mode
B/W: 21 sec. or less
Color: 30 sec. or less
6.1.4.9 Input Properties

(1) Paper pick-up system
- Paper pick-up with paper tray
Feeding method of this printer is ARRF method.
(2) Paper pick-up capacity

- Paper pick-up with paper tray
• 250 sheet Paper Tray : 250 sheets or below 27.6mm of standard paper
- SSI paper pick-up

1 sheet
6–8
Chapter 6 General
6.1.4.10 Output Properties
(1) Paper delivery system
Paper can be delivered by the following method.
- FACE DOWN delivery
(2) Paper delivery capacity

150 sheets (Letter/A4 standard paper)
(3) Delivery paper size/mass

All paper sizes applicable to this printer
(4) Full stack detection

non
6–9
Chapter 6 General
6.1.4.11 Paper
(1) Paper type
Paper which can be used with this printer is classified into standard paper, general paper and special
paper.
- Standard paper
Using this type of paper is recommended. Reliability, operability and print image quality are the
application range of the specifications.
Following paper is the standard paper.
B/W F/C
For overseas market 4200MP X-pressions
- General paper
General paper is plain paper except standard paper and special paper, and its reliability and
running performance are within the specification, but the print image quality is out of the
specification.
- Special paper
Special paper except for plain paper. Reliability and operability are the applicable range of
specifications but the print image quality is out of the applicable range of specifications.
(2) Paper mass

- Paper feed from paper tray
"60 to 216 gsm" (16 lb to 80 lb)
(3) Paper size

Paper size which can be set to each paper pick-up unit is shown in the table below.
Cassette Paper size

A5, B5 , A4, Letter, Executive, Legal, Folio, Monarch,
DL, C5, Com-10
250 Sheet Paper Tray / Minimum size
SSF Width 76.2mm (3 in) × Length 127mm (5 in)
Maximum size
Width 215.9mm (8.5 in) × Length 355.6mm (14 in)
6 – 10
Chapter 6 General
6.1.5 Operating Environment

6.1.5.1 Installation Temperature / Humidity
Installation temperature and humidity on the condition without condensation is as follows.
At operating: 10-32 °C, 10-85%RH (No condensation)
6.1.5.2 Installation Altitude

0 to 3,100m
6.1.5.3 Installation Horizontality

This machine functions normally in a horizontal position or any position with the maximum allowable
level difference of 5 mm or less in longitudinal direction, and 10 mm or less in lateral direction.
6.1.5.4 Ambient Lighting

3000 Lux or less (without direct sun beams)
6.1.5.5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge

The guaranteed period of the print cartridge before unpacked is as follows:
Normal conditions: 12 months under 0 to 35°C, 15 to 80% RH.
Harsh conditions: Up to 48 hours (Max) under -20 to 0°C and 35 to 40°C, 5 to 15% RH and 80 to 95%
RH.
The storage altitude shall be 0 to 3,100m. Can be extended to 0 to 15,000m when shipped by air.
(Provided that the cargo bay is pressurized to 70.9275Kpa or higher.)
6 – 11
Chapter 6 General
6.1.6 Safety / Environment Conditions

6.1.6.1 Safety Standard
- 110V system
UL60950-1, CSA 22.2 60950
- 220V system
IEC60950-1 / EN60950-1,
6.1.6.2 Laser Safety Standard

- 110V system
FDA21CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J, Section 1010, 1040
- 220V system
IEC60825-1 Amendment 1 + Amendment 2 ,
EN60825-1 Amendment 1 + Amendment 2 Class 1 Laser Product
6.1.6.3 EMI
- 110V system (US)
FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B
- 220V system (EC)
EN55022:2006, Class B
6.1.6.4 Noise
Noise of priting is as follows.
Sound Power Level (B)

Mode
LWA LWAD
Color 6.49 6.79
Running
B&W 6.41 6.71
Color 4.0 4.3
Standby
B&W 4.0 4.3
6 – 12
Chapter 6 General
6.1.7 Print image Quality

6.1.7.1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions
The image quality is specified and guaranteed under the following conditions.
(1) Environmental conditions

Environment condition for evaluating image quality
Temperature: 5°C-32°C
Humidity: 15% RH - 85% RH (85% RH at 28°C)
(2) Guaranteed paper

The print image quality specified here is guaranteed with standard paper fed from the paper tray.
Evaluation is performed with the maximum size of each standard paper.
- Fuji Xerox C2 paper (Color print)
- Fuji Xerox P paper (B&W print)
(3) Paper condition

The paper used is fresh paper immediately after unpacked, which has been left in the operating
environment for 12 hours before unpacking.
(4) Printer condition

The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed with the printer in normal condition.
(5) Image quality guaranteed area

The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed in the guaranteed image quality area
specified in this manual.
(6) Criterion
The print image quality is guaranteed with the Spec. In rate = 90% ( = 90%).
6 – 13
Chapter 6 General
Chart
Parallelism
Perpendicularity
6 – 14
Chapter 6 General
Skew
Linearity
Magnification Error
Registration
6 – 15
Chapter 6 General
Guaranteed Printing Area
4.1mm 4.1mm
4.1mm
355.6mm
(14inch)
Guaranteed printing area
351.5mm
4.1mm 211.8mm
215.9mm
(8.5inch)
Rio01001KA
6 – 16
Chapter 6 General
6.1.8 Option
Users can install the following unit.
- Option 250 Sheet Feeder
- Expansion memory (512MB)
6 – 17
Chapter 6 General
6.1.9 ESS Specification

6.1.9.1 External Interface
(1) USB
Item Specification
Connector Type-A x 1, Type-B x 1
Protocol USB2.0, HighSpeed
Supported Class Type-A :USB Mass Storage Class
(2) Ethernet
Item Specification
Connection One RJ-45 connector
Protocol 10Base-T / 100Base-TX / 1000BASE-TX
6.1.9.2 Network Protocol

(1) Printing Protocol
Maximum
Protocol Transport Supported Client
Session
Windows2000/XP/Server2003/Vista/Server2008/7/
Port9100 TCP/IP 1
Server2008 R2
Windows 2000/XP/Server2003/Vista/ Server2008/ 7 /
Server2008 R2
LPD TCP/IP 1
Mac OS X
Linux
Windows XP / Server2003
IPP TCP/IP 5
Mac OS X 10.3
SMB TCP/IP 5 Windows 2000/XP/Server2003/Vista/ Server2008/ 7
WSD TCP/IP 2 Windows Vista / Server2008/ 7 / Server2008 R2
(2) Other Protocols
Protocol Transport Support

HTTP / HTTPS TCP/IP EWS
SMTP TCP/IP E-Mail Alert
SNMP UDP/IP Driver, Installer
DHCP UDP/IP IP setup
BOOTP UDP/IP IP setup
RARP TCP/IP IP management
AutoIP TCP/IP Installer (device discovery)
WINS TCP/IP IP setup
Telnet TCP/IP IP management
Bonjour(mDNS) UDP/IP IP setup for Mac
LDAP TCP/IP Address Book
DDNS TCP/IP IP management
6 – 18
Chapter 6 General
(3) MIB
The printer supports following MIB.
- RFC1213 MIB-II
- RFC1514 HostResources
- RFC1759 Printer MIB
- Printer port monitor MIB
- XCMI MIB
6.1.9.3 Decomposer
(1) PDL
PDL Interface port Remarks

PCL 5c USB(R),Ethernet
SupportOS: Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista/Server 2008/ 7 /
PCL 6 USB(R),Ethernet
Server2008 R2
HBPL USB(R),Ethernet SupportOS:Windows 2000/XPVista / Server2008 / 7 / Server2008 R2
SupportOS: Mac OS X (10.4/10.5/10.6), Linux,Windows 2000/XP/Vista /
USB(R),Ethernet
PostScript Server2008 / 7 / Server2008 R2
FX-PDF USB(F) Ver1.6
USB(R),Ethernet USB(R), Network
TIFF
JPEG
XPS USB(R),Ethernet
(2) Font
- PCL Font
81 fonts and 36 Symbol Sets*1 for PCL and 136 fonts for PS3 are available as built-in font.
- PDF Font
Type Font Name

ITC Zapf Dingbats
Arial
Arial Bold
Arial Italic
Arial Bold Italic
Courier
Courier Bold
TrueType
Courier Italic
Courier Bold Italic
Times New Roman
Times New Roman Bold
Times New Roman Italic
Times New Roman Bold Italic
Symbol
GoldSEMM
Multiple master
GoldSAMM
6 – 19
Chapter 6 General
(3) Image Area
Usable Area Size Maximum : 215.9mm (8.5 in.) x 355.6mm (14 in.)
Unprintable Area 4.1 mm each from four edges (left, right, top and bottom) of paper
Printable Area Maximum : 207.9mm (8.18 in.) x 347.6mm (13.68 in.)
Print Image Quality Guaranteed
Same as Printable Area
Area
6.1.9.4 Job Control

(1) Cancel Print
A print job in process can be cancelled at the operation panel.
(2) Job Recovery

When a job fails due to recoverable error like a paper jam, the printer automatically restarts the job
after the jammed paper is removed.
(3) Job Time Out

When job transmission is interrupted for a certain period of time (Time can be changed at the oper-
ation panel and unlimited time can be selected), the print data is deleted as an error.
(4) Auditron
Auditron is a function to specify the availability of color print and to limit print volume per user. Only
administrators are allowed to make limitation settings from the CWIS.
User name and password is embedded in the print job in order to identify who the job is sent from.
User name and password are entered by user from the printer driver.
The printer can support maximum 50 accounts.
(5) Secure Print (/Store Print)

When memory is expanded (512MB or more), the printer holds print data, including a user password
(12 digits) specified in the printer driver, user name and document name, in memory. The data is not
printed until the same password, user name and document name are specified at the printer UI.
The user can select whether the data is cleared or not after being printed. The data remains in the
printer as long as it is not cleared. The data on the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
The user can omit entering a password (This is called Store Print).
(6) Proof Print

When memory is expanded (512MB or more), proof print can be selected only when multiple sets of
prints are specified in the printer driver. The printer prints only the first set of the print data. Then the
user can select whether the remaining sets are printed or not (the remaining data is cleared) when
the same user name and document name are entered at the printer UI. The data remains in the
printer as long as it is not cleared. The data on the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
(7) IP Filter
The user can select to accept or reject jobs for the specified IP address. Up to 5 IP addresses can
be specified. IP filter is available only to LPD and Port9100 printing protocol.
6 – 20
Chapter 6 General
6.1.9.5 Logging
(1) Job Logging
The printer can retain up to 20 job logs. Job log can be printed instantly according to the user's
request or automatically printed when the number of the retained job logs has reached 20. Job log
includes the following information:
• Job finish date and time
• Job type (Print/File/FaxSend/FaxReceived/Copy/Scan)
• Input interface (USB, Lpd, Port9100)
• Document name (File name)
• Output color
• User name/Host name
• Number of printed sheets (Color/B/W)
• Number of printed impressions (Color/B/W)
• Paper size
• Result (Successful, Error, etc.)
(2) Error Logging

The printer can retain up to 42 jam errors and up to 42 fatal errors.
The user can print error log by the panel operation.
Jam error log includes the following information:
• PV counter when jam has occurred
• Name of Jam
Fatal error log includes the following information:

• PV counter when error has occurred
• Error code
(3) Billing Count
NOTE The same data is stored in two or more addresses in one IC. Datacheck
(checksum etc.) is conducted.
NOTE When ESS is replaced, IC can be transferred. (IC is mounted on socket)
Counter Description
Color Print Counter Count the number of paper printed in color (7 digits)
B/W Print Counter Count the number of paper printed in B/W (7 digits)
Total Print Counter Count the total number of paper printed in color and B/W (7 digits)
6.1.9.6 ID Print
User name can be printed. The printing position can be selected from upper right, upper left, lower
right and lower left (Only for PCL6).
The user selects using the operation panel whether user name is printed or not and where it is
printed.
6 – 21
Chapter 6 General
6.1.9.7 Nom Genuine Mode
When life of toner cartridge has ended, the printer stops accepting print request (life of toner car-
tridge is counted by the counter in CRUM). Taking into consideration that some users use refilled
toner cartridges, the printer can accept print request by the user’s panel operation even if life of
toner cartridge has ended. When the mode has changed so that the printer does not stop even after
life of toner cartridge ends, the printer displays a message on the operation panel to inform the user
of the mode change. When the printer operates in this mode, print image quality is not guaranteed.
Also, remaining toner level is not displayed (as CRUM data can not be guaranteed).
6.1.9.8 Report Function

(1) PCL Fonts List
This list shows PCL Fonts.
Manual print: List is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox.
Auto print: Not supported.
(2) PCL Macros List

This list shows PCL Macros.
(3) Job History Report

This report shows Job History.
Manual print: Report is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox.
(4) Error History Report

This report shows Error History.
(5) Billing Meter

This report shows Print Volume.
(6) Color Test Page

This Page shows Demo Print Page.
Manual print: Demo Page is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox.
(7) FAX Communication Management Report

This report shows FAX sender/receiver, time, result, etc. for 50 communications.
Manual print: Report is printed by panel operation.
Auto print: Report is printed out automatically when the total of FAX send/receive has exceeded
50.
User can specify whether to enable or disable auto print.
6 – 22
Chapter 6 General
(8) System Setting List
This list shows AIO controller, hardware configuration, and host interface.
(9) Function Setting List

This list shows function details set from the control panel.
(10) Speed Dial List

This list shows contents registered for Speed Dial and Group Dial.
(11) E-mail Address Book

Address information of E-mail addresses and group details are reported.
Manual print: Address Book is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox.
(12) Server Address Book

Address information of server addresses is reported.
Manual print: Address Book is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox.
(13) Stored Document List

This report shows information such as accepted time, sender/receiver, contents of document, docu-
ment size, and the number of pages, for each of incomplete jobs and stored jobs per document No.
in a table format.
(14) Broadcast Report

This report shows a result of broadcasting (Multi-polling is not supported).
Manual print: Not supported.
Auto print: Report is printed out automatically when broadcasting has completed.
User can specify whether to enable or disable auto print.
(15) Monitor/Unsent Report

This report shows a communication result (normal/abnormal) of FAX sending with a reduced copy of
the first page of the sending document. Only a part of the first page may be printed as reduced copy
depending on documents.
User can select from the following three options on the menu in advance.
Print always (Always print out Monitor/Unsent Report)
Print only at error (Only unsent report is printed)
Not print (Not print out Monitor/Unsent Report)
6 – 23
Chapter 6 General
(16) Power-off Report
This report shows stored FAX documents erased due to sudden power-off such as blackout.
Manual print: This function is not supported.
Auto print: Report is printed automatically after power has been restored to the machine if there
are any document files erased.
(17) Protocol Monitor Report

This report shows a protocol status of the latest communication.
Manual print: Report is printed by panel operation.
Print at error: Report is printed when an error has occurred.
Auto print: Report is printed automatically after communication is complete.
User can select Auto print/Print at error/Manual print.
(18) PDF Font Report

This list shows PDF Fonts.
(19) Menu map

This list shows panel-UI Menu tree.
(20) FAX Pending Report

This list shows Pending FAX Job(s).
6 – 24
Chapter 6 General
6.1.9.9 Utility Print
(1) Printer Settings List
Printer Settings List can be printed according to the user's request.
Printer Settings List is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray.
Printer Settings List includes the following information:
Items on the list are slightly different from below when wireless LAN option is installed.
[Title]
Product name (Logo)
[General]
Printer Name, Service tag, Asset Number, Total Impressions, Color Impressions,
Black Impressions, Serial Number, Memory capacity, Printer language, Number of
fonts available, Firmware Version, Boot version, Engine Version, IIT Version, IPS
Version, Default paper size, Default paper type for plain paper, Default paper type for
label, Default panel display language
[Network]
Firmware version, MAC address, Ethernet Setting TCP/IP: LPD, Port9100, SNMP,
E-Mail Alert, EWS, IP Filter
[Print Volume]
Print volume for each paper size
(2) Panel Settings List Print

Panel Settings List can be printed by the user's request.
Panel Settings List is printed in B/W on A4 size paper (Letter size paper for the US) in the automati-
cally selected paper tray.
(3) Font List Print

PCL or PS Font List and Color Bar (for color check) can be printed by the user's operation.
Font List is printed in color on A4 size paper (Letter size paper for the US) in the automatically
selected paper tray.
(4) Job History Report

The user can print Job History Report by requesting instant print or by setting auto print.
Job History Report in B/W on A4 size (Letter size for the US) in the automatically selected paper
tray.
- Date
- Time
- Input Port
- Host/User Name
- Document Name
- Output Color
- Paper Size
- Pages
- Sheets
- Result
6 – 25
Chapter 6 General
(5) Error History Report
Error History Report can be printed according to the user's request.
Error History Report in B/W on A4 size (Letter size for the US) in the automatically selected paper
tray.
- System Fail History:
Date/Time/Chain Link
- Paper Jam History:
Date/Time/Paper Jam Type
6 – 26
Chapter 6 General
6.1.10 IIT (Image Input Terminal) Specifications

6.1.10.1 Scanner
(1) Scanning Method
- Platen: Document-fixed flatbed scanning method.
- ADF: Carriage-fixed, document-feeding scanning method (one side scanning).
(2) Optical Resolution

1200 x 1200 dots / 25.4mm (max)
(3) Light Source

LED
(4) Maximum Scanning Guarantee Area

Platen: 215.9 mm x 297 mm
ADF: 215.9 mm x 355.6 mm
(5) Scanning Halftone Level

Output from the CCD has the following halftone level.
B/W: 16bit
Color: 16bit x 3ch (R/G/B)
6.1.10.2 Platen
(1) Platen Glass
Size: 221mm x 300mm (Flat glass area)
(2) Document Image Area

Scanning area is as follows (Platen mode).
Max: 215.9mm (8.5") x 297mm
6 – 27
Chapter 6 General
6.1.10.3 ADF
(1) Document Condition
Sheets without breakage, wrinkles, or folds.
(2) Document Thickness

50 g/m2 to 125g/m2
(3) Auto Document Size Detection

None
(4) Document Feed System

FRPF: Friction Retard Pad Feeder (Top sheet feeding)
(5) ADF Half-Open, Full-Open Angles

- Full-open: 70 +/- 5 degrees
- Half-open: 12 +/- 5 degrees to 65 +/- 5 degrees
- Self-closing: 12 +/- 5 degrees or less
(6) Document Registration

- ADF Mode: Center Registration
(7) Capacity
- 35 sheets. (Plain Paper)
6 – 28
Chapter 6 General
6.1.11 FAX Specifications

6.1.11.1 Communication
(1) Communication Mode
- Priority 1: ITU-T Super G3
- Priority 2: ITU-T G3 ECM
- Priority 3: ITU-T G3
ITU: International Telecommunication Union
ITU-T: ITU Telecommunication Standardization Sector
ECM: Error Correction Mode
(2) Density of Transmitting Pixels

- B/W;
R16x15.4 line/mm, R8x15.4 line/mm, R8x7.7 line/mm, R8x3.85 line/mm, 400x400 pixel/25.4mm,
300x300 pixel/25.4mm, 200x200 pixel/25.4mm, 200x100 pixel/25.4mm
- Color;
Not supported.
(3) Modem Signal Processing

The following protocols are supported:
- V.34 (33.6 /31.2 /28.8 /26.4 /24 /21.6 /19.2 /16.8 /14.4 /12 /9.6 /7.2 /4.8 /2.4kbps)
- V.17 (14.4 /12 /9.6 /7.2kbps)
- V.29 (9.6 /7.2kbps)
- V.27ter (4.8 /2.4kbps)
(4) Data Compression, Output Bit Depth

- B/W: 1bit, JBIG, MMR, MR, MH encoding
- Color: Not supported.
(5) Communication Control Procedure

The procedure complies with ITU-T Recommendation T.30
(6) Transmission Time

The time (TP) to transmit image data in G3 communication is defined in the table below. Resolution is
not converted during transmission and density is normal.
33.6Kbps
Chart 14.4Kbps (MMR) 28.8Kbps (MMR)
(JBIG)*1
Super Fine 56 sec. or less 29 sec. or less 22 sec. or less
IIEEJ No.4 Fine 26 sec. or less 13 sec. or less 11 sec. or less
Standard 19 sec. or less 10 sec. or less 7 sec. or less
Super Fine 30 sec. or less 15 sec. or less 12 sec. or less
ITU-T No.1 Fine 15 sec. or less 8 sec. or less 6 sec. or less
Standard 11 sec. or less 6 sec. or less 4 sec. or less
FX English Sales Text Standard 7 sec. or less 4 sec. or less 2 sec. or less
FX Japanese Sales Text Standard 9 sec. or less 5 sec. or less 4 sec. or less
IIEEJ No.1 Standard 75 sec. or less 38 sec. or less 20 sec. or less
*1: Reference
6 – 29
Chapter 6 General
(7) Protocol Control Time
When data error is not identified, protocol control time (Tm, Tn, Tu) is as follows:
- V.17, V.29, V.27ter
Before Between After

Mode Total
messages: Tm messages: Tn messages: Tu
Standard protocol 16.4 sec. or less 3.2 sec. or less 4.4 sec. or less 24.0 sec. or less
-V.34
Before Between After

Mode Total
messages: Tm messages: Tn messages: Tu
Standard protocol 9.9 sec. or less 1.0 sec. or less 0.9 sec. or less 11.8 sec. or less
(8) Throughput
Sending time is calculated in the following formula:
Sending time = Setup time + Tm + (N X Tp) + {(N-1) X Tn} + Tu (sec.)
(N: Send quantity, TP: Image transmission time)
6 – 30
Chapter 6 General
6.1.11.2 Cable Characteristics
With pseudo cable of 0 through 15Km, the highest speed is guaranteed for communication with V.17,
V.29, and V.27ter respectively. As for V.34, 33600bps communication speed is guaranteed with 0
through 2Km cable, 31200bps communication speed with 2 through 9Km cable, 19200bps or higher
communication speed with 9 through 15km cable.
6.1.11.3 Communication Load Characteristics

Data error characteristics for noise and cable loss during communication are as follows:
Error rate (Error frequency/Total communication quantity)  1/500
6.1.11.4 Incoming Call Level

Under ideal conditions (flat line, no noise, and no other line stress), the normal communication in the
range of -3 dBm to 43 dBm shall be guaranteed.
As for V.17, V.29, and V.27 ter, the highest speed shall be guaranteed in the range of -6 dBm to -43
dBm. For V.34, the communication of 33600 bps or more shall be guaranteed in the range of -9 dBm to
-19 dBm, as well as that of 16800 bps or more in the range of -19 dBm to -43 dBm.
However, the normal communication in conformance to V.34 shall be guaranteed in the range of -9
dBm to -43 dBm.
6 – 31
Chapter 6 General
6.2 Tools / Service Consumables / Consumables / Modification

6.2.1 Tools and Service Consumables
6.2.1.1 Tools
There are no tools that are specific to this machine.
Basic Tool
6.2.1.2 Service Consumable

There are no consumables that are specific to this machine.
6.2.2 Consumables
Consumables are usually replaced by customers. In the event of recovery of failure attributable to
consumables or isolation of failure, you may replace them.
6.2.2.1 Items of Consumables

- Black toner cartridge
Cartridge to supply black toner to the development unit.
Black toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
- Yellow toner cartridge
Cartridge to supply yellow toner to the development unit.
Yellow toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
- Magenta toner cartridge
Cartridge to supply magenta toner to the development unit.
Magenta toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
- Cyan toner cartridge
Cartridge to supply cyan toner to the development unit.
Cyan toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
6.2.2.2 Consumable Life

- Black toner cartridge: 3kPV
- Yellow toner cartridge: 3kPV
- Magenta toner cartridge: 3kPV
- Cyan toner cartridge: 3kPV
6.2.2.3 Periodic Replacing Parts (Reference)

- Separator Roller 50kPV or 5 years
- FUSING UNIT 50kPV or 5 years
- PHD 24kPV
6 – 32
Chapter 6 General
Fusing Unit
PHD
Black toner cartridge
Separator Roller
Feed Roller
Cyan toner cartridge
Magenta toner cartridge
Yellow toner cartridge
MiA08010GA
Separator Roller
Feed Roller
MiA08011GA
6 – 33
Chapter 6 General
6.3 Service Data

6.3.1 NVM Access
By operating the Control Panel, you can access the NVM (EEPROM in the IOT) to read/write data
there.
The following functions are available.
• Editing NVM data. Data at the addresses below can be edited.
• Saving NVM data into the Controller.
• Loading data saved in the Controller back into the NVM
• Printing out data saved in the Controller
Editing NVM
The following shows how the UI guides you to edit data.
NVM Settings 1) Select the menu shown at left and press the Set key.
Edit NVM
Edit NVM 2) The LCD displays what is shown at left.

Ad0100=00000000* Pressing the left/right arrow allows moving the cursor to the left/right.
Pressing the up/down arrow allows changing the value the cursor points
cursor to. Changing the value at Address Area (Ad) allows reading and
displaying data on the right side of the equal sign (=).
3) Changing the data leads to deletion of the * mark, which shows the
current NVM value is changed.
Edit NVM
Set data at a specific address is represented by leftmost 2 digits
Ad0100=00000001 displayed on the right side of the equal sign "=".
4) Pressing the Set key allows writing a new value in the NVM.
Edit NVM
Ad0100=00000001*
5) Pressing the Cancel key allows returning to the previous screen.
NVM Settings
Edit NVM
Saving NVM data

To save NVM data into the Controller. Data at the NVM addresses below can be saved.
1000-17FF in total
Loading NVM data

To load data saved in the Controller into the management areas below.
1000-17FF
Printing NVM data

To print data saved in the Controller.
6 – 34
Chapter 6 General
6.3.1.1 NVM List
CAUTION Never try to write data in the NVM that is not described below since it is
used as a system area for the machine.
CAUTION The setting values are only for reference as they vary according to the
specifications.
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
1000 Line Qty Adjustment Value for Lead Regi paper to K 0-255 - 00 0
Line Qty Adjustment Value for Lead Regi K to M
1001 0-255 - 00 0
(600dpi)
1002 Line Qty Adjustment Value for Lead Regi K to Y (600dpi) 0-255 - 00 0
1003 Line Qty Adjustment Value for Lead Regi K to C (600dpi) 0-255 - 00 0
Line Qty Adjustment Value for Lead Regi K to M
1004 0-255 - 00 0
(1200dpi)
Line Qty Adjustment Value for Lead Regi K to Y
1005 0-255 - 00 0
(1200dpi)
Line Qty Adjustment Value for Lead Regi K to C
1006 0-255 - 00 0
(1200dpi)
1007 Adjustment value for Side Regi K to M 0-255 - 00 0
1008 Adjustment value for Side Regi K to Y 0-255 - 00 0
1009 Adjustment value for Side Regi K to C 0-255 - 00 0
100A Side Regi adjustment value at MSI Feed 0-255 - 00 0
100B Side Regi adjustment value at TRAY1 Feed 0-255 - 00 0
100C Side Regi adjustment value at TRAY2 Feed 0-255 - 00 0
100D Side Regi adjustment value at TRAY3 Feed 0-255 - 00 0
100E Side Regi adjustment value at Duplex 0-255 - 00 0
1010 Adjustment value for Side Regi K to M (1/4dot) 0-255 - 00 0
1011 Adjustment value for Side Regi K to Y (1/4dot) 0-255 - 00 0
1012 Adjustment value for Side Regi K to C (1/4dot) 0-255 - 00 0
1014-
NVM User Data area (OEM FREE AREA) 0-255 - 00 0
1021
1022 Standard Size Setting MSI 0-255 - 04 4
1023 Standard Size Setting TRAY1 0-255 - 07 7
1024 Standard Size Setting TRAY2 0-255 - 07 7
1025 Standard Size Setting dummy 0-255 - 07 7
1026 2100-2970 0.1mm 08 8
Universal Size Setting MSI width
1027 - - 6F 111
1028 1480-4318 0.1mm 0D 13
Universal Size Setting MSI length
1029 - - E4 228
102A 2100-2970 0.1mm 08 8
Universal Size Setting TRAY1 width
102B - - 6F 111
102C 1480-4318 0.1mm 0D 13
Universal Size Setting TRAY1 length
102D - - E4 228
102E 2100-2970 0.1mm 08 8
Universal Size Setting TRAY2 width
102F - - 6F 111
6 – 35
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
1030 1480-4318 0.1mm 0D 13
Universal Size Setting TRAY2 length
1031 - - E4 228
FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1
1100 0-255 °C 00 0
PlainPaper-L
1101 0-255 °C 00 0
PlainPaper-H
1102 0-255 °C 00 0
CotedPaper-L
1103 0-255 °C 00 0
CotedPaper-M
1104 0-255 °C 00 0
CotedPaper-H
1105 0-255 °C 00 0
HeavierPaper-L
1106 0-255 °C 00 0
HeavierPaper-H
1107 FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Envelope 0-255 °C 00 0
1108 FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Postcard 0-255 °C 00 0
1109 0-255 °C 00 0
Transparency
110A FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Label-L 0-255 °C 00 0
110B FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Label-H 0-255 °C 00 0
110C FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Thicker 0-255 °C 00 0
110D FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Recycled 0-255 °C 00 0
110E FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Custom1 0-255 °C 00 0
110F FUSER Temperature Correction Value Speed1 Custom2 0-255 °C 00 0
1110 0-255 °C 00 0
PlainPaper-L
1111 0-255 °C 00 0
PlainPaper-H
1112 0-255 °C 00 0
CotedPaper-L
1113 0-255 °C 00 0
CotedPaper-M
1114 0-255 °C 00 0
CotedPaper-H
1115 0-255 °C 00 0
HeavierPaper-L
1116 0-255 °C 00 0
HeavierPaper-H
1119 0-255 °C 00 0
Transparency
6 – 36
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
1120 0-255 °C 00 0
PlainPaper-L
1121 0-255 °C 00 0
PlainPaper-H
1122 0-255 °C 00 0
CotedPaper-L
1123 0-255 °C 00 0
CotedPaper-M
1124 0-255 °C 00 0
CotedPaper-H
1125 0-255 °C 00 0
HeavierPaper-L
1126 0-255 °C 00 0
HeavierPaper-H
1129 0-255 °C 00 0
Transparency
Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value
1132 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-L
1133 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-H
1134 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-L
1135 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-M
1136 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-H
1137 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-L
1138 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-H
1139 Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Envelope 0-255 - 00 0
113A Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Postcard 0-255 - 00 0
113B 0-255 - 00 0
Transparency
113C Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Label-L 0-255 - 00 0
113D Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Label-H 0-255 - 00 0
113E Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Thicker 0-255 - 00 0
113F Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Recycled 0-255 - 00 0
1140 Simp Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Custom1 0-255 - 00 0
6 – 37
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
1142 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-L
1143 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-H
1144 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-L
1145 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-M
1146 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-H
1147 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-L
1148 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-H
114B 0-255 - 00 0
Transparency
1152 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-L
1153 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-H
1154 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-L
1155 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-M
1156 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-H
1157 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-L
1158 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-H
115B 0-255 - 00 0
Transparency
6 – 38
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
Dup Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value
1162 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-L
1163 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-H
1164 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-L
1165 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-M
1166 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-H
1167 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-L
1168 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-H
1169 Dup Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Envelope 0-255 - 00 0
116A Dup Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Postcard 0-255 - 00 0
116B 0-255 - 00 0
Transparency
116C Dup Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Label-L 0-255 - 00 0
116D Dup Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Label-H 0-255 - 00 0
116E Dup Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Thicker 0-255 - 00 0
116F Dup Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Recycled 0-255 - 00 0
1170 Dup Speed1 Transfer Voltage Correction Value Custom1 0-255 - 00 0
1172 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-L
1173 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-H
1174 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-L
1175 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-M
1176 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-H
1177 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-L
1178 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-H
117B 0-255 - 00 0
Transparency
6 – 39
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
1182 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-L
1183 0-255 - 00 0
PlainPaper-H
1184 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-L
1185 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-M
1186 0-255 - 00 0
CotedPaper-H
1187 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-L
1188 0-255 - 00 0
HeavierPaper-H
118B 0-255 - 00 0
Transparency
1192 ROS Time Out (sec) 0-30 sec 05 5
1193 FUSER Time Out (Min) 0-120 min 3C 60
11A6 High Altitude Offset Value (Trans) [0] 0-255 - 00 0
11AA High Altitude Offset Value (Xero) [0] 0-255 - 00 0
11AB High Altitude Offset Value (Xero) [1] 0-255 - 04 4
11AC High Altitude Offset Value (Xero) [2] 0-255 - 06 6
11AD High Altitude Offset Value (Xero) [3] 0-255 - 08 8
High Altitude Offset Mode (common)
MODE0(0): altitude of 0[m] default
11AE MODE1(1): altitude of 1000[m] below 0-255 - 00 0
MODE2(2): altitude of 1000[m]-2000[m]
MODE3(3): altitude of 2000[m]-3500[m]
XERO Idling Sequence Execution Counter (Command
11AF 0-255 - 00 0
6F)
11BC Deve Idling Time Timer Counter[s] (Command 7F) 60 sec 0-255 sec 3C 60
11C0 PV requirement for operating CL1 High 0-255 - 01 500
11C1 PV requirement for operating CL1 Low 0-255 - F4 -
11C2 Temperature Difference requirement for operating CL1 0-255 - 04 4
1606 Regi Con Sample Block Error details (Process) 0-255 - 00 0
1607 Regi Con Sample Block Error details (Lateral) 0-255 - 00 0
6 – 40
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
Lead Regi Adjustment Qty by media (in steps of
1628 0-255 0.2mm E7 231
0.2mm)[SSI] PlainPaper-L
1629 0-255 0.2mm E5 229
0.2mm)[SSI] PlainPaper-H
162A 0-255 0.2mm E4 228
0.2mm)[SSI] CotedPaper-L
162B 0-255 0.2mm E3 227
0.2mm)[SSI] CotedPaper-M
162C 0-255 0.2mm E1 225
0.2mm)[SSI] CotedPaper-H
162D 0-255 0.2mm E0 224
0.2mm)[SSI] HeavierPaper-L
162E 0-255 0.2mm E0 224
0.2mm)[SSI] HeavierPaper-H
162F 0-255 0.2mm E5 229
0.2mm)[SSI] Envelope
1630 0-255 0.2mm E2 226
0.2mm)[SSI] Postcard
1631 0-255 0.2mm EC 236
0.2mm)[SSI] Transparency
1632 0-255 0.2mm E3 227
0.2mm)[SSI] Label-L
1633 0-255 0.2mm E1 225
0.2mm)[SSI] Label-H
1634 0-255 0.2mm E5 229
0.2mm)[SSI] Thicker
1635 0-255 0.2mm E6 230
0.2mm)[SSI] Recycled
1636 0-255 0.2mm ED 237
0.2mm)[SSI] Custom1
1637 0-255 0.2mm ED 237
0.2mm)[SSI] Custom2
1638 0-255 0.2mm 01 1
0.2mm)[Tray1] PlainPaper-L
1639 0-255 0.2mm 02 2
0.2mm)[Tray1] PlainPaper-H
163A 0-255 0.2mm 02 2
0.2mm)[Tray1] CotedPaper-L
163B 0-255 0.2mm 02 2
0.2mm)[Tray1] CotedPaper-M
163C 0-255 0.2mm 05 5
0.2mm)[Tray1] CotedPaper-H
163D 0-255 0.2mm 03 3
0.2mm)[Tray1] HeavierPaper-L
163E 0-255 0.2mm 07 7
0.2mm)[Tray1] HeavierPaper-H
163F 0-255 0.2mm 02 2
0.2mm)[Tray1] Envelope
1640 0-255 0.2mm 01 1
0.2mm)[Tray1] Postcard
6 – 41
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
1641 0-255 0.2mm 00 0
0.2mm)[Tray1] Transparency
1642 0-255 0.2mm 02 2
0.2mm)[Tray1] Label-L
1643 0-255 0.2mm 01 1
0.2mm)[Tray1] Label-H
1644 0-255 0.2mm 01 1
0.2mm)[Tray1] Thicker
1645 0-255 0.2mm 02 2
0.2mm)[Tray1] Recycled
1646 0-255 0.2mm 00 0
0.2mm)[Tray1] Custom1
1647 0-255 0.2mm 00 0
0.2mm)[Tray1] Custom2
Intervals of PV at which to execute JobEndProCon for FC
168C 0-255 PV 19 25
Normal(New)
168D 0-255 PV 19 25
Warning
168E 0-255 PV 19 25
Near Empty(Empty)
Intervals of PV at which to execute JobEndProCon for
168F 0-255 PV 1E 30
BW Normal(New)
1690 0-255 PV 1E 30
BW Warning
1691 0-255 PV 1E 30
BW Near Empty(Empty)
Intervals of PV at which to execute Forced ProCon for FC
1692 0-255 PV 32 50
Normal(New)
1693 0-255 PV 32 50
Warning
1694 0-255 PV 19 25
Near Empty(Empty)
Intervals of PV at which to execute Forced ProCon for
1695 0-255 PV 3C 60
BW Normal(New)
1696 0-255 PV 3C 60
BW Warning
1697 0-255 PV 1E 30
BW Near Empty(Empty)
16A0 0-65535 - 00 0
Vdark Average
16A0 - - 00 -
16A2 0-65535 - 02 688
Vcln Average
16A3 - - B0 -
16AA 0-65535 - 02 512
RADC TC Y
16AB - - 00 -
16AC 0-65535 - 02 512
RADC TC M
16AD - - 00 -
16AE 0-65535 - 02 512
RADC TC C
16AF - - 00 -
6 – 42
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
16B0 0-65535 - 02 512
RADC TC K
16B1 - - 00 -
16B6 0-65535 - 02 512
RADC SAD Y
16B7 - - 00 -
16B8 0-65535 - 02 512
RADC SAD M
16B9 - - 00 -
16BA 0-65535 - 02 512
RADC SAD C
16BB - - 00 -
16BC 0-65535 - 02 512
RADC SAD K
16BD - - 00 -
16CE 0-1023 - 00 164
TC Setting Control Reference Value Y
16CF - - A4 -
16D0 0-1023 - 00 211
TC Setting Control Reference Value M
16D1 -- - D3 -
16D2 0-1023 - 00 215
TC Setting Control Reference Value C
16D3 - - D7 -
16D4 0-1023 - 00 164
TC Setting Control Reference Value K
16D5 - - A4 -
16D6 0-1023 - 00 164
TC Control Target Value Y
16D7 - - A4 -
16D8 0-1023 - 00 211
TC Control Target Value M
16D9 - - D3 -
16DA 0-1023 - 00 215
TC Control Target Value C
16DB - - D7 -
16DC 0-1023 - 00 164
TC Control Target Value K
16DD - - A4 -
16DE 0-1023 - 00 185
SAD Setting Control Reference Value Y
16DF - - B9 -
16E0 0-1023 - 00 166
SAD Setting Control Reference Value M
16E1 - - A6 -
16E2 0-1023 - 00 154
SAD Setting Control Reference Value C
16E3 - - 9A -
16E4 0-1023 - 00 227
SAD Setting Control Reference Value K
16E5 - - E3 -
16E6 0-1023 - 00 185
SAD Control Target Value Y
16E7 - - B9 -
16E8 0-1023 - 00 166
SAD Control Target Value M
16E9 - - A6 -
16EA 0-1023 - 00 154
SAD Control Target Value C
16EB - - 9A -
16EC 0-1023 - 00 227
SAD Control Target Value K
16ED - - E3 -
17A2 HW Error History (5 errors back) Error No. 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17A3 HW Error History (5 errors back) Counter(High) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17A4 HW Error History (5 errors back) Counter(Middle) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17A5 HW Error History (5 errors back) Counter(Low) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
6 – 43
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
17A6 HW Error History (4 errors back) Error No. 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17A7 HW Error History (4 errors back) Counter(High) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17A8 HW Error History (4 errors back) Counter(Middle) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17A9 HW Error History (4 errors back) Counter(Low) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17AA HW Error History (3 errors back) Error No. 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17AB HW Error History (3 errors back) Counter(High) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17AC HW Error History (3 errors back) Counter(Middle) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17AD HW Error History (3 errors back) Counter(Low) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17AE HW Error History (2 errors back) Error No. 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17AF HW Error History (2 errors back) Counter(High) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17B0 HW Error History (2 errors back) Counter(Middle) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17B1 HW Error History (2 errors back) Counter(Low) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
HW Error History (the error before the latest one) Error
17B2 0-16777215 PV 00 0
No.
HW Error History (the error before the latest one)
17B3 0-16777215 PV 00 0
Counter(High)
17B4 0-16777215 PV 00 0
Counter(Middle)
17B5 0-16777215 PV 00 0
Counter(Low)
17B6 HW Error History (the latest) Error No. 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17B7 HW Error History (the latest) Counter(High) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17B8 HW Error History (the latest) Counter(Middle) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17B9 HW Error History (the latest) Counter(Low) 0-16777215 PV 00 0
17BA Environment (Temp) Sensor Error details 0-255 - 00 0
17BC Firmware Error details: 2 errors back Details 0-255 - 00 0
17BD Firmware Error details: 2 errors back Address H 0-255 - 00 0
17BE Firmware Error details: 2 errors back Address L 0-255 - 00 0
17BF Firmware Error details: 2 errors back data 0-255 - 00 0
Firmware Error details: the error before the latest one
17C0 0-255 - 00 0
Details
17C1 0-255 - 00 0
Address H
17C2 0-255 - 00 0
Address L
17C3 Firmware Error details: the error before the latest one data 0-255 - 00 0
17C4 Firmware Error details: the latest Details 0-255 - 00 0
17C5 Firmware Error details: the latest Address H 0-255 - 00 0
17C6 Firmware Error details: the latest Address L 0-255 - 00 0
17C7 Firmware Error details: the latest data 0-255 - 00 0
17C8 Motor Fail details 0-255 - 00 0
17C9 FanMotorFailure details 0-255 - 00 0
17CA CTD SensorError (Pro Con) details 2 0-255 - 00 0
17CB NV-RAM Error(U6) details Details 0-255 - 00 0
17CC NV-RAM Error(U6) details Address (H) 0-255 - 00 0
17CD NV-RAM Error(U6) details Address (L) 0-255 - 00 0
17CE NV-RAM Error(U6) details data 0-255 - 00 0
6 – 44
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
17CF ROS Fail(U2) details 0-255 - 00 0
17D0 FUSER Error(U4) History 1st 0-255 - 00 0
17D1 FUSER Error(U4) History 2nd 0-255 - 00 0
17D2 FUSER Error(U4) History 3rd 0-255 - 00 0
17D3 FUSER Error(U4) History 2 errors back 0-255 - 00 0
17D4 FUSER Error(U4) History the error before 0-255 - 00 0
17D5 FUSER Error(U4) History latest 0-255 - 00 0
17D6 CTD SensorError (Pro Con) details 2 0-255 - 00 0
17D8 Fixed Temp with Environment Sensor disabled 0-255 - 16 22
17D9 Fixed Humidity with Environment Sensor disabled 0-255 - 32 50
17DA Exit Jam Qty dummy 0-16777215 sheet 00 0
17DB Exit Jam Qty High - sheet 00 0
17DC Exit Jam Qty Middle - sheet 00 0
17DD Exit Jam Qty Low - sheet 00 0
17DE HW Error2 History (5 errors back) 1st 0-255 - 00 0
17DF HW Error2 History (4 errors back) 2nd 0-255 - 00 0
17E0 HW Error2 History (3 errors back) 3rd 0-255 - 00 0
17E1 HW Error2 History (2 errors back) 2 errors back 0-255 - 00 0
HW Error2 History (the error before the latest one) the
17E2 0-255 - 00 0
error before
17E3 HW Error2 History (the latest) latest 0-255 - 00 0
To 1 at init.c. To 0 at print start. This makes it known that
17FC 0-255 - 00 0
data is reset during printing.
17FD NVM Version Information Test 0-255 - 06 6
17FE NVM Version Information Minor 0-255 - 00 0
17FF NVM Version Information Major 0-255 - 02 2
6 – 45
Chapter 6 General
Reference Only
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
1032 Printer Life Counter dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 0
1033 Printer Life Counter High - - 00 0
1034 Printer Life Counter Middle - - 00 0
1035 Printer Life Counter Low - - 00 0
1036 SSI PV Counter dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 0
1037 SSI PV Counter High - - 00 0
1038 SSI PV Counter Middle - - 00 0
1039 SSI PV Counter Low - - 00 0
103A Tray1 PV Counter dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 0
103B Tray1 PV Counter High - - 00 0
103C Tray1 PV Counter Middle - - 00 0
103D Tray1 PV Counter Low - - 00 0
103E Tray2 PV Counter dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 0
103F Tray2 PV Counter High - - 00 0
1040 Tray2 PV Counter Middle - - 00 0
1041 Tray2 PV Counter Low - - 00 0
1042 Duplex PV Counter dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 0
1043 Duplex PV Counter High - - 00 0
1044 Duplex PV Counter Middle - - 00 0
1045 Duplex PV Counter Low - - 00 0
1046 FUSER Life Counter (sheet) dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 0
1047 FUSER Unit Life Counter (sheet) High - - 00 0
1048 FUSER Unit Life Counter (sheet) Middle - - 00 0
1049 FUSER Unit Life Counter (sheet) Low - - 00 0
104A FUSER Unit Pre-Warning Threshold dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 45000
104B FUSER UNIT Unit Pre-Warning Threshold High - - 00 -
104C FUSER UNIT Unit Pre-Warning Threshold Middle - - AF -
104D FUSER UNIT Unit Pre-Warning Threshold Low - - C8 -
104E FUSER UNIT Unit Warning Threshold dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 50000
104F FUSER UNIT Unit Warning Threshold High - - 00 -
1050 FUSER UNIT Unit Warning Threshold Middle - - C3 -
1051 FUSER UNIT Unit Warning Threshold Low - - 50 -
1052 FUSER UNIT Unit Life Limit Threshold dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 0
1053 FUSER UNIT Unit Life Limit Threshold High - - FF 255
1054 FUSER UNIT Unit Life Limit Threshold Middle - - FF 255
1055 FUSER UNIT Unit Life Limit Threshold Low - - FF 255
1066 DTB Life PV Counter dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 0
1067 DTB Life PV Counter High - - 00 0
1068 DTB Life PV Counter Middle - - 00 0
1069 DTB Life PV Counter Low - - 00 0
106A DTB PV Pre-Warning Threshold dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 16777215
106B DTB PV Pre-Warning Threshold High - - FF -
106C DTB PV Pre-Warning Threshold Middle - - FF -
106D DTB PV Pre-Warning Threshold Low - - FF -
6 – 46
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
106E DTB PV Warning Threshold dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 16777215
106F DTB PV Warning Threshold High - - FF -
1070 DTB PV Warning Threshold Middle - - FF -
1071 DTB PV Warning Threshold Low - - FF -
1072 DTB PV Limit Threshold dummy 0-16777215 PV 00 16777215
1073 DTB PV Limit Threshold High - - FF -
1074 DTB PV Limit Threshold Middle - - FF -
1075 DTB PV Limit Threshold Low - - FF -
1076 DTB Life Round Time (cycle qty) Counter dummy 0-16777215 cycle 00 0
1077 DTB Life Round Time (cycle qty) Counter High - - 00 0
1078 DTB Life Round Time (cycle qty) Counter Middle - - 00 0
1079 DTB Life Round Time (cycle qty) Counter Low - - 00 0
DTB Round Time (cycle qty) Pre-Warning Threshold
107A 0-16777215 cycle 00 4151636
dummy
107B - - 3F -
High
107C - - 59 -
Middle
107D - - 54 -
Low
107E DTB Round Time (cycle qty) Warning Threshold dummy 0-16777215 cycle 00 5189546
107F DTB Round Time (cycle qty) Warning Threshold High - - 4F -
1080 DTB Round Time (cycle qty) Warning Threshold Middle - - 2F -
1081 DTB Round Time (cycle qty) Warning Threshold Low - - AA -
1082 DTB Round Time (cycle qty) Limit Threshold dummy 0-16777215 cycle 00 16777215
1083 DTB Round Time (cycle qty) Limit Threshold High - - FF -
1084 DTB Round Time (cycle qty) Limit Threshold Middle - - FF -
1085 DTB Round Time (cycle qty) Limit Threshold Low - - FF -
1086 DTB Life Waste Toner Counter dummy 0-16777215 - 00 0
1087 DTB Life Waste Toner Counter High - - 00 0
1088 DTB Life Waste Toner Counter Middle - - 00 0
1089 DTB Life Waste Toner Counter Low - - 00 0
DTB Waste Toner Counter Pre-Warning Threshold
108A 0-16777215 - 00 225000
dummy
108B DTB Waste Toner Counter Pre-Warning Threshold High - - 03 -
DTB Waste Toner Counter Pre-Warning Threshold
108C - - 6E -
Middle
108D DTB Waste Toner Counter Pre-Warning Threshold Low - - E8 -
108E DTB Waste Toner Counter Warning Threshold dummy 0-16777215 - 00 300000
108F DTB Waste Toner Counter Warning Threshold High - - 04 -
1090 DTB Waste Toner Counter Warning Threshold Middle - - 93 -
1091 DTB Waste Toner Counter Warning Threshold Low - - E0 -
1092 DTB Waste Toner Counter Limit Threshold dummy 0-16777215 - 00 320000
1093 DTB Waste Toner Counter Limit Threshold High - - 04 -
1094 DTB Waste Toner Counter Limit Threshold Middle - - E2 -
1095 DTB Waste Toner Counter Limit Threshold Low - - 00 -
6 – 47
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
DTB Life Total Dispense Time Counter (Related to
1096 0-16777215 disp time 00 0
Waste.) dummy
1097 - - 00 0
Waste.) High
1098 - - 00 0
Waste.) Middle
1099 - - 00 0
Waste.) Low
109A DTB Life Pixel Count Counter dummy 0-16777215 pixel 00 0
109B DTB Life Pixel Count Counter High - - 00 0
109C DTB Life Pixel Count Counter Middle - - 00 0
109D DTB Life Pixel Count Counter Low - - 00 0
109E DTB Jam Counter (Related to Waste.) dummy 0-16777215 sheet 00 0
109F DTB Jam Counter (Related to Waste.) High - - 00 0
10A0 DTB Jam Counter (Related to Waste.) Middle - - 00 0
10A1 DTB Jam Counter (Related to Waste.) Low - - 00 0
10A2 Total Dispense Time Y Counter dummy 0-16777215 disp time 00 0
10A3 Total Dispense Time Y Counter High - - 00 0
10A4 Total Dispense Time Y Counter Middle - - 00 0
10A5 Total Dispense Time Y Counter Low - - 00 0
10A6 Total Dispense Time M Counter dummy 0-16777215 disp time 00 0
10A7 Total Dispense Time M Counter High - - 00 0
10A8 Total Dispense Time M Counter Middle - - 00 0
10A9 Total Dispense Time M Counter Low - - 00 0
10AA Total Dispense Time C Counter dummy 0-16777215 disp time 00 0
10AB Total Dispense Time C Counter High - - 00 0
10AC Total Dispense Time C Counter Middle - - 00 0
10AD Total Dispense Time C Counter Low - - 00 0
10AE Total Dispense Time K Counter dummy 0-16777215 disp time 00 0
10AF Total Dispense Time K Counter High - - 00 0
10B0 Total Dispense Time K Counter Middle - - 00 0
10B1 Total Dispense Time K Counter Low - - 00 0
6 – 48
Chapter 6 General
Do not edit the following items unless instructed by the technical department.
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
User Mode PPM-GROUP[F/C]
0=8.0ppm
1730 1=12.0ppm 0-255 - 01 1
2=unused
3=16.0ppm
User Mode PPM-GROUP[BW]
0=8.0ppm
1731 1=12.0ppm 0-255 - 03 3
2=unused
3=16.0ppm
User Mode Set Temp (52.5mm/sec)
1732 0-255 - B4 180
can be set in a range of 140 to 200 (8Ch to C8h)°C.
User Mode Set Temp (78.75mm/sec)
1733 0-255 - B4 180
can be set in a range of 160 to 200 (A0h to C8h)°C.
User Mode Set Temp (105mm/sec)
1734 0-255 - B4 180
can be set in a range of 160 to 200 (A0h to C8h)°C.
Difference between Set Temp in User Mode and Upper
1735 Limit (52.5mm/sec) 0-255 - 14 20
can be set in a range of 0 to 130 (00h to 82h)°C.
1736 Limit (78.75mm/sec) 0-255 - 14 20
1737 Limit (105mm/sec) 0-255 - 14 20
1738 Fixed Vtr1/ Table Simplex [0] Vtr1 0-255 - 00 0
1739 Fixed Vtr1/ Table Simplex [0]  0-255 - 00 0
173A Fixed Vtr1/ Table Simplex [1] Vtr1 0-255 - 00 0
173B Fixed Vtr1/ Table Simplex [1]  0-255 - 00 0
173C Fixed Vtr1/ Table Simplex [2] Vtr1 0-255 - 00 0
173D Fixed Vtr1/ Table Simplex [2]  0-255 - 00 0
173E Fixed Vtr1/ Table Simplex [3] Vtr1 0-255 - 00 0
173F Fixed Vtr1/ Table Simplex [3]  0-255 - 00 0
174A Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [0] Vtr1 0-255 - 00 0
174B Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [0]  0-255 - 00 0
174C Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [1] Vtr1 0-255 - 00 0
174D Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [1]  0-255 - 00 0
6 – 49
Chapter 6 General
Add Default
Remarks Range Unit
(Hex) Hex Dec
174E Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [2] Vtr1 0-255 - 00 0
174F Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [2]  0-255 - 00 0
1750 Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [3] Vtr1 0-255 - 00 0
1751 Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [3]  0-255 - 00 0
175A Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [8] Vtr1 0-255 - 00 0
175B Fixed Vtr1/ Table Duplex [8]  0-255 - 00 0
6 – 50
Chapter 6 General
6.3.2 System Data

- A change of setting for the items with USER written in Access can normally be made from the panel
menu. A change of setting for the items with CE can be made in diagnostics only.
- A change of setting for the items with  written in Customer can be made in Customer Mode (diagnostics).
- The settings for the items with  written in the OFF/ON column became effective after the power is
turned OFF then ON. (Excluding the items with CE in Access)
- Numerical values under "Value" and "Default" are basically expressed in decimal. Ones with "0x" are
expressed in hexadecimal and ones enclosed in "" in "ASCII codes".
FAX-related
Chain OFF/
Description Name Value Label Default Details Access
-Link ON
Activity Report: second priority 0: Remote Terminal name
701-009 setting for showing remote SEL_OPP_NAME (to be displayed only when 1 CE
terminal the protocol is unique.)
0: Not forward
Set whether to forward received 1: Forward only at error
701-010
FAX
FORWARD_SET
occurrence
0 USER 
2: Always forward
Set whether to print when 0: Not print at forward
701-011
forwarding received FAX
FORWARD_PRINT
1: Print at forward
0 USER 
Action at error occurrence in
0: Not print
701-012 forwarding received FAX with FWD_ERR_PRN_NA_PRINT
1: Print
1 USER 
"Not print at forward" selected.
0x00: Normal
0x01:400,300,200,100
0x02:R16x15.4,R8x15.4,R
8x7.7,R8x3.85
0x04:R8x15.4,R8x7.7,RR
790-401 Receive Resolution selection G3M_RX_RESO 8x3,85 0x00 CE
0x08:300,200,100
0x10:200,100
0x20:R8x7.7,R8x3.85
0x40:100
0x80:R8x3.85
0: PB
820-001 Dial Type DIALLING_TYPE 1: DP10 0 USER
2: DP20
The output of monitor sounds
0: normal mode from the speaker at FAX
821-101 Operation Mode SYS_MACHINE_MODE 0 CE
1: maintenance mode communication requires
selection of "1".
Determine which action to take
if an error occurs during storing
Action to take after such an
jobs to send. To fax all pages
error occurs as "memory over 0: Delete all.
821-201 CONTINUE_ILLEGAL 1 already scanned, select "1". To CE
capacity" because of stored jobs 1: Output stored docs.
delete all pages scanned/being
to send
scanned/to be scanned, select
"0".
Interrupts receiving FAX.
Threshold of Remaining
821-202 Memory (%) to prohibit THRESH_MEMRX 0 ～ 100:0% ～ 100% 0 CE
receiving FAX (with Color FAX
disabled)
821-203 Memory (%) to switch to THRESH_RXPRINT 0 ～ 99:0% ～ 99% 20 CE
immediate receiving
Memory (%) to interrupt storing
821-204 THRESH_MEMTX 0 ～ 100:0% ～ 100% 0 CE
docs to send and to prohibit
starting storing docs to send.
0: Disable
821-205 Disable/Enable Color FAX CAPAB_COLOR_FAX
1: Enable
0 USER 
0:0.5MB
Memory (%) to disable
821-206 THRESH_COLOR_FAX_RX 1:1.0MB 0 CE
receiving FAX (with Color FAX
2:1.5MB
enabled)
821-207 Memory (%) to start garbage THRESH_GC_START 0 ～ 99:0% ～ 99% 50 CE
collection
Page Margin
821-401 PAGE_MARGIN 0 ～ 127:0mm ～ 127mm 20 CE
(Reduction: OFF)
6 – 51
Chapter 6 General
Chain OFF/
-Link ON
0: Page feed
Auto Reduction 1: Discard without page
821-403 RECEIVE_REDUCTION
feed
0 USER 
2: Auto reduce
Max amount of 1-page data in 0 ～ 64:0 ～ 4MB
821-406 COLOR_RX_PAGE_LIMIT 16 CE
color receiving (1step=64KB)
0:OFF
821-407 Duplex Print Setting DUPLEX_PRINT_ENABLE
1:ON
0 USER 
0:OFF
821-411 Auto output of Activity Report AUTO_LOG_PRINT 1 USER
1:ON
Page Margin
821-412 PAGE_MARGIN_REDUCTION 0 ～ 127:0mm ～ 127mm 30 CE
(Reduction: ON)
0:PSTN
825-002 Line Type LINE_TYPE
1:PBX
0 USER 
Time before switching to PB by
Time before the switching of the "：" during pulse dialing. Waits
0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 2550ms
825-004 relay at pulse dialing (Waiting DP_RELAY_DELAY 1 for this system-data-specified CE
10ms/step
time until the line stabilizes) length of time after dial pulses,
before sending out PB.
0: Prohibit
825-005 Permit/Prohibit DRPD Setting DRPD_ENABLE
1: Permit
1 DISTINCTIVE RING setting USER 
0:reserve
1:pattern1
2:pattern2
For details, see "FAX Auto
3:pattern3
825-006 DRPD Setting DRPD_SETTING
4:pattern4
4 Switching" in FAX functional USER 
specifications.
5:pattern5
6:pattern6
7:pattern7
If Prohibited is selected, the MC
0: DP20 permitted operates using 10PPS even if
825-013 20PPS Pulse Dial DIS_DP_20PPS 1 CE
1: DP20 prohibited 20PPS is selected in
"DIAL_TYPE".
0:Tel only
1:FAX only
825-014 Auto Receive Switching Mode AUTO_ANSWER_SELECT 2:TEL/FAX 1 USER
3:ANS/FAX
4:DRPD
825-015 CNG Detection Time CNG_DETECT_TIME 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 25.5s 165 CE
External Telephone Access

Time 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 255s
825-016 (Time during which the speaker AUTO_ANSWER_TIME 21 CE
keeps ringing if CNG cannot be
detected after call-in)
0 ～ 255:0s ～ 255s
External Telephone Access --The setting range below

825-017 Time in TEL/FAX Switching AUTO_ANSWER_TIME_TELFAX applies to New Zealand 6 USER 
Mode only.
3 ～ 255：3s ～ 255s
0 ～ 255:0s ～ 255s
External Telephone Access -- The setting range below

825-018 Time in Answering Machine AUTO_ANSWER_TIME_RUSU applies to New Zealand 21 USER 
Connected Mode only.
3 ～ 255：3s ～ 255s
0 ～ 255:0s ～ 255s
-- The setting range below

825-019 Access time in FAX Mode only AUTO_ANSWER_DELAY applies to New Zealand 0 USER 
only.
3 ～ 25：3s ～ 25s
Ring Signal Detectable Cycle

(14/0.5) Ring Signal Cycle:
825-025 RING_CYCLE_MIN 8 ～ 255:4ms ～ 127.5ms 28 setting CE
Min. Value
（1step=0.5ms)
Ring Signal Detectable Cycle
(100/0.5) Ring Signal Cycle:
825-026 RING_CYCLE_MAX 8 ～ 255:4ms ～ 127.5ms 200 setting CE
Max. Value
（1step=0.5ms）
0:350Hz ～ 450Hz
Dial Tone Detectable Frequency
1:300Hz ～ 500Hz
825-027 Dial Tone Frequency SELECT_DIALTONE 3 setting CE
2:450Hz ～ 650Hz Not used.
3:245Hz ～ 650Hz
6 – 52
Chapter 6 General
Chain OFF/
-Link ON
0:400Hz
1:350Hz ～ 450Hz
Busy Tone Detectable
825-028 Busy Tone Frequency BUSYTONE_FREQ 2:300Hz ～ 500Hz 3 CE
Frequency setting
3:450Hz ～ 650Hz
4:245Hz ～ 650Hz
0:ON/OFF 0.4 ～ 0.6s
（twice）
1:ON/OFF 0.2 ～ 0.3s（4
times）, ON/OFF 0.4 ～
0.6s（twice）
2:ON/OFF 0.2 ～ 0.3s（4
times）
3:ON/OFF 0.12 ～ 0.44s
（3 times）
Busy Tone Detectable Pattern
825-029 Busy Tone Pattern BUSYTONE_PATTERN 4:ON/OFF 0.3 ～ 0.8s 1 CE
setting
（twice）
5:ON/OFF 0.2 ～ 0.6s
（twice）
6:ON/OFF 0.5 ～ 1s
（twice）
7:ON/OFF 0.12 ～ 1.2s
（twice）
8:ON 800 ～ 1.2S,OFF 3.2
～ 4.8s（twice）
Permit/Prohibit Busy Tone 0：Prohibit
825-030 BUSYTONE_DETECTION 1 Busy Tone Detection setting CE
Detection when calling out 1：Permit
Re-call out this system-data-
specified number of times when
any of the conditions is met.
【Busy Tone Detection
"Prohibited"】
・An error has occurred during
FAX communication.
825-031 Resend Quantity NUMBER_OF_RESEND 0 ～ 5: 0 to 5 1
CE 
"Permitted"】
・An error has occurred during
FAX communication.
・Over with no response from
the other party.
Re-call out this system-data-

specified number of times when
any of the conditions is met.
"Prohibited"】
825-032 Redial Quantity NUMBER_OF_REDIAL 0 ～ 9: 0 to 9 3 ・Over with no response from USER 
the other party.
"Permitted"】
・Over by detecting busy tone.
825-033 Max Redial Quantity NUMBER_OF_REDIAL_MAX 0 ～ 255: 0 to 255 14 CE
825-034 Redial Interval INTERVAL_OF_REDIAL 1 ～ 15:1min ～ 15min 1 USER 

Interval time between
independent communications.
3 ～ 255:3s ～ 255s There is always this system-
825-035 FAX Communication Interval COMM_INTERVAL
1S/step
8
data-specified length of time
USER 
between one call-out and
another.
Check the same destination to 0:OFF
825-036 CAPAB_NUM_CHECK 1 CE
re-call out 1:ON
Interval between calls-out to the
825-037 NUM_CHECK_TIMER 1 ～ 255:1s ～ 255s 60 CE
same destination
825-045 Ring Threshold DAA_REG730 0x00 ～ 0xFF 0xE8 DAA Register 730 setting CE
825-046 Complex DAA_REG731 0x00 ～ 0x02 0x02 DAA Register 731 setting CE
825-047 DCCurve DAA_REG733 0x00 ～ 0x04 0x02 SiDAA Register 733 setting CE
825-048 Rmake DAA_REG734 0x00 ～ 0xFF 0x01 SiDAA Register 734 setting CE
825-049 FastEdgePulseDial DAA_REG74F 0x00 ～ 0x01 0x01 SiDAA Register 74F setting CE
6 – 53
Chapter 6 General
Chain OFF/
-Link ON
"OR" of each bit enables the use
0x00 ～ 0xFF
of system data set by nation.
0x01: Reserve
0x02: Reserve 0x01：Reserve
0x04: Check RING with 0x02：Reserve
Line Monitor ON 0x04：Decide to detect RING
825-050 SiDAA Operation Mode DAA_MODE 0x08: Reserve 0x00 when Line Monitor is ON. CE
0x80：Reserve
0:Low
Selection of External Tel Hook
825-054 OFF HOOK Threshold selection ONHOOK_LVS_THRESH_HI 1:Medium 1
Status Detection Threshold
USER 
2:High
UNWANTED_REMOTE_PREVENTI 0: Prohibit
825-060 DM Prevention function
ON 1: Permit
0 USER 
0:N
825-062 Dial Pulse Quantity NUM_DIAL_PULSE 1:10-N 0 DP Pulse Qty selection CE
2:N+1
0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 255ms
825-063 PB Sending Time PB_TONE_TIME 100 PB (DTMF) Signal sending time CE
1ms/step
0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 255ms
825-064 PB Pause Time PB_INTERDIGIT 120 PB minimum pause time CE
1ms/step
DTMF Sending Attenuation
825-065 PB_ATT_LEVEL 4 ～ 15:-4dbm ～ -15dBm 6 DTMF Sending Level setting CE
Level
0:2.0dB
1:2.5dB
2:3.0dB
Set a level difference between
3:3.5dB
high-pass and low-pass
4:4.0dB
DTMF difference between high- frequencies in PB (DTMF)
825-066 PB_LEVEL_SUB 5:4.5dB 0 CE
pass and low-pass levels dialing.
6:5.0dB
Level difference：high-pass to
12:0dB
low-pass
13:0.5dB
14:1.0dB
15:1.5dB
1 ～ 106:1ms ～ 106ms
825-067 10PPS Make Time MAKE_10PPS 31 CE
1ms/step
1 ～ 106:1ms ～ 106ms
825-068 10PPS Break Time BREAK_10PPS 67 CE
1ms/step
1 ～ 106:1ms ～ 106ms
825-069 20PPS Make Time MAKE_20PPS 16 CE
1ms/step
1 ～ 106:1ms ～ 106ms
825-070 20PPS Break Time BREAK_20PPS 34 CE
1ms/step
0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 5110ms
825-071 DP Interdigit Pause Time DP_INTERDIGIT 36 CE
20ms/step
Pause Time. When pause "-" is
0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 25500ms pressed, allow this system-data-
825-072 (4/0.1) Pause Time PAUSE_TIME 40 CE
100ms/step specified time before dialing the
next dial data.
3 ～ 255:3s ～ 255s With PBX connected, time from
-- The setting range below when the line gets connected to
applies to South Africa the start of dialing
825-073 Blind Dial Time BLIND_TIME 3 CE
only. (An increase of approx. 1.3 sec
1 ～ 255：1s ～ 255s from a setting value due to
modem restrictions）
Time to time out Dial Tone 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 255s Used as timeout when Dial Tone
825-074 TIME_TO_DETECT_DIALTONE 20 CE
Detection 1S/step cannot be detected.
10 ～ 255:200ms ～ Time before deciding External
825-079 ONHOOK Detection Time ONHOOK_DETECT_TIME 5100ms 65 Tel is on hook when it is put on CE
20ms/step hook.
Time before deciding External
OFF HOOK detection time with 15 ～ 255s:300ms ～
Tel is off hook when it is taken
825-080 RING Signal not existing on the OFFHOOK_DETECT_TIME 5100ms 15 CE
off hook with RING Signal not
line. 20ms/step
having come.
Time before deciding External
15 ～ 255ms 300ms ～
OFF HOOK detection time with Tel is off hook when it is taken
825-081 OFFHOOK_DETECT_TIME_RING 5100ms 15 CE
RING Signal existing on the line off hook with RING Signal
20ms/step
coming.
0: Mute
1: low
825-083 Ring Volume setting RINGER_VOLUME
2: medium
3 USER 
3: high
6 – 54
Chapter 6 General
Chain OFF/
-Link ON
External Tel Calling Frequency 6250 ～ 65535:3125μs ～
825-084 EX_RINGER_FREQ_ON_TIME 62500 0.5μs/step CE
ON 31250μs
External Tel Calling Frequency 6250 ～ 65535:3125μs ～
825-085 EX_RINGER_FREQ_OFF_TIME 62500 0.5μs/step CE
OFF 31250μs
5 ～ 250:100ms ～ Pseudo-ring Back Tone/External
External Tel Calling ON Time
825-086 EX_RINGER_ON_T1 5000ms 50 Speaker Ringing Pattern ON CE
T1
20ms/step Time 1
External Tel Calling OFF Time
825-087 EX_RINGER_OFF_T2 5000ms 100 Speaker Ringing Pattern OFF CE
T2
20ms/step Time 1
External Tel Calling ON Time
825-088 EX_RINGER_ON_T3 5000ms 50 Speaker Ringing Pattern ON CE
T3
20ms/step Time 2
External Tel Calling OFF Time
825-089 EX_RINGER_OFF_T4 5000ms 100 Speaker Ringing Pattern OFF CE
T4
20ms/step Time 2
0: Detect Set whether to detect dial tone
825-090 Public Line Dial Tone Detection DIS_DIALTONE_PSTN 1 CE
1: Not detect with PSTN connected.
The timing of starting sending
825-092 MANUAL_CED_START_TIME 0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 25500ms 0 100ms/step CE
CED Signal at manual receiving
825-093 CNG_SEND_START_TIME 0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 25500ms 30 100ms/step CE
CNG Signal
825-094 MANUAL_CNG_START_TIME 0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 25500ms 0 100ms/step CE
CNG at manual send
0:OFF
825-096 Remote Receive REMOTE_RCV_MODE
1:ON
0 USER 
825-097 Remote Receive DTMF No. 1 REMOTE_RCV_DTMF1 0～9 0 USER 
825-098 Remote Receive DTMF No. 2 REMOTE_RCV_DTMF2 0～9 0 USER 
825-099 Ring ON Judge Time RING_ON_JUDGE 0 ～ 255 1ms/step 155 CE
825-100 Ring OFF Judge Time RING_OFF_JUDGE 0 ～ 255 10ms/step 120 CE
Time before deciding Ring is no

825-101 RING_OFFMAX 0 ～ 255 100ms/step 55 CE
longer on the line.
0: Not add
825-102 PrefixDial PREFIX_MODE
1: Add
0 USER 
NULL,'1','2','3,','4','5','6','7'
825-103 PrefixDial Number1 PREFIX_NUM_1
,'8','9','0','#','*'
0 USER 
NULL,'1','2','3,','4','5','6','7'
,'8','9','0','#','*'
0 USER 
NULL,'1','2','3,','4','5','6','7'
,'8','9','0','#','*'
0 USER 
NULL,'1','2','3,','4','5','6','7'
,'8','9','0','#','*'
0 USER 
NULL,'1','2','3,','4','5','6','7'
,'8','9','0','#','*'
0 USER 
0: Disable
825-108 SiDAA Manual Calibration SIDAA_MANUAL_CALIBRATION 0 CE
1: Enable
0: Not detect （Detect by
detecting 800 or more
825-110 Dial Tone Pattern Detection DIS_DIALTONE_PATTERN 0 CE
consecutive ms.)
1: Detect
Dial Tone ON/OFF Time: lower
825-111 DIALTONE_ONOFFPTN_MIN 8 ～ 255 10ms/step 10 CE
limit
Dial Tone ON/OFF Time: upper
825-112 DIALTONE_ONOFFPTN_MAX 8 ～ 255 10ms/step 100 CE
limit
NCU Country Setting Relay 0: Disable Added for South Africa and
825-201 NCU_COUNTRY_RELAY 0 CE
Setting 1: Enable Mexico PTT Exam.
825-202 FastEdgePulseDial2 DAA_REG732 0x00 ～ 0x02 0x00 DAA Register 732 setting CE
DAA SSD Register 0x02

825-203 DAA_REG_EMI 0x00 ～ 0xFF 0xFD CE
Setting
0:OFF
825-601 Line Monitor Setting LINE_MONITOR_ENABLE
1:ON
1 USER 
0: Mute
1: low
825-602 Line Monitor Volume LINE_MONITOR_VOLUME
2: medium
2 USER 
3: high
825-604 CED Detection Time CED_DETECT_TIMER 25 ～ 255: 25 20ms/step CE
6 – 55
Chapter 6 General
Chain OFF/
-Link ON
0,1,2
0: CED & V.21 Preamble
Selection of criteria for
825-605 CNG_STOP_SELECT detected 0 USER
stopping sending CNG
1: CED detected
2: V21 Preamble detected
Criterion (rate) for sending RTN
825-608 RTN_TX_RATE 0 ～ 100:0% ～ 100% 5 1%/step CE
Command
Criterion (continuous-line qty)
825-609 RTN_TX_LINE 0 ～ 255:0line ～ 255line 5 1line/step CE
for sending RTN Command
T1 Timer Value right after call-
825-610 G3M_CALL_T1_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 255s 50 1S/step CE
out
825-611 T1 Timer Value at send G3M_TX_T1_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 255s 36 1S/step CE
825-612 T1 Timer Value at receive G3M_RX_T1_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 255s 39 1S/step CE
825-613 T2 Timer Value G3M_T2_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 25.5s 60 100ms/step CE
825-614 T3 Timer Value G3M_T3_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 25.5s 150 100ms/step CE
Auto Send/Receive T4 Timer

825-615 G3M_AUTO_T4_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 25.5s 30 100ms/step CE
Value
Manual Send/Receive T4 Timer
825-616 G3M_MAN_T4_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 25.5s 45 100ms/step CE
Value
825-617 No-sound Time Timer Value G3M_IVL_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 255ms 75 1ms/step CE
825-618 FSK Monitor Timer Value G3M_FSK_CHK_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 255ms 200 1ms/step CE
825-619 Image Info Send: delayed time ITUT_PIX_DELAY 0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 2500ms 50 10ms/step CE
Image Info Receive Dropout

825-620 G3M_DROP_OUT_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0ms ～ 2500ms 100 10ms/step CE
monitor timer value
0:3sec
1:3.45sec
825-621 NSF/DIS sending time G3M_NSF_DIS_TIME 0 CE
2:2.55sec
3:4.5sec
0:Fall back from the max
capability of remote
terminal.
1:V27ter 2400
2:V27ter 2400,V27ter
4800
Communication Mode (Speed)
825-622 G3M_TX_MODEM_SPEED 4800,V29 7200,V29 9600 0 CE
at send
4800,V29 7200,V29 9600
4800,V29 7200,V29
9600,V17 7200,V17
9600,V17 12000,V17
14400
0:V27ter+V29+V17
1:V27ter Fallback Mode
(2400 only)
Communication Mode (Speed)
825-623 G3M_RX_MODEM_SPEED 2:V27ter(2400,4800) 0 CE
at receive
3:V29(7200,9600)
4:V27ter+V29
5:V27ter+V29
825-625 DIS Ignorance Qty G3M_DIS_IGNORE_NO 0 ～ 255: 0 to 255 0 CE
0:AUTO
825-626 TSI/CIG Sending Timing G3M_TSI_CIG_MODE 1: Always send 0 CE
2: Not send
0: Send
825-627 Send CSI G3M_WITH_CSI 0 CE
1: Not send
0: all 2FTT
825-628 FTT Qty before fallback G3M_FTT_FALLBACK 0 CE
2: all 1FTT
0:1.2sec
825-629 TCF Signal Criterion G3M_TCF_CHECK 0 CE
1:1sec
0:0db(0km)
1:4db(1.9km)
825-630 Send Cable Equalizer G3M_TX_CABLE_EQU 0 CE
2:8db(3.6km)
3:12db(7.2km)
6 – 56
Chapter 6 General
Chain OFF/
-Link ON
If the value of
"DAA_REG731:Complex" is
"1", it is necessary to set
0:0db(0km) "G3M_RX_CABLE_EQU=4"
1:4db(1.9km) to satisfy communication
825-631 Receive Cable Equalizer G3M_RX_CABLE_EQU 2:8db(3.6km) 0 performance. (When setting this CE
3:12db(7.2km) Chain-Link, see the current
4:Complex=for 1 DAA_REG731value set for
each country. Take care in order
to add a line and a row
properly.)
0:OFF
825-632 TAP HOLD G3M_TAP_HOLD 0 CE
1:Do TAP Hold
0: Not give
825-633 EP Tone G3M_V29_EPT 0 CE
1: Give
0:4Byte system
1:5Byte system
2:6Byte system
3:7Byte system
4:8Byte system
5:9Byte system
825-634 DIS/DTC FIF Send Byte Qty EXTENDED_DIS_DTC 10 CE
6:10Byte system
7:11Byte system
8:12Byte system
9:13Byte system
10:14Byte system (max
capacity)
0: Not capable
825-635 ECM Capacity CAPAB_ECM 1 CE
1: Capable
825-636 ECM/CTC Send Qty G3M_CTC_NO 0 ～ 7: 0 to 7 5 CE
825-637 RNR Signal Timer G3M_T5_TIMER 0 ～ 255:0s ～ 255s 65 1S/step CE
4800bps EQM Comparative

825-638 G3M_EQM_48 0x00 ～ 0x7F 0x0D CE
Value
825-639 G3M_EQM_72 0x00 ～ 0x7F 0x10 CE
Value
825-640 G3M_EQM_96 0x00 ～ 0x7F 0x07 CE
Value
825-641 G3M_EQM_120 0x00 ～ 0x7F 0x1c CE
Value
825-642 G3M_EQM_144 0x00 ～ 0x7F 0x24 CE
Value
TCM7200bps EQM
825-643 G3M_EQM_TCM72 0x00 ～ 0x7F 0x16 CE
Comparative Value
TCM9600bps EQM
825-644 G3M_EQM_TCM96 0x00 ～ 0x7F 0x22 CE
Comparative Value
0:2400baund
1:2743baund (unsupported)
Symbol Speed: max allowance 2:2800baund
825-645 G3M_V34_MAX_SYMBOL_RATE 5 CE
(effective at receive only) 3:3000baund
4:3200baund
5:3429baund
1:2400bps
2:4800bps
3:7200bps
4:9600bps
5:12000bps
6:14400bps
7:16800bps
825-646 Bit Speed: max value G3M_V34_MAX_BIT_RATE 14 CE
8:19200bps
9:21600bps
10:24000bps
11:26400bps
12:28800bps
13:31200bps
14:33600bps
0x00 ～ 0x3D
0x01:2400baund
0x02:2743baund
Instructions on Enable Symbol (unsupported)
825-647 G3M_V34_SYM_RATE_ENABLE1 0x3D CE
Speed 0x04:2800baund
0x08:3000baund
0x10:3200baund
0x20：3429baund
6 – 57
Chapter 6 General
Chain OFF/
-Link ON
0x00 ～ 0xFF
0x01: 2400bps
0x02: 4800bps
0x04: 7200bps
Instructions 1 on Enable Bit
825-648 G3M_V34_BIT_RATE_ENABLE1 0x08: 9600bps 0xFF CE
Speed
0x10: 12000bps
0x20: 14400bps
0x40: 16800bps
0x80: 19200bps
0x00 ～ 0x3F
0x01: 21600bps
0x02: 24000bps
Instructions 2 on Enable Bit
825-649 G3M_V34_BIT_RATE_ENABLE2 0x04: 26400bps 0x3F CE
Speed
0x08: 28800bps
0x10: 31200bps
0x20: 33600bps
0:1200bps
825-650 Control Channel Bit Speed G3M_V34_CTRL_BIT_RATE 0 CE
1:2400bps
G3M_V34_BIT_RATE_THRESHOL
825-653 Bit Speed Selection: Threshold 0x00 ～ 0xFF 0x09 CE
D
0 ～ 255:0 ～ 25.5S
825-655 V8Te Time G3M_V8_TE_TIME 11 CE
100ms/step
Timeout time from V34 mode 5 ～ 255: 5 to 255 sec
825-656 G3M_V34_CC_TIMER 30 CE
(Phase2) to Control Channel 1sec/step
Set whether to move to G3
0: Prohibit
825-657 mode at V34_CC_TIMER G3M_V34_SHIFT_G3 1 CE
1: Permit
timeout.
0: Not capable
825-658 V34 Capacity CAPAB_V34 1 V.34 Capacity setting CE
1: Capable
ANSam Signal: max sending
825-659 ANSAM_SEND_TIME 1 ～ 255:0.1s ～ 25.5s 40 100ms/step CE
time
Time from line connection to
ANSam Signal sending out
825-660 (An increase of approx. 1.3 sec ANSAM_START_TIME 22 ～ 255:2.2s ～ 25.5s 22 100ms/step CE
from a setting value due to
modem restrictions)
0:MH
1:MR
825-661 Encoding method at send G3M_TX_CODING 3 CE
2:MMR
3:JBIG
0:MH
1:MR
825-662 Encoding method at receive G3M_RX_CODING 3 CE
2:MMR
3:JBIG
-128 ～ 127
825-664 Receive Gain Correction Value RX_GAIN_ADJUSTMENT 1 Shifts a range of receive levels. CE
(0.75dB/step)
0:256octets
825-665 V34 1 Frame Size G3M_V34_FRAME_SIZE 0 CE
1:64octets
0: Not send
825-666 Sending of Manual Send CNG MANUAL_CNG_SIGNAL 1 CE
1: Send
825-667 Tone Sending Level TONE_TX_ATT 0 ～ 15:0dBm ～ -15dBm 10 Sending Level setting CE
0:-43dBm
1:-33dBm
825-668 Incoming Call Level RX_ATT 0 Incoming Call Level setting CE
2:-21dBm
3:-16dBm
0: Not store
825-669 Storage of Decode Error Pages SAVE_ERROR_RX_DATA 1 CE
1: Store
0: 3 lines
825-673 LRLTWO (ref. line) Value DFAULT_JBIG_LRLTWO 0 CE
1: 2 lines
6 – 58
Chapter 6 General
Chain OFF/
-Link ON
Change the 3 pieces of system
data simultaneously.
2400:
CAPAB_V34=Not capable
G3M_TX_MODEM_SPEED=1
G3M_RX_MODEM_SPEED=1
4800:
0:2400,
1:4800,
Fax Commu. Speed Setting for G3M_TX_MODEM_SPEED=2
825-701 UI_FAX_SPEED 2:9600, 4 USER
display on panel G3M_RX_MODEM_SPEED=2
3:14400,
9600:
4:33600
G3M_RX_MODEM_SPEED=4
14400:
G3
When
ONHOOK_LVS_THRESH_HI
is " ０ ", this setting is used as
External Tel Hook Status
Detection Threshold.
If a faulty detection of an Ext.
Tel Hook status occurs despite a
Threshold 0 for detection of change of
825-702 EXTEL_HOOK_THRESH_0 0 ～　255V 6 CE
External Tel Hook Status ONHOOK_LVS_THRESH_HI,
change either
EXTEL_HOOK_THRESH_0 or
2 for action. At this time, decide
a voltage change to be used as a
threshold, using an actual value
measured on a defective line.
When
is "1", this setting is used as Ext.
Tel Hook Status Detection
Threshold.
change either
When
is "2", this setting is used as Ext.
Tel Hook Status Detection
Threshold.
change either
Supp. process of detecting the

CAPAB_EXTEL_HOOK_SUPPLEM 0: Disable Enable/disable starting the supp.
825-705 status of ETSI Standard Ext. Tel 0 CE
ENT 1: Enable process for Ext. Tel.
Hook
Supp. process for detecting the Supp. Process for Ext. Tel:
EXTEL_HOOK_SUPPLEMNT_VOL
825-706 status of ETSI Stan. Ext. Tel 10,15,20(V) 15 Voltage Value by which to CE
THRESH
Hook decide Ext. Tel is off hook
950-001 FORGET_ERROR_secret CE
950-002 CODE_CHECK_secret CE
950-003 PMQAT_BOARD_secret CE
950-004 DONT_DEL_TXFILE 0 CE
950-005 DONT_PR_RCVFILE 0 CE
6 – 59
Chapter 6 General
Chain OFF/
-Link ON
950-006 MON_SPEED_38400 0 CE
950-007 COMM_TIME_MEASURE 0 CE
950-008 WITHOUT_ICM 0 CE
950-009 COMM_PARAM 0 CE
950-010 EQM_READ 0 CE
950-011 AGCVAL_READ 0 CE
950-012 FAXCOM_DEBUG_INFO 1 CE
950-013 G3M_V8_SHIFT_G3 1 CE
950-014 SERIMON_RX_ENABLE 0 CE
950-015 CODEC_DEBUG_DISP 0 CE
950-016 WARMBOOT_DISABLE 0 CE
950-017 FORCED_POLLING 0 CE
950-018 REMOTE_DIAG 1 CE
Selection of Frame Size at ECM 0: Disable
950-019 ECM_RX_64 0 Select a frame size of 64 Bytes. CE
Send １ : Enable
Selection of Frame Size at ECM 0: Disable
950-020 ECM_TX_64 0 Select a frame size of 64 Bytes. CE
Receive １ : Enable
0: No limit At capacity declaration, max
Selection of Max Recording- length of recording-paper
950-021 SELECT_LN 1: A4 0 CE
Paper Length allowed to be received can be
2: A4 & B4
950-022 CAPAB_FULLCOLOR 0 CE
0:-43dBm
Frequency Detection Level (for 1:-33dBm
950-118 FREQ_DETECT_LEVEL 2 CE
filter) 2:-26dBm
3:-16dBm
6 – 60
Chapter 6 General
6.4 Service Mode

6.4.1 peration of Diag.
6.4.1.1 Purpose of This Software
This software is mainly intended for the following purposes:
• ESS diagnosis to locate a chip which causes a problem
• Diagnosing IOT
• Setting parameters such as registration in the feeding direction.
6.4.1.2 Operating Methods

This software can be operated via the Control Panel.
6 – 61
Chapter 6 General
6.4.2 Configuration
The diagnosis provides two modes that have their respective uses (purposes), target operators, and
functions.
Only "CE Mode" is detailed in this manual.
CE (Customer Engineer) Mode:

This mode intends to be used by CE (Customer Engineer) who handle problems in field with the
purpose to locate a replaceable unit that causes a problem.
The mode allows the CE to execute the ESS diagnosis, test prints, parameter settings FAX,
Scanner and so on through the control panel.
Developer Mode:
This mode is for debugging by developers. It intends to be partially used in the production line.
The mode allows the user to execute the ESS diagnosis, test prints, parameter settings and so
on through the debug terminal.
The functions are activated by commands sent from the serial terminal.Special tool (FX inter-
nal debugging terminal) is required to operate Developer mode.
This mode is protected password.
6 – 62
Chapter 6 General
6.4.3 How to use Diag. CE Mode

6.4.3.1 Roles of the control panel in Diag.
LCD   STOP
MiA02001GA
  OK
[LCD]: Displaying a diagnosis item and its result

[], []: Selecting a diagnosis item/Selecting data at parameter setting
[], []: Key moves the cursor to the left/right
[OK]: Determining a diagnosis item/Executing a diagnosis/Determining a parameter at
parameter setting
[STOP]: Reseting a diagnosis item (Returning to the menu one level higher)
Terminating each digital input/output
6 – 63
Chapter 6 General
6.4.3.2 Entering diag. CE (Customer Engineer) mode
2) Turn on the power while holding down "" and "" keys.
3) Release the fingers from these keys when "the message" is displayed.
4) The "Service Mode", "Printer" and "FAX/Scanner" are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.)
6.4.3.3 Selecting Diag. mode
NOTE Once FAX/Scanner Diag or Printer Diag is selected, the diag mode cannot be
changed. To change the diag mode, exit the selected diag mode and enter the diag
mode again.
There are two diag modes in the CE (Customer Engineer) diag.
-FAX/Scanner Diag
The menu of the FAX, ADF and Scanner relation.
-Printer Diag
The menu of the printer relation.
6.4.3.4 Selecting Diag. item

The diagnosis setting items are configured as menus, which can be operated with the control panel
keys. Arrow keys select menu items and "OK" key activates functions.
6.4.3.5 Change method parameters value

For parameter setting, pressing "OK" key after selecting an item from the menu displays the cur-
rent setting value of the item. Then a numeric value selected by "" and "" keys are written into
the NVM by "OK" key.
6.4.3.6 Executing/Exiting Diag. mode

The diagnosis can be executed by as follows.
1) A test item is displayed. "OK" key fixed the test item.
2) The display prompts the user to start the test. Press “OK” key and start the test.
The diagnosis can be stopped by as follows.

1) During the diagnosis test, press "STOP" key.
2) The diagnosis is stopped, and the display indicates the one step higher menu.
NOTE If an error occurs during the diag. sequence, the diagnosis displays the error and
stops, leaving the remaining items unperformed.
Pressing “STOP” or “OK” key releases the error display, and then the menu items
are displayed.
6 – 64
Chapter 6 General
6.4.3.7 Diag. mode menu tree
Menu Tree of the CE (Customer Engineer) Mode is as follows
CE Mode Press the OK key
Press the STOP key
Printer Diag ESS Diag All Test
FlashROM Test
EEPROM Test
Press the Press the
key key
DRAM Test
MAC+PHY Test
ASIC Test
Panel Test
Engine Test
USB Host Test
RTC Test
Engine Diag Sensor Test
Motor Test
NVM Dig
Settings Edit NVM
SaveNVM to ESS
LoadNVM from ESS
Initialize Slave
Print Info Info Page
Print Settings
Installation Serial No.
HexDump
Tone Correction
Pixel Counter
Configuration
Print Counter Print Service FullColor
B/W
Total
FullColor Backup
B/W Backup
Total Backup
FullColor Error
B/W Error
6 – 65
Chapter 6 General
Copy Service FullColor
Color 2
B/W
Total
FullColor Backup
Color2 Backup
B/W Backup
Total Backup
FullColor Error
Color 2 Error
B/W Error
FAX Service Color
B/W
Total
Color Backup
B/W Backup
Total Backup
Color Error
B/W Error
Scan Service SMB/FTP
Email
SMB/FTP Backup
Email Backup
SMB/FTP Error
Email Error
CopyCounter MtoB
CopyCounter BtoM
Clear All NVM
Clear JobHistory
Clear AuditronPV
6 – 66
Chapter 6 General
Ԝ ԝ
Test Print No Image IOT
Pattern IOT
Grid2 ESS
Cyan20% ESS
Magenta20% ESS
Yellow20% ESS
Black20% ESS
CMY 20% ESS
Gradation ESS
TonerPalletCheck
ContaminationChk
Parameter Slow Scan KtoP
Slow Scan 600M
Slow Scan 600Y
Slow Scan 600C
Fast Scan KtoM
Fast Scan KtoY
Fast Scan KtoC
Fast Scan M-Feed
Fast Scan Tray 1
Fast Scan Tray 2
Fast Scan Duplex
Fast Scan 2 KtoM
Fast Scan 2 KtoY
Fast Scan 2 KtoC
Life Y Toner
Life M Toner
Life C Toner
Life K Toner
Life Fusing Unit Sheet
Life Print Sheet
Life DTB Waste
Life YWasteToner
Life MWasteToner
Life CWasteToner
Life KWasteToner
Life IU Y Time
Life IU M Time
Life IU C Time
Ԟ ԟ Ԡ
6 – 67
Chapter 6 General
Life IU K Time
Life IU Xero
Life IU Deve K
Life Manual Feed
Life Tray1 Sheet
Life Tray2 Sheet
Life Duplex Sheet
Life Custom In
Life Custom Out
Print
Exitr Mode Complete Exit
Fax/Scanner Diag Board Test All Test Ready
Fax Memory Test Fax Flash W/R Test
SRAM W/R Test
I/F Test Fax Card I/F Test
AFE Serial I/F Test
IIT I/F Test
Fire3 Test Fire3 IJAC Test
Fire3 IBIG Test
Relay/Signal Test Relay Test Relay Toggle Test
Relay Set Test
Hook Test Hook Toggle Test
Hook Set Test
Signal Tone Send
DTMF Send DTMF Continuous
DTMF Individually
Dial Pulse Send DP10 Individually
DP20 Individually
Ring Back Tone
6 – 68
Chapter 6 General
Data Send V.34 33600bps
V.34 31200bps
V.34 28800bps
V.34 26400bps
V.34 24000bps
V.34 21600bps
V.34 19200bps
V.34 16800bps
V.34 14400bps
V.34 12000bps
V.34 9600bps
V.34 7200bps
V.34 4800bps
V.34 2400bps
V.29 9600bps
V.29 7200bps
V.29 4800bps
V.27ter 4800bps
V.27ter 2400bps
V.21 300bps
V.17 14400bps
V.17 12000bps
V.17 9600bps
V.17 7200bps
Line Voltage
Line Current
Information Scan Counter
Scanner Maintenance White Balance Auto Adjust(FB)
Auto Adjust(ADF)
6 – 69
Chapter 6 General
Shading Parameter Coeff FB RED
Coeff FB GREEN
Coeff FB BLUE
Coeff FB GRAY
Coeff ADF RED
Coeff ADF GREEN
Coeff ADF BLUE
Coeff ADF GRAY
Target RED
Target GREEN
Target BLUE
Target GRAY
Registration Param. Regi FB Lead
Regi FB Side
Regi ADF Lead
Regi ADF Side
Auto Registration
Sensor Parameter Feed Sensor
Vertical Scan Mag. Mag FB COLOR
Mag FB GRAY
Mag ADF COLOR
Mag ADF GRAY
Tet Pattern Pattern No.
Pt07:Step Cycle
Pt08:Step Cycle
IIT I/O Check Home Pos Sensor
Tray Sensor
Feed Sensor
ADF Cover Sensor
Lamp
FB Motor
ADF Motor
SCAN Counter Clear Counter Clear (FB)
Counter Clear (ADF)
6 – 70
Chapter 6 General
Parameter
Backup Data All Clear
User Clear
System Clear
User & System Clear
System Data Init
Document Clear
Complete
6 – 71
Chapter 6 General
6.4.4 The Kind of Diag. and Contents of a Test

6.4.4.1 FAX Scanner Diag.
(1) Executing FAX Scanner Diag
4) The "Printer" and "FAX /Scanner" are displayed. (Entered the CE (Customer Engineer) Diag.
mode.)
5) Press "" to select "FAX /Scanner", and press "OK" key. (Entered the FAX /Scanner Diag.
mode.)
6) Press "" or "" key to select the test item.
7) Press "OK" key twice to execute the test.
NOTE To return to one step higher menu, press "STOP" key.
(2) Board Test
NOTE Do not turn off the power when the Board Test is executing.
- All Test
This test executes the all tests of the Board Test automatically.
- Fax Memory Test

This test executes the Fax Memory (RTC, Flash W/R, SRAM W/R) check.
The result "Check OK" or "Check NG" is shown after "Now Checking"
is displayed.
- Fax Flash W/R Test
Performs write/read/verify on the Fax Flash. Execute this test when 017-971, 017-972, 017-973, 017-974,
117-344 errors occurred.
- SRAM W/R Test
Performs write/read/verify on the SRAM. Execute this test when 117-311, 117-362, 117-363, 133-254, 017-
970, 033-503, 033-787 errors occurred.
- I/F Test
This test executes the I/F (Fax card, AFE Serial, FPGA IIT) check.
The result "Check OK" or "Check NG" is shown after "Now Checking" is displayed.
- Fax Card I/F Test
Generates accesses to the Fax Card. Execute this test when the Fax relation errors occurred.
- AFE Serial I/F Test
Generates accesses to the AFE Serial. Execute this test when the Fax relation and Scanner relation errors
occurred.
- IIT I/F Test
Generates accesses to the register space of FPGA IIT. Execute this test when the Fax relation and
Scanner relation errors occurred.
6 – 72
Chapter 6 General
- Fire3 Test
This test executes IJAC or JBIG which is built in Fire3.
The result "Check OK" or "Check NG" is shown after "Now Checking" is displayed.
- Fire3 IJAC Test
Generates accesses to the Fire3 IJAC. Execute this test when the Fax relation and Scanner relation errors
occurred.
- Fire3 IBIG Test
Generates accesses to the Fire3 IBIG. Execute this test when the Fax relation and Scanner relation errors
occurred.
- Relay/ Signal Test

- Relay Test
A test that switches the relay circuit between the FAX and telephone lines.
- Relay Toggle Test
A test that switches the relay circuit between the FAX and telephone lines at a predetermined cycle.
Toggle test value can be set in the range of 50 to 9999, and the toggle interval is 10ms.
For instance, when the value is set to 100, switching is performed every 1000ms.
- Relay Set
A test that connects the relay circuit selectively to the FAX or telephone line.
Set ON (open) Connected selectively to the FAX line.

Set OFF (close) Connected selectively to the telephone line.
- Hook Test
A test that switches the telephone line between the on-hook and off-hook states.
- Hook Toggle Test
A test that switches the telephone line between the on-hook and off-hook states at a predetermined cycle.
Toggle test value can be set in the range of 50 to 9999, and the toggle interval is 10ms.
For instance, when the value is set to 100, switching is performed every 1000ms.
- Hook Set
A test that switches the telephone line selectively to the on-hook or off-hook state.
Set ON (on-hook) Connected selectively to the on-hook circuit.

Set OFF (off-hook) Connected selectively to the off-hook circuit.
- Single Tone Test

Checks the tone output for each single tone for tone dialing. Below are the single tone frequencies (Hz):
0/400/462/1100/1300/1500/1650/1850/2100/500/600/900/1000
6 – 73
Chapter 6 General
- DTMF Send
NOTE Unplug the modular connector of the telephone line before performing this test.
Otherwise, a call will be made to the relevant number.
- DTMF Continuous
Checks the tone output for all touch tones for tone dialing. Below are the touch tones:
DTMF: 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/A/B/C/D//#
- DTMF Individually
Checks the tone output for one of the 16 key numbers set on the LCD.
- Dial Pulse Send
NOTE Unplug the modular connector of the telephone line before performing this test.
Otherwise, a call will be made to the relevant number.
-DP10 Individually
Checks the 10PPS pulse output for one of the 10 key numbers set on the LCD.
-DP20 Individually
Checks the 20PPS pulse output for one of the 10 key numbers set on the LCD.
- Ring Back Tone

Checks the tone output for the ring back tone.
- Data Send
Checks the modem output for each of the transmission rates in compliance with ITU-T recommendations.
36600/31200/28800/26400/24000/21600/19200/16800/
V.34 (bps)
14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400
V.29 (bps) 9600/7200
V.27ter (bps) 4800/2400
V.21 (bps) 300
V.17 (bps) 14400/12000/9600/7200
Below are the data sending patterns:
All 0/All 1/0101010101/0000100001/11101110
- Line Voltage
NOTE The voltage displayed in this test varies from country to country. (For instance,
normally 48V in the United States)
Measures the telephone line voltage.
- Line Current
NOTE 20mA is the minimum guaranteed current in the United States.
Measures the telephone line amperage.
6 – 74
Chapter 6 General
(3) Information
- Scan Counter
The value of scan count is displayed. FB: Scanning of platen mode/ADF: Scanning of ADF mode.
(4) Scanner Maintenance

- White Balance
Enables automatic calibration of the correction value for platen scanning (FB) and ADF scanning
(ADF).
- Shading Parameter
Adjusts the white balance value read from the white reference plate.
Coeff: White reference plate value after shading correction.
Target: Target value of Coeff.
Do not change this setting; the image quality may be affected.
- Registration Param.
Adjusts the side and lead registrations during document scanning.
- Auto Registration
Sets whether or not to auto-adjust the registration.
- Sensor Parameter
Adjusts the Feed sensor output value.
- Vertical Scan Mag.

Adjusts the scaling in the sub-scanning direction.
- Test Pattern
Performs to select Test Pattern and to set the parameter.
* The beginning "*" of the value suggests to complete setting.
Pt No. Contents Value

Pattern No. Value (Dec) *000
07 Step Cycle Value (Hex) *FFFF
08 Step Cycle Value (Hex) *FFFF
6 – 75
Chapter 6 General
- IIT I/O Check
- Executing IIT I/O Check
4) The "Service Mode", "Printer" and "FAX/Scanner" are displayed. (Entered the CE Diag.
Mode.)
5) Press "" key to select the "FAX/Scanner" and press "OK" key. (Entered the Fax/Scanner
Diag. mode.)
6) Press "" key to select the "Scanner Maintenance" and press "OK" key.
7) Press "" key to select the "IIT I/O Check".
8) Press "" or "" key to select the test item and press "OK" key to execute.
NOTE To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu, press "STOP" key.
Parameters for the IIT I/O Check are as follows
Sensor name Components

Home Pos Sensor Home Position Sensor
Tray Sensor Document Sensor
Feed Sensor Feed Sensor
ADF Cover Sensor ADF Cover Sensor
Lamp Lamp
FB Motor Carriage Motor
ADF Motor ADF Motor
6 – 76
Chapter 6 General
Exposure Lamp
Scanner Home Carriage Assy

Position Sensor
FB Motor MiA06201GA
Feed Sensor ADF Motor
ADF Cover Sensor
PWBA ADF
Tray Sensor
MiA06202GA
6 – 77
Chapter 6 General
- Checks the I/O Port of IIT.
Sensor name Confirmation Procedures

1) Turn on the power and enter the FAX Scanner Diag.
2) Open the Platen Cover.
3) Move the carriage forward by the FB Motor Diag.
4) Execute "Home Position Sensor".
5) Check the sensor "Status OFF".
6) Press "STOP" key to return one step higher menu.
7) Move the carriage reverse by the FB Motor Diag.
8) Execute "Home Position Sensor".
9) Check the sensor "Status ON".
Operator Panel
Carriage Assy
Normal
Home Pos Sensor
Reverse Forward
Mnt02051GA
10) Press "STOP" key to stop the test.

11) Close the Platen Cover.
6 – 78
Chapter 6 General

2) Set a paper in the ADF Tray.
3) Execute "Tray Sensor".
6) Remove a paper in the ADF Tray.
7) Execute "Tray Sensor".
Operator Panel
Normal
Tray Sensor
Mnt02052GA
9) Press "STOP" key to stop the test
6 – 79
Chapter 6 General

2) Open the ADF Cover.
3) Put a paper into the ADF feeder.
4) Execute "Feed Sensor".
7) Pull out a paper in the ADF feeder.
8) Execute "Feed Sensor".
Operator Panel
Normal
Feed Sensor
Mnt02053GA

11) Close the ADF Cover.
2) Open the ADF cover.
3) Execute "ADF Cover Sensor".
6) Close the ADF cover.
7) Execute "ADF Cover Sensor".
Operator Panel
ADF Cover Sensor

Normal
Mnt02054GA
6 – 80
Chapter 6 General

3) Execute "Lamp".
4) Press "" or "" to select "Set OFF" (Lamp OFF).
5) Press “OK” key to execute.
6) Check the lamp is off.
8) Execute "Lamp" again.
9) Press "" or "" to select "Set ON" (Lamp ON).
11) Check the lamp is on.
Lamp
Lamp
Mnt02055GA

6 – 81
Chapter 6 General

3) Execute "FB Motor".
4) Press "" or "" to select "Forward".
6) Check the Carriage going forward.
8) Execute "FB Motor" again.
9) Press "" or "" to select "Reverse".
11) Check the Carriage going reverse.
Carriage Assy
FB Motor
Reverse Forward
Mnt02056GA

NOTE: The motor stops automatically at the end of platen.
2) Execute "ADF Motor".
3) Press "" or "" to select "Forward".
5) Check the ADF Motor driving.
ADF Motor Feed Roll
Mnt02057GA

NOTE: ADF Cover must be closed when "ADF Motor"executing.
6 – 82
Chapter 6 General
- Scan Counter Clear
Initializes the counter value of platen scanning(FB) and ADF scanning(ADF).
Use this menu to enter the correction value when replacing the scanner.
(5) Parameter
- Continue Illegal
Specifies how to handle the document data when the document data in the transmission queue
overflows the memory.
Clear Delete the document data.

Place the portion of the document data up to the memory
Transmit
limit in the transmission queue.
- Thresh Memory RX (%)

Sets the amount of memory to be left free when the received document data is stored. When the
remaining memory amount falls below this threshold, data reception is denied.
The value can be set in the range of 0 to 100. The smaller the value, the larger the memory capac-
ity becomes
- Thresh Immediate (%)

Sets the remaining memory amount threshold that triggers immediate output. Immediate output
refers to an automatic image data output that is performed to accommodate the overflowing data
when the incoming document data exceeds the memory capacity.
The value can be set in the range of 0 to 99. The larger the value, the sooner the immediate output
is initiated.
- Thresh Memory TX (%)

Sets the amount of memory to be left free when the document data is placed in the transmission
queue.
The value can be set in the range of 0 to 100. The smaller the value, the larger the memory capac-
ity for transmission queue becomes.
- Thresh GC (%)
Sets the remaining memory amount in the Flash file system for image data storage that triggers
the "garbage collection"
- Page Margin 1 (mm): Valid when the Discard Size setting in Fax Setting is "OFF".
Sets the page size margin that allows a larger-than-standard size document to be handled as a
standard size document. The document is reduced to the standard size, assuming it is larger than
the standards size by the set value.
The value can be set in the range of 0 to 127. When the value is 10, the margin is 10 mm.
- Page Margin 2 (mm): Valid when the Discard Size setting in Fax Setting is "ON".
Sets the page size margin that allows a larger-than-standard size document to be handled as a
standard size document. The document is reduced to the standard size, assuming it is larger than
the standards size by the set value.
The value can be set in the range of 0 to 127. When the value is 10, the margin is 10 mm.
6 – 83
Chapter 6 General
- Extel Hook Thresh
Sets the threshold of ON HOOK detection at the external telephone to one of Lower, Normal, and
Higher.
- Dis DP 20PPS
Sets whether or not to enable 20PPS dial pulse. When 20PPS is disabled in this menu, any 20PPS
setting in other menu will be overridden with 10PPS.
- CNG Detect (0.1s)

Sets the CNG detection duration for telephone-FAX switching.
The value can be set in the range of 0 to 255. When the value is 100, the detecting time is 10 sec.
- Auto Answer (1.0s)

Sets the ringing tone duration of the external telephone terminal for FAX-telephone switching.
The value can be set in the range of 0 to 255. When the value is 100, the ringing tone duration is
100 sec.
- Num Check (1.0s)

Inhibits autodialing for a specified duration when different sets of document data bound for the
same destination are placed consecutively in the transmission queue. This pause allows the
receiving side to make time for processing.
The value can be set in the range of 1 to 255. When the value is 10, the autodialing pause is 10 sec.
- OnHook LCS Rate (%)

Sets the threshold of OFF HOOK detection at LCS.
The value can be set in the range of 1 to 100.
- Dial tone TO (1.0s)

Sets the duration for detecting the dial tone. The value can be set in the range of 0 to 255. When
the value is 10, the dial tone is detected for 10 sec.
- OnHook Detect (20ms)

Sets the detecting duration for a valid onhook signal. The value can be set in the range of 10 to
255. When the value is 10, the onhook detecting duration is 200 msec. Any onhook signal shorter
than the set time is invalid.
- Dis Dial tone

Sets whether or not to enable dial tone pattern detection.
- Dial tone Min (10ms)

Sets the minimum limit of dial tone pattern detection duration.
- Dial tone Max (10ms)

Sets the maximum limit of dial tone pattern detection duration.
6 – 84
Chapter 6 General
- CNG Stop Select
Sets the conditions for stopping CNG transmission. Below are the setting conditions:
CED&V21 When CED and V.21 preamble are detected.

CED When CED is detected.
V21 When V.21 preamble is detected.
- G3M TX Cable EQU

Sets the cable amplitude equalizer value for transmission. Below are the setting values:
0db Equivalent to a cable length of 0km.

4db Equivalent to a cable length of 1.9km.
- G3M RX Cable EQU

Sets the cable amplitude equalizer value for reception (applicable to V17, V29, and V27ter). Below
are the setting values:
0db Equivalent to a cable length of 0km.

- G3M V34 Bit Rate

Sets the signaling rate for the Super G3 (V34) mode.
The value can be set in the range of 2400bps to 33600bps in 14 steps. Below are the signaling
rates:
2400/4800/7200/9600/12000/14400/16800/19200/21600/24000/26400/28800/31200/33600
- Capability V34
Sets the communication capability of the Super G3 (V34) mode.
- G3M TX Coding
Sets the data encoding method for transmission. When the encoding method set here is not sup-
ported by the receiving side, the receiving side's method is adopted. Below are the encoding meth-
ods:
MH/MR/ MMR/JBIG
- G3M RX Cording
Sets the data encoding method for reception. Below are the encoding methods:
MH/MR/ MMR/JBIG
6 – 85
Chapter 6 General
(6) BackUp Data
-All Clear
Clears all of the backup data.
- User Clear
Clears the stored document data and the address information. Initializes the system data.
- System Clear
Clears the stored document data, the communication management data and the history. Initial-
izes the system data.
- User & System Clear

Clears the stored document data, the address information, the communication management data
and the history. Initializes the system data.
- System Data Init

Initializes the system data.
- Document Clear
Clears the stored document data
(7) Complete
Exits the diagnostics and returns to normal operation, taking the changes of the data into effect.
6 – 86
Chapter 6 General
6.4.4.2 Printer Diag
(1) ESS Diag
This section describes how to perform each test of the ESS Diag in detail.
- Executing ESS diagnosis

4) The "Service Mode", "Printer" and "FAX/Scanner" are displayed. (Entered the Diag. Mode.)
5) Press "OK" key. (Entered the Printer Diag. mode.)
6) Press "OK" key. (Entered the ESS Diag. mode.)
7) Press "" and "" key to select the test item.
NOTE Do not turn off the power when the ESS Diag is executing.
- FlashROM Test
Calculates the Flash ROM checksum and compares it with the value stored in the Flash ROM.
Execute this test when the 016-500, 016-501 and 016-502 errors occurred.
Test result: NG(Go to FIP.) OK(Turn off/ on the main power.)
- EEPROM Test
Performs write/read/verify on the diag. area of the EEPROM.
Execute this test when the 116-323 and 116-390 errors occurred.
The test performs read/write/verify of the test patterns (0xff, 0xaa, 0x55 and 0x00) on one byte at
every 0x400 from the first address of EEPROM.
- DRAM Test
Tests OPEN/SHORT with the address line of the DRAM.
Performs write/read/verify on the entire DRAM.
Execute this test when the 116-315, 116-316 and 116-320 error occurred.
When the optional DRAM SIMM is checked and found, it checkes the optional memory area
First, the test performs read/write/verify of the increment data for the whole tested area by the
word. Then, it performs read/write/verify of the test patterns (0xffffffff, 0xaaaaaaaa, 0x55555555,
0x00000000) for the whole tested area by the word.
- ASIC Test
ASIC Register check.
Executes this test when the 116-343 error occurred.
Test result: NG (Go to FIP.) OK (Turn off/on the main power.)
6 – 87
Chapter 6 General
- PANEL Test
Tests the LED, LCD, and buttons of the control panel.
This test checks input and output of the control panel.
When buttons are pressed in the manner shown in the following table, the test displays the corre-
sponding contents on the LED and LCD.
Button LED LCD

  Displays “ UP ” on the LCD.
  Displays “ DOWN ” on the LCD.
  Displays “ LEFT ” on the LCD.
  Displays “ RIGHT ” on the LCD.
OK  Displays “ SET ” on the LCD.
MENU  Displays “ MENU ” on the LCD.
STOP  Displays “ CANCEL JOB” on the LCD.
POWER SAVE  Displays “POWER SAVE ” on the LCD.
  pressed at the same
- (The test is completed) - (The test is completed)
time
 Indicates left side square is the Ready LED, middle square is the Alarm LED and right side square is the
Power Save LED. STOP
Not lighting Lighting
- Engine Test
Communication test with the Engine.
Execute this test when the 024-371 error occurred.
READ ROM Revision No

This test checks communication with the Engine. Then it reads the status
Register of the Engine to check whether commands can be exchanged with the
Engine.
It sends the following command to read the status register, and checks
whether the appropriate response returns.
6 – 88
Chapter 6 General
- USB Host Test
When USB Host Test is executed, the following submenus are displayed. The communication between the USB
Host port and the device connected with it can be confirmed.
USB Host Test TEST MODE Test J
Test K
Test SE0
Test PACKET
Test ENABLE
Single Step Address: 000 DATA IN
Get Device Info Device 1 VID:0000 Add:000
Device 2 PID:0000 Prt:000
1)TEST MODE:
It makes it to the static test mode in which the DownStream port of Host Controller is specified.
TEST J:The port is J state.

TEST K:The port is K state.
TEST SE0:The port is SE0 state.
TEST PACKET:The port repeats the test packet.
TEST ENABLE:The port compulsorily enters the state of ENABLE.
2)Single Step:
The collection of Device Descriptor of the specified device address is executed by the single step.
3)Get Device Info:

Information on the device is acquired.
VID:Value of VendorID.
PID:Value of ProductID.
Add: Device address
Prt: Number of Downstream port of Controller or Hub.
- RTC Test
Checks the Real Time Clock chip. Execute this test when 117-365 Error occurred.
6 – 89
Chapter 6 General
(2) Engine Diag
- Sensor Test
This function checks whether the DI components operate normally or not.
The Sensor Test is performed for all the DI components.
Exit operation of the Sensor Test makes the control panel display the CE diag. function menu.
NOTE During the Sensor Test, other CE diag. functions can not be performed
simultaneouly. Therefore, the printer does not accept any operation except
operations for the DI components and exit operation of the Sensor Test.
At the start of the Sensor Test, number “ 0 ” is displayed on the control panel. This number is
counted up when a DI component is turned on from off, therefore it allows the user to know the
component is active.
When a paper jam is occurred, or an error message or code is displayed, execute this test to locate
the damaged parts.
The test will execute the Sensor Test codes of the components that are supposed to be faulty from
the error details. (Refer to each FIP on Chapter 1.)
Test result: NG (Go to each FIP or replace the parts.)
OK (Turn off/on the main power.)
- Executing Sensor Test

4) The "Service Mode", "Printer" and "FAX/Scanner" are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.)
6) Press "" to select "Engine Diag", and then press "OK" key.
7) Press "" key to select "Sensor Test", and then press "OK" key.
NOTE To exit the test press the "STOP" key, and to return to one step higher menu.
Parameters for the Sensor Test are as follows.
LCD Component
ManualFeedSensor Manual Feed Sensor
Tray1 No Paper Tray1 No Paper Sensor
Regi Sensor Regi Sensor
Exit Sensor Exit Sensor
K Mode Sensor K Mode Sensor
Side Switch Side Switch Sensor
CoverOpen Sensor Cover Open Sensor
Tray2 No Paper Tray2 No Paper Sensor
Tray2 PathSensor Tray2 Path Sensor
6 – 90
Chapter 6 General
Exit Sensor
Cover Open Sensor
Side Switch Sensor
K Mode Sensor
Regi Sensor
Manual Feed Sensor
Tray 1 No Paper Sensor
Tray 2 Path Sensor Tray 2 No Paper Sensor

MiA02002GA
6 – 91
Chapter 6 General
- About Sensor
A transmissive type sensor is composed of the light-emitting side and the light-receiving side that
are placed opposite to each other allowing the light to pass from the former to the latter. On the
basis of whether or not the light path is blocked due to the actuator, etc., the sensor detects the
paper absence/presence or the moving part position such as at the home position or elsewhere.
Actuator
Leg_Sec02_016FA
- About Switch
A micro-switch closes the internal contacts via the button which is pushed down under the pro-
vided leaf spring which is held down by the actuator of the cover or door that is being closed.
When the door or cover has being opened, the leaf spring returns to its original position and the
button is pushed up by the spring in the switch, allowing the internal contacts to open.
Actuator
Button
Blade
Contact
Leg_Sec02_018FA
6 – 92
Chapter 6 General
-Checking the Sensor and Switch
Sensor Name (Diag. Code) Check Procedure

1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode.
2) Execute the Manual Feed Sensor.
3) Insert a sheet into the Manual Feed to check whether the
sensor functions properly.
Manual Feed Sensor
MiA02003GA
4) Confirm that the number shown on the bottom of the display

increases each time the sheet is inserted.
5) Press the "STOP" key to stop the test.
2) Remove the paper from Tray1.
3) Execute the Tray1 No Paper.
4) Check whether the sensor functions properly by removing
and replacing the Tray1.
Tray1 No Paper
MiA02004GA
5) Confirm that the number in the lower section of the display

increases each time the Tray1 is removed and replaced.
6 – 93
Chapter 6 General

NOTE: When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front
cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to
light.

2) Open the Front Cover.
3) Execute the Regi Sensor.
4) Manually operate the actuator to check whether the sensor
functions properly.
Actuator
Regi Sensor
MiA02005GA
5) Check that the number in the bottom line of the display

increases by one every time the actuator is operated.
7) Close the Front Cover.
NOTE: Because the FUSING UNIT is very hot, be careful not to burn yourself.
3) Execute the Exit Sensor.
functions properly.
Exit Sensor
MiA02006GA

6 – 94
Chapter 6 General

NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff.
When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover
open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light.
1) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH.
3) Execute the the K Mode Sensor.
4) Block the sensor light path by placing a piece of paper or the
like between the light emitting unit and the light receiving
unit to check whether the sensor functions properly.
Actuator
Paper
K Mode Sensor
K Mode Sensor
K Mode Solenoid
MiS02007KA

increases by one every time the sensor light path is blocked.
7) Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH.
2) Execute the Side Switch.
3) Open or close the Toner Access Cover to check whether the
sensor functions properly.
Side Switch
MiA02008GA

increases by one every time the Front Cover is opened or
closed.
6) Close the Toner Access Cover.
6 – 95
Chapter 6 General

2) Execute the Cover Open Sensor.
3) Open or close the Front Cover to check whether the sensor
functions properly.
Cover Open Sensor
MiA02009GA

increases by one every time the Front Cover is opened or
closed.
2) Remove the paper from Tray2.
3) Execute the Tray2 No Paper.
4) Check whether the sensor functions properly by removing
and replacing the Tray2.
Tray2 No Paper
MiA02010GA
5) Confirm that the number in the lower section of the display

increases each time the Tray2 is removed and replaced.
6 – 96
Chapter 6 General

NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff.
1) Remove the COVER CHUTE.
NOTE: To remove the COVER CHUTE, remove the Optional Tray 2 from the
printer.
2) Remove the Tray 1.
4) Execute the Tray2 Path Sensor.
functions properly.
Tray2 Path Sensor
Actuator
MiA02011GA

8) Replace the Tray 1.
9) Replace the COVER CHUTE.
6 – 97
Chapter 6 General
- Motor Test
This function checks whether the DO components operate.
When the interlock is opened while the Motor Test is performed, each component ends to operate.
NOTE In this Test Mode, each DO component can be turned individually. Therefore it
allows the customer to check a component' s operation from outside, and judge
whether the component is normal or not.
When all the diag. functions are stopped, all the DO components can be turned off.
Motor Test can make each of the DO components operate simultaneously.
When a paper jam or PQ problem is occurred, or an error message or code is displayed, this test
enables to look for the broken or damaged parts.
Test result: NG (Go to each FIP or replace the parts.)
OK (Turn off/on the main power.)
- Executing Motor Test

4) The "Customer Mode", "Printer" and "FAX Scanner" are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.)
6) Press "" key to select "Engine Diag", and then press "OK" key.
7) Press "" key to select "Motor Test", and then press "OK" key.
8) Press "" or "" key to select test item.
9) Press "OK" key to execute the test.
NOTE To exit the test press the "STOP" key, and to return to one step higher menu.
6 – 98
Chapter 6 General
Parameters for the Motor Test are as follows.
LCD Component
Main Motor (FULL2)
Main Motor (FULL1) Main Motor
Main Motor (HALF)
Sub Motor (FULL2)
Sub Motor (FULL1) Sub Motor
Sub Motor (HALF)
K Mode SOLENOID(Auto OFF) K Mode SOLENOID
Tray1 Feed SOLENOID (Half)
Tray1 Feed SOLENOID
Tray1 Feed SOLENOID (Init)
Exit Motor (FULL1)
Exit Motor (FULL2)
Exit Motor
Exit Motor (FULL3)
Exit Motor (HALF)
Duplex Motor (FULL1)
Duplex Motor
Duplex Motor (HALF)
Tray2 Feeder Motor (FULL1)
Tray2 Feeder Motor
Tray2 Feeder Motor (HALF)
Fan (HIGH)
Fan Motor
Fan (LOW)
Yellow Toner Motor Yellow Toner Motor
Magenta Toner Motor Magenta Toner Motor
Cyan Toner Motor Cyan Toner Motor
Black Toner Motor Black Toner Motor
Regi Clutch Regi Clutch
Tray1 Feed SOLENOID (Auto) Tray1 Feed SOLENOID
Tray2 Feed SOLENOID (Auto) Tray2 Feed SOLENOID
Tray2 Turn Roll Tray2 Turn Roll
Duplex Clutch Duplex Clutch
Drum Erase Lamp K Drum Erase Lamp K
Drum Erase Lamp YMC Drum Erase Lamp YMC
6 – 99
Chapter 6 General
Fan Motor
[DO-1e/1f]
Black Toner Motor
Cyan Toner Motor
Magenta Toner Motor
Yellow Toner Motor
Drum Erase Lamp K

Sub Motor
Main Motor Drum Erase Lamp YMC
K Mode Solenoid
Regi Clutch
Tray 2 Feed Motor
Tray 2 Turn Clutch Tray 1 Feed Solenoid
Tray 2 Feed Solenoid

MiA02012GA
Duplex Clutch
Exit Motor
Duplex Motor
MiS02013GA
6 – 100
Chapter 6 General
- About Clutch
The electromagnetic clutch in the printer controls the rotation of the roller by transferring or cut-
ting the torque from the motor to the roller.
The electromagnetic clutch becomes an electromagnet by the passage of electric current through
the coil inside the case and attracts the armature and gear to the rotating rotor, thereby rotating
the gear.
Upon the loss of power to the coil, electromagnetic force is lost and the armature comes off the
rotor, and the gear comes to rest.
The clutch makes so soft noises that you must be close the component to audibly confirm the oper-
ation of the component.
OFF
Shaft
Case
Coil
Gear Rotor
Armature
ON
Leg_Sec02_050FA
6 – 101
Chapter 6 General
- About Solenoid
The solenoid in the printer opens/closes the shutter or controls the position of the gear for transfer-
ring the torque of the motor to the roller.
A solenoid becomes an electromagnet by the passage of electric current through the coil inside the
case and attracts the plunger.
Upon the loss of power to the coil, electromagnetic force is lost and the plunger is returned to its
original position by spring action, thereby allowing the shutter to operate or the gear to move to
the predefined position.
Unlike a clutch, a solenoid generates a loud operation noise.
Plunger
Magnetic coil
Leg_Sec02_051FA
- About Interlock
Cheat: Inter Lock Switch
MiA02014GA
6 – 102
Chapter 6 General
- Checking Motor, Clutch and Solenoid
NOTE Before executing the Motor Test, close all covers and doors.
Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
2) Open the Front Cover
3) Cheat the Safety Interlock System.
4) Execute the Main Motor (FULL2,FULL1 or HALF).
5) Check that the Drum rotates.
Main Motor (FULL2/FULL1/HALF)
Drum
Belt
MiA02015GA

7) Remove the cheater.
6 – 103
Chapter 6 General
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
2) Execute the Sub Motor (FULL2,FULL1 or HALF).
3) Check that the Exit Roll rotates.
Exit Roll
Sub Motor (FULL2/FULL1/HALF)
MiA02016GA

NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer.
Since the solenoid noise is so soft that it may be hard to recognize, the noise
check described below should be performed in as silent an environment as
possible.
2) Execute DO-a. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise
of the solenoid will be heard.
3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the solenoid.

1) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH.
2) Cheat the safety Interlock System.
K Mode SOLENOID (Auto OFF) 4) Execute the K Mode SOLENOID (Auto OFF).
5) Check the K Mode Solenoid movement.
K Mode Solenoid
Mnt02013KA

8) Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH.
6 – 104
Chapter 6 General
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
2) Open the Tray 1.
3) Execute the Tray1 Feed SOLENOID (Half or Init).
4) Check that the Feed Roll rotates.
Feed Roll
Tray1 Feed SOLENOID (Half/Initial

Position Rotation)
MiA02018GA

2) Execute the Exit Motor (FULL1,FULL2,FULL3 or HALF).
3) Check that the Exit Roll rotates.
Exit Roll
Exit Motor (FULL1/ FULL2/ FULL3

/HALF)
MiA02019GA
6 – 105
Chapter 6 General
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
2) Open the Front Cover and CHUTE DUP IN.
4) Execute the Duplex Motor (FULL1,FULL2,FULL3 or HALF).
5) Check that the Duplex Roller rotates.
CHUTE DUP IN
Duplex Motor (FULL1/ FULL2/

FULL3 /HALF)
Duplex Roll
MiA02020GA

8) Close the CHUTE DUP IN and Front Cover.
1) Remove the Tray 2.
2) Remove the COVER REAR OPT and COVER SIDE L OPT.
4) Execute the Tray2 Feeder Motor (FULL1,FULL2,FULL3 or
HALF).
5) Check that the Tray 2 Feed Motor rotates.
Tray2 Feeder Motor (FULL1/

FULL2/ FULL3 /HALF)
Tray 2 Feed Motor

MiA02021GA
6) Press the "STOP" key to stop the clutch.

7) Replace the COVER REAR OPT and COVER SIDE L OPT.
6 – 106
Chapter 6 General
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
2) Execute the Fan Motor (HIGH or LOW).
3) Check that the Fan rotates.
Fan Motor (HIGH/LOW)
MiA02022GA

NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff.
Described below is the check procedure common among the four toner motor.
Note the operation for the toner in the PHD ASSY spills if the motor is rotated
for a long time.
2) Open the Toner Access Cover and remove the toner cartridge.
3) Execute Yellow Toner Motor,Magenta Toner Motor,Cyan
Toner Motor or Black Toner Motor.
4) Check that the Gear rotates.
Yellow Toner Motor / Magenta Toner

Motor / Cyan Toner Motor / Black
Toner Motor
Gear
MiA02023GA

6) Replace the toner cartridge and close the Toner Access Cover.
6 – 107
Chapter 6 General
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
Combination test is as follows:
The Regi Roll rotates when the Main Motor and the Regi Clutch are executed.
4) Execute the Main Motor and the Regi Clutch.
5) Check that the Regi Roll rotates.
Regi Roll
Regi Clutch
MiA02024GA

7) Press the "" key to display Main Motor.
8) Press the "STOP" key to stop the motor.
6 – 108
Chapter 6 General
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
1) Remove the COVER SIDE L.
4) Execute the Tray1 Feed SOLENOID (Auto).
5) Check that the Feed Solenoid movement.
Tray1 Feed SOLENOID (Auto)
Cassette1 Feed Solenoid
Rio02018KA

8) Replace the COVER SIDE L.
1) Remove the COVER REAR OPT and COVER SIDE L OPT.
3) Execute the Tray2 Feed SOLENOID (Auto).
4) Check that the Feed Solenoid movement.
Tray2 Feed SOLENOID (Auto)
Tray 2 Feed Solenoid
MiA02026GA

6) Replace the COVER REAR OPT and COVER SIDE L OPT.
6 – 109
Chapter 6 General
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
Combination test is as follows:
Tray 2 turn roll rotates when the the Tray2 Feeder Motor and the the Tray2 Turn
Roll are executed.
1) Remove the COVER CHUTE.
3) Remove the Tray 1 and Tray 2.
4) Execute the Tray2 Feeder Motor or the Tray2 Turn Roll.
5) Check that the Turn Roll rotates.
Tray 2 Turn Roll
Tray2 Turn Roll
MiA02027GA

7) Press the "" key to display the Tray2 Feeder Motor.
9) Replace the COVER CHUTE, Tray 1 and Tray 2.
6 – 110
Chapter 6 General
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
Combination test is as follows.
The duplex gear rotates when the Exit Motor and the Duplex Clutch are
executed.
4) Execute the Exit Motor and the Duplex Clutch.
5) Check that the Gear rotates.
Duplex Clutch
MiA02028GA

7) Press the "" key to display the Exit Motor.
6 – 111
Chapter 6 General
Check procedure
(Diag. Code)
3) Remove the PHD ASSY.
5) Execute the Drum Erase Lamp K.
6) Check that the ERASE LAMP (Black) illuminates.
Drum Erase Lamp K Black Drum Erase Lamp
Rio02019KA

8) Replace the PHD ASSY.
3) Remove the PHD ASSY.
5) Execute the Drum Erase Lamp YMC.
6) Check that the ERASE LAMP (YMC) illuminates.
Drum Erase Lamp YMC

Cyan Drum Erase Lamp
Magenta Drum Erase Lamp
Yellow Drum Erase Lamp
Rio02020KA

8) Replace the PHD ASSY.
6 – 112
Chapter 6 General
- NVM Settings
Under the [NVM Setting] menu, do not use [Edit NVM] and [Initialize Slave], because these oper-
ations handle internal area.
Perform only the following menu operations.
-SaveNVM to ESS
Saves the internal data of PWBA MCU to PWBA ESS temporarily when PWBA MCU needs to be replaced
due to a trouble, etc.
-LoadNVM to ESS
Loads the internal data saved via [SaveNVM to ESS] to the new PWBA MCU.
-Initialize Slave
The slave initialization is executed.
6 – 113
Chapter 6 General
(3) Print Info
Prints out the detailed printer settings and configuration information.
- Executing Print Info

6) Press "" to select "Print Info", and then press "OK" key.
7) Press "" and "" key to select the item.
8) Press "OK" key twice to execute the setting.
NOTE To exit the print or to returning to one step higher menu, press "STOP" key.
- Info Page
The version of software of IOT and the printer configuration can be confirmed by executing this
test.
- Print Settings
The service tag, printing count value and error count value can be confirmed by executing this test.
(4) Installation Set

Specifies whether or not Alarm display of Toner residual quantity is performed.
- Executing Installation
6) Press "" to select "Installation", and then press "OK" key.
7) Press "" key to select the ON or OFF.
8) Press "OK" key to execute the setting.
NOTE To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu, press "STOP" key.
6 – 114
Chapter 6 General
- Installation
Menu Contents Setting value

Serial No. Serial number of the printer. Read only
On: Enable
Tone Correction Specifies whether or not tone correction is performed.
Off: Disable
Allows you to print the received print data in hexadecimal notation.
Used to analyze the received data in case of a printing error. On: Enable
HexDup
Setting Hex Dump to ON allows you to print the received data via Off: Disable
[Info Page] under [Print info].
Pixel Counter Pixel count values of colors Y/M/C/K. Read only
The use of "Configuration" is prohibited since it is a tool for design
Configuration -
development.
Displays the respective counter values in the master NVM and backup
NVM.
Full Color: Number of color print.
B/W: Number of the black and white print.
Print
Total: Total of Full Color, Color 1, Color 2 and B/W.
Service
Full Color Error: Number of error in color print.
B/W Error: Number of error in black and white print.
Full Color: Number of color copy.
Color 2: Number of mono color or 2 color copy.
B/W: Number of the black and white copy.
Copy Total: Total of Full Color, Color 2 and B/W.
Service Full Color Error: Number of error in color copy.
Color 2 Error: Number of error in mono color or 2 color
Print Counter copy. Read only
B/W Error: Number of error in black and white copy.
Color: Number of color fax reception.
B/W: Number of black and white fax reception.
FAX Total: Total of Color and B/W.
Service Color Error: Number of error in color fax reception.
B/W Error: Number of error in black and white fax
reception.
SMB/FTP: Number of transfer page in [Scan To SMB] and
[Scan To FTP].
Scan Email: Number of transfer page in [Scan To Email].
Servic SMB/FTP Error: Number of error in [Scan To SMB] and
[Scan To FTP].
Email Error: Number of error in [Scan To Email].
Copies the counter value in the master NVM of the ESS PWBA to the
CopyCounter MtoB -
backup NVM of the ESS PWBA.
Copies the counter value in the backup NVM of the ESS PWBA to
CopyCounter BtoM -
the master NVM of the ESS PWBA.
Clear All NVM Initializes all value of NVM. -
Clear JobHistory Initializes Job history. -
Initializes print volume (PV) or information of Print Auditron. When
Clear AuditronPV -
Print Auditron is enabled, initializes information of Print Auditron.
6 – 115
Chapter 6 General
(5) Test Print
Print an internal test pattern of the printer. If paper jam or paper empty occurs during the print,
the test waits until they are resolved.
- Executing test print

6) Press "" key to select "Test Print", and then press "OK" key.
NOTE To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu, press “STOP” key.
- No Image IOT
Prints the blanked paper.
- Pattern IOT
Prints the IOT built-in 600dpi pattern.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or
the PWBA ESS related.
Compare the sample chart with the print.
Check result: NG (Check the printing process.) OK (Check the PWBA ESS related.)
Kmy02001KA
6 – 116
Chapter 6 General
- Grid2
Prints the ESS built-in grid pattern.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as printer-related or oth-
erwise.
Check result: NG (Check the printing process and PWBA ESS-related.) OK (Check the network,
cable, PC and so on.)
Leg_Sec02_004FA
6 – 117
Chapter 6 General
- Cyan 20%
Outputs cyan 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the cyan toner or
another color.
Check result: NG (Check the cyan toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)
Leg_Sec02_005FA
- Magenta 20%
Outputs magenta 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the magenta toner or
another color.
Check result: NG (Check the magenta toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)
Leg_Sec02_006FA
6 – 118
Chapter 6 General
- Yellow 20%
Outputs yellow 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the yellow toner or
another color.
Check result: NG (Check the yellow toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)
Leg_Sec02_007FA
- Black 20%
Outputs black 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the black toner or
another color.
Check result: NG (Check the black toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)
Leg_Sec02_008FA
6 – 119
Chapter 6 General
- CMY 20%
Outputs C/M/Y 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the balance of three
color toners or otherwise.
Check result: NG (Check the yellow, magenta or cyan toner-related.) OK (Check black toner.)
Leg_Sec02_009FA
6 – 120
Chapter 6 General
- Gradation
Outputs the tone pattern from 2% to 100% on a A4 paper for each of 4 colors.
When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or
PWBA ESS-related.
Check result: NG (Check the printing process.) OK (Check the PWBA ESS-related.)
Leg_Sec02_010FA
6 – 121
Chapter 6 General
- Toner Pallet Check
Outputs each 100% density color pattern of Y/M/C/K.
When the PQ problem occurred in the picture or photo printing, this test enables to identify the
problem as the toner or another.
Check result: NG (Check the problem toner-related.) OK (Check the print job or print data.)
Mnt02100KA
6 – 122
Chapter 6 General
- Contamination Check
Allows you to check the print for any regular lines or toner spots when encountering PQ problems.
From the difference in the interval of regular lines or spots, you can determine the parts that have
caused the trouble.
Page 1 to 4: Prints the scale patterns in vertical and horizontal directions for evaluating regularity
and intervals.
Page 5: Prints the list of intervals by component fault.
Page 1 Page 2
13 13
Page 3 Page 4
13
13
Page 5
Zna02119KA
6 – 123
Chapter 6 General
(6) Parameter
This function reads/writes the following parameters stored in the printer.
Item Range Description

Slow Scan K to P
-128 to 127 Sets the registration in the paper feeding direction
Slow Scan 600 M,Y,C
Fast Scan K to M,Y or C -128 to 127
Fast Scan M-Feed ,Tray -30 to 30 Sets the registration in the scanning direction.
Fast Scan 2 K to M,Y or C -1 to 2
Life Counter - Reads the life counter and the printer.
NOTE Print the parameter list using the Print function of Parameter Menu in diagnosis
before changing the value of the registration.
Adjustable
Parameter Function Default
range
Slow Scan K to P
Black registration adjustment -- -128 to 127
(Shifts 0.17mm/1count)
Slow Scan 600 M,Y,C
Color registration adjustment (600 dpi) -- -128 to 127
Fast Scan K to M, Y or C Color registration adjustment Calculation of
-- -128 to 127
(Shifts 0.042mm/1count) adjustment is shown below.
(exp. Yellow)
Fast Scan 2 K to M, Y or C (Value of Fast Scan K to Y + Value of Fast Scan 2 -- -1 to 2
(Shifts 0.01mm/1count) K to Y )/4
Fast Scan M-Feed, Tray
Black registration adjustment at side 1 print -- -30 to 30
6 – 124
Chapter 6 General
NOTE The default values are different in each printer.
Shifts the print area in this direction Shifts the print area in this direction
by reducing the value. by increasing the value.
Fast Scan K to M, Y, C
Fast Scan 2 K to M, Y, C
Fast Scan M-Feed, Tray
Slow Scan K to P Default

Slow Scan 600 M, Y, C Value
Shifts the print area in this direction

by reducing the value.
Image Side
Shifts the print area in this direction

by increasing the value.
Default
Value Mnt02021GA
6 – 125
Chapter 6 General
Reference Counter Values
NOTE These counter values are reference only. Do not use as the official value.
Counter Name Value of life warning

Life Y Toner (Dispense time) -
Life M Toner (Dispense time) -
Life C Toner (Dispense time) -
Life K Toner (Dispense time) -
Life FUSING UNIT Sheet (Paper feeding count) 100000
Life Print (Paper feeding count) -
Life DTB Waste (Transfer Belt Waste Toner cleaning count) 200000
Life Y Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) 18000
Life M Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) 18000
Life C Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) 18000
Life K Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) 18000
Life IU Y Drum (Cycle count) 3000000
Life IU M Drum (Cycle count) 3000000
Life IU C Drum (Cycle count) 3000000
Life IU K Drum (Cycle count) 3000000
Life IU Drum Xero -
Life IU Drum Deve K -
Life Manual Feed -
Life Tray Feed -
Print -
- Print
This function prints the parameter values and life counter values stored in the IOT.
6 – 126
Chapter 6 General
(7) Exit Mode
Completes the diagnosis operation and reboot the data.
- Executing Exit Mode

6) Press "" to select "Complete Exit", and then press "OK" key.
7) Press "OK" key twice to execute the setting.
NOTE To exit the operation or to returning to one step higher menu, press "STOP" key.
- Complete Exit
Completes the diagnosis operation and reboot the data.
6 – 127
Chapter 6 General
Blank Page
6 – 128
Chapter 7 Wiring Data CONTENTS
7.1 Plug/Jack Location List.............................................................................................7 - 1

7.1.1 Plug/Jack Location List ................................................................................................................. 7 - 1
7.1.1.1 Printer ................................................................................................................................... 7 - 1
7.1.1.2 Option Duplex ...................................................................................................................... 7 - 3
7.1.1.3 Option Feeder ....................................................................................................................... 7 - 3
7.1.2 Plug/Jack Location........................................................................................................................ 7 - 4
7.1.2.1 Printer ................................................................................................................................... 7 - 4
7.1.2.2 OPTION Duplex .................................................................................................................... 7 - 8
7.1.2.3 OPTION Feeder.................................................................................................................... 7 - 9
7.2 Wire Nerwork (Undescribed) ..................................................................................7 - 10
7.3 BSD (Undescribed).................................................................................................7 - 11
7.4 Connection Wiring Diagram....................................................................................7 - 12
7.4.1 Symbols in the General Connection Wiring Diagram.................................................................. 7 - 12
7.4.2 General Wiring Diagram ............................................................................................................. 7 - 13
7.5 Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts................................................................7 - 14
7.5.1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts.................................................................... 7 - 14
7.5.2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts.................................................... 7 - 16
7.5.2.1 DC POWER SUPPLY ......................................................................................................... 7 - 18
7.5.2.2 FEEDER, SSF & REGI ....................................................................................................... 7 - 20
7.5.2.3 DRIVE ................................................................................................................................. 7 - 22
7.5.2.4 ROS .................................................................................................................................... 7 - 24
7.5.2.5 XEROGRAPHIC ................................................................................................................. 7 - 26
7.5.2.6 HIGH VOLTAGE ................................................................................................................. 7 - 28
7.5.2.7 DEVELOPER ...................................................................................................................... 7 - 30
7.5.2.8 FUSING UNIT ..................................................................................................................... 7 - 32
7.5.2.9 CONTROLLER ................................................................................................................... 7 - 34
7.5.2.10 SCANNER ASSY (ADF) ................................................................................................... 7 - 36
7.5.2.11 SCANNER ASSY (IIT) ...................................................................................................... 7 - 38
7.5.2.12 250 FEEDER .................................................................................................................... 7 - 40
7.5.2.13 DUPLEX............................................................................................................................ 7 - 42
7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

7.1.1 Plug/Jack Location List
7.1.1.1 Printer
P/J Coordiates Remarks
2 D-121 Connects PWB ASSY FRONT USB and HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB
10 I-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS MG AIO
11 I-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS VIDEO MG AIO
14 H-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO
15 H-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO
16 I-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HVPS AIO
17 H-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO
18 H-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT
19 H-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT
20 J-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO
21 J-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG AIO
22 J-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT MG AIO
24 J-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY KSOL MG AIO
26 J-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO
Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO (Optional
27 I-158
Duplex Only)
27 I-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY OPTION D-LESS MG AIO
29 I-158 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SIDE SW
31 H-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM
40 D-143 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY ESS PER MG AIO
40 I-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS RE
41 I-156 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS VIDEO
42 J-157 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO
44 D-143 Connects PWBA LVPS and INTERLOCK SWITCH AIO
47 B-143 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO
48 B-142 Connects PWBA LVPS and SWITCH ASSY INLET MG AIO
101 I-157 Not Connect (Debug only)
141 G-108 Connects LED ASSY ERASE and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO
144 F-152 Connects PWBA EEPROM and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO
161 F-153 Connects PWBA HVPS and HARNESS ASSY HVPS AIO
171 G-108 Connects FUSING UNIT and HARNESS ASSY FUSING UNIT MG AIO
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP Y) and HARNESS ASSY
181 D-152
TNR MOT
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP M) and HARNESS ASSY
182 D-152
TNR MOT
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP C) and HARNESS ASSY
191 D-151
TNR MOT
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP K) and HARNESS ASSY
192 D-150
TNR MOT
Connects FEEDER ASSY MG AIO (HUM Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY L
201 H-139
SIDE MG AIO MG AIO
202 E-123 Connects CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO and HARNESS A-OP-OPP
7-1

Connects DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor) and HARNESS ASSY MAIN
211 I-137
MOT MG AIO
Connects DRIVE ASSY SUB (Sub Motor) and HARNESS ASSY SUB
221 H-137
MOT MG AIO
Connects FEEDER ASSY MG AIO (Feed Solenoid) and HARNESS ASSY
231 D-126
L SIDE MG AIO
Connects FEEDER ASSY MG AIO (REGI Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY
232 F-126
L SIDE MG AIO
Connects FEEDER ASSY MG AIO (SSI No Paper Sensor) and HARNESS
233 G-126
ASSY L SIDE MG AIO
Connects FEEDER ASSY MG AIO (Tray No Paper Sensor) and
234 G-125
HARNESS ASSY L SIDE MG AIO
Connects DRIVE ASSY PH (Color Mode Switching solenoid) and
241 G-139
HARNESS ASSY KSOL MG AIO
Connects DRIVE ASSY PH (Color Mode Switching Sensor) and
261 H-138
HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG AIO
Connects CLUTCH ASSY DRV and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL MG
262 I-138
AIO
Connects FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD (HARNESS ASSY DUP STD
271 H-111
MG AIO) and HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO (Optional Duplex Only)
Connects HARNESS ASSY OPTION MG AIO and 250 OPTION FEEDER
273 H-140
MG AIO (HARNESS ASSY TRAY) (Optional Duplex Only)
Connects HARNESS ASSY OPTION D-LESS MG AIO and 250 OPTION
273 H-140
FEEDER MG AIO (HARNESS ASSY TRAY) (Optional Duplex Only)
Connects TRANSFER ASSY (Harness Assy CTD SNR2) and HARNESS
281 C-109
ASSY L SIDE MG AIO
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Side Cover Switch) and HARNESS ASSY
291 G-108
SIDE SW
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM Y) and HARNESS
311 G-110
ASSY TONER CRUM
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM M) and HARNESS
312 G-110
ASSY TONER CRUM
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM C) and HARNESS
313 G-109
ASSY TONER CRUM
Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM K) and HARNESS
314 G-109
ASSY TONER CRUM
403 G-137 Connects PWBA ESS AIO and HARNESS ASSY A-OP-ESS
411 D-123 Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS RE
412 E-124 Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS VIDEO
422 H-150 Connects PHD ASSY ( Eeprom PHD) and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO
501 D-143 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG AIO
503 D-143 Connects PWBA LVPS and FAN
801 F-139 Connects PWBA ESS AIO and PWBA FAX
802 G-136 Connects PWBA ESS AIO and HARNESS ASSY ESS PER MG AIO
1001 F-136 Connects PWBA ESS AIO and SCANNER ASSY (PCB CCD)
1002 G-136 Connects PWBA ESS AIO and SCANNER ASSY (Scanner Motor)
1003 G-136 Connects PWBA ESS AIO and SCANNER ASSY (ADF Assy)
1301 F-137 Connects PWBA ESS AIO and HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB
7-2

2001 G-136 Connects PWBA ESS AIO and HARNESS ASSY ESS MG AIO
2002 G-137 Connects PWBA ESS AIO and HARNESS ASSY ESS VIDEO MG AIO
2103 G-138 Not Connect
2401 F-136 Not Connect
2501 G-137 Not Connect
Connects ADC Sensor and HARNESS ASSY CTD SNR2 (TRANSFER
2811 D-108
ASSY)
5041 H-108 Not Connect (Used in production process only)
5301 D-126 Connects HARNESS A-OP-OPP and HARNESS ASSY A-OP-ESS
7.1.1.2 Option Duplex

Connects FEEDER ASSY DUP AIO STD (HARNESS ASSY DUP STD
271 K-172
MG AIO) and PRINTER
601 D-168 Connects PWBA DUP and HARNESS ASSY DUP STD MG AIO
602 C-168 Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY EXIT (Exit Motor)
603 D-168 Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY DUP (DUP Motor)
604 D-168 Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY EXIT (DUP Clutch)
605 D-169 Not Connect
7.1.1.3 Option Feeder

Connects 250 OPTION FEEDER MG AIO (HARNESS ASSY TRAY) and
273 C-184
PRINTER
419 D-179 Connects PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO and HARNESS ASSY TRAY
420 D-179 Connects PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
421 D-180 Connects PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
422 D-180 Connects PWB ASSY FEED MG AIO and HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT
4201 I-181 Connects Turn Clutch and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
4202 C-1186 Connects Paper Paht Senser and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
4211 G-180 Connects Feed Solenoid and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
4212 E-186 Connects Tray2 No PaperSenser and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP
Connects MOTOR ASSY SUB (OPT FDR Motor) and HARNESS ASSY
4221 E-179
TRAY MOT
7-3
7.1.2 Plug/Jack Location

7.1.2.1 Printer
A B C D E F G H I J K L
101
102
171
291
103
104
105
106
107
2811 5041
108 141
314
109
281 313
110
312
111 311
112
271
113
272
114
115
MiA04001GA
7-4
116
117
118
119
120
121 2
122
202
123
411
124
125 412
126
127
231
5301 233
128 234
232
129
130
MiA04002GA
7-5
131
1001
2401*
132
1003
1002
133
134
802
135 2001
2002
136
221
137
1301 211
403
138
2103* 2501*
139
262
140
261
201
141 273
241
801
142
48
40
503
143 47
44
502
144 504
501
: Not Connect
145
MiA04003GA
7-6
146
144
422
147
148
149
150 192
191
151
182
152
181
153
154
155
40 41 10
15
156 161 11
14
42
17
157
22
101*
21
31
24
158 19
26
18
23
29
159 28
16 27 20
: Not Connect
160
MiA04004GA
7-7
7.1.2.2 OPTION Duplex

!"

7-8
7.1.2.3 OPTION Feeder
176
177
419
420
4221
178
179
180
421
181 422
4211
182
4201
183 273
184
185
186
187
4202
188
4212
189
190
MiA04006KA
7-9
7.2 Wire Nerwork (Undescribed)
7 - 10
7.3 BSD (Undescribed)
7 - 11
7.4 Connection Wiring Diagram

7.4.1 Symbols in the General Connection Wiring Diagram
The symbols in the general connection wiring diagram are described below.
Symbol Description
Represents an interconnection between parts using wiring harness or wire.
Represents an interconnection which differs according to the specifications.
Represents an interconnection between parts using a conductive member

such as a plate spring.
Represents a connection between parts by tightening of a screw.
Indicates a frame ground.
Represents a connector. The connector No. is indicated inside the box.
Represents a connection terminal with a plate spring on the printed circuit

board. The connector (terminal) No. is indicated inside the box.
Represents a connector directly connected to the printed circuit board. The

connector No. is indicated inside the box.
The box containing a part name represents a part.

"PL X.Y.Z" indicates the item "Z" of the plate (PL) "X.Y" described in Chapter
5 "Parts List."
Represents a functional part within a part, and indicates the name of the
functional part.
Represents a section in "2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts," and

indicates its section No.
Represents a screw for fixing wiring harness and a conductive member such
as a plate spring.
Represents a conductive member such as a plate spring.
7 - 12
7.4.2 General Wiring Diagram
8 Fusing Unit PWBA LVPS HARN ASSY

PL8.2.1 P/J48 SW PWR
FUSING UNIT PL8.2.9
PL6.1.1 P/J171 P/J47
Used in production
PWBA MCU J5041 P/J504
process only.
PL8.2.13
SWITCH FAN
P/J17 P/J503
PL5.1.9 PL8.1.1
P/J29 P/J291
HARN ASSY
4 ROS ROS ASSY
INTERLOCK
PL4.1.1 P/J411 P/J40 P/J44
P/J15 P/J502 PL8.2.5
P/J412 P/J41
DC Power Supply 1
P/J14 P/J501
6 High Voltage PWBA HVPS
PL4.1.19
P161 P/J16
P/J40 Controller 9
LED ASSY
ERASE
PHD ASSY P/J401
P/J141 PL4.1.8
PL4.1.21 CONSOLE
PWBA ESS
ASSY PANEL
PL8.1.7
PL1.1.18
EEPROM PHD P/J10 P/J2001
P/J403 P/J5301 P/J202
P/J422 P/J42
P/J11 P/J2002
PWBA EEPROM
PL8.2.16
P/J144
SCANNER ASSY (ADF) 10
SENSOR HUM
PL8.2.7 P/J201 P/J20
ADF ASSY
PL10.1.3
TRANSFER ADC SENSOR P/J1003
ASSY
PL6.1.7 P/J2811 P/J281 P/J28
5 Xerographic
12 250 FEEDER SCANNER ASSY (IIT) 11

PWBA FEED H
PL12.2.1
PAPER PATH
SENSOR P/J1001 IIT ASSY
P/J4200 P/J420
PL12.4.13 SUB
P/J1002 PL10.1.11
CLUTCH ASSY DRV
PL12.2.6 P/J4201 P/J1301
P/J419 P/J273 P/J27-A
MOTOR
ASSY SUB P/J421 P/J422
PL12.2.16
Developer 7
SOLENOID FEED MOTOR ASSY DISP (Y)
MSI P/J18 P/J181
P/J4211 P/J421 PL5.1.3
PL12.2.15
CST2 NO PAPER
MOTOR ASSY DISP (M)
SENSOR P/J4212 P/J182
PL5.1.3
PL12.4.13
MOTOR ASSY DISP (C)

13 DUPLEX P/J19 P/J191
PL5.1.3
PWBA DUP
PL11.1.16
DRIVE ASSY EXIT MOTOR ASSY DISP (K)
PL11.2.2 P/J602 P/J192
PL5.1.3
DRIVE ASSY DUP

PL11.2.5 P/J603
CONNECTOR CRUM (K)
P/J31 P/J314
P/J601 P/J272 P/J271 P/J27-B PL5.1.14
CLUTCH DUP
PL11.2.2 P/J604
CONNECTOR CRUM (C)
P/J313
P/J610 PL5.1.14
CONNECTOR CRUM (M)

P/J312
PL5.1.14
2 Feeder, SSF & Regi

CONNECTOR CRUM (Y)
P/J311
SOLENOID FEED PL5.1.14
PL3.1.11 P/J231 P/J23
REGI SENSOR
PL3.2.13 P/J232
Drive 3
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
SSI NO PAPER P/J21 P/J211 PL7.1.2
SENSOR P/J233
PL3.2.13
DRIVE ASSY SUB
P/J22 P/J221 PL7.1.1
CST NO PAPER
SENSOR P/J234
PL3.2.13
CLUTCH ASSY COLOR MODE

P/J24
DRV P/J262 P/J26 SWITCHING SOLENOID
PL3.1.1 DRIVE ASSY PH
PL7.1.4
COLOR MODE
P/J261
SWITCHING SENSOR
MiA07001GB
7 - 13
7.5 Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts

7.5.1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts
The following describes the legend of the wiring diagrams between parts shown on the following pages.
Symbols Description
Denotes a plug.
Denotes a jack.
P/JXX
YY
Denotes Pin yy and Jack yy of the connector Pxx and Jxx.
PWBA HNB DRV Denotes the parts.

(PL X.Y.Z)
PL X.Y.Z implies the item "Z" of plate (PL) "X.Y" in Chapter 5.
Parts List.
Heater
Denotes functional parts attached with functional parts name.
Control
Denotes the control and its outline in PWB.
DEVE_A Denotes a connection between parts with harnesses or wires,

attached with signal name/contents.
Denotes the function, and logic value of the signal to operate the
REGI CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC function (Low: L, High: H).
The given voltage is for signal in high status.
The arrow indicates the direction of signal.
EXIT PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC Denotes the function, and logic value of the signal when the func-
tion operated (Low: L, High: H).
The given voltage is for signal in high status.
The arrow indicates the direction of signal.
7 - 14
Symbols Description
Denotes a connection between wires.
Denotes DC voltage when the interlock switch in HNB MCU WITH

I/L +24VDC
CPU turns on.
+5VDC
Denotes DC voltage.
+3.3VDC
SG Denotes signal ground.
AG Denotes analog ground.
RTN Denotes the return.
7 - 15
7.5.2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts

The interconnection wiring diagram is divided into 11 sections.
§ 1 to § 11 indicate details of the interconnections of parts.
§ 1 DC POWER SUPPLY
Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA MCU.
Connections of HARN ASSY SW PWR with PWBA LVPS.
Connections of HARN ASSY INTERLOCK with PWBA LVPS.
Connections of SWITCH with PWBA MCU.
§ 2 FEEDER, SSF & REGI

Connections of SOLENOID FEED with PWBA MCU.
Connections of REGI SENSOR with PWBA MCU.
Connections of SSI NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CST NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CLUTCH ASSY DRV with PWBA MCU.
§ 3 DRIVE
Connections of DRIVE ASSY PH with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DRIVE ASSY MAIN with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DRIVE ASSY SUB with PWBA MCU.
§ 4 ROS
Connections of ROS ASSY with PWBA MCU.
§ 5 XEROGRAPHIC
Connections of PWBA EEPROM with PWBA MCU.
Connections of PHD ASSY with PWBA MCU.
Connections of SENSOR HUM with PWBA MCU.
Connections of LED ASSY ERASE with PWBA MCU.
Connections of TRANSFER ASSY with PWBA MCU.
§ 6 HIGH VOLTAGE
Connections of PWBA HVPS with PWBA MCU.
§ 7 DEVELOPER
Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (Y) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (M) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (C) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (K) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (M) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (C) with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (K) with PWBA MCU.
§ 8 FUSING UNIT
Connections of FUSING UNIT with PWBA MCU.
Connections of FUSING UNIT with PWBA LVPS.
Connections of PWBA MCU with PWBA LVPS.
§ 9 CONTROLLER
Connections of PWBA ESS with PWBA MCU.
Connections of CONSOLE ASSY PANEL with PWBA ESS.
Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA ESS.
7 - 16
§ 10 SCANNER ASSY (ADF)
Connections of PWBA ESS AIO with ADF ASSY.
§ 11 SCANNER ASSY(IIT)
Connections of PWBA ESS AIO with IIT ASSY SUB.
Connections of PWBA ESS AIO with PWB ASSY FRONT USB.
§ 12 250 FEEDER
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with PWBA MCU.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with PATH SENSOR.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with SOLENOID FEED.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CST NO PAPER SENSOR.
Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with DRIVE ASSY OPTION.
§ 13 DUPLEX
Connections of PWBA DUP with PWBA MCU.
Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR ASSY DUP-UP.
Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR ASSY DUP-DN.
Connections of PWBA DUP with CLUTCH DUP.
7 - 17
7.5.2.1 DC POWER SUPPLY
PWBA LVPS PWBA MCU

PL8.2.12 PL8.3.6
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK
PL8.1.1
P/J44
1
POWER
CONTROL
I/L +24VDC
3
SWITCH P/J291 P/J29

R/H COVER OPEN
PL5.1.9 2 1
SG
1 2
HARN ASSY SIDE SW

PL5.1.27
HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN AIO
PL9.1.3 +5VDC
P/J501 P/J14
+5VDC +3.3VDC
1 14
SG
2 13
+3.3VDC
3 12
SG
4 11
HEAT 1
5 10
FSR ENB
6 9
LV TYPE
7 8
DEEP SLEEP
8 7
SG
9 6
24V OFF
10 5
FAN STOP
11 4
FAN LOW
12 3
FAN ALARM
13 2
I/L OPEN
14 1
HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN AIO INTERLOCK
PL9.1.3 +24VDC
P/J502 P/J15
I/L +24VDC
1 1
SG
2 2
FAN
P/J503 PL8.2.8
FAN +24VDC
1
FAN FAN ALARM
2
CONTROL SG
3
HARN ASSY INLET AIO

P/J48 PL8.2.9
1
LINE
2 4 3
NUT
3 2 1
FG
MiA07002KA
7 - 18
Signal line name Description

LV TYPE
Control signal of the LVPS
24V ON
FAN LOW
FAN STOP Drive control signal of the SIDE FAN
ALARM FAN
- LVPS overcurrent protection circuit

This circuit stops all outputs, if the power supply voltage 24VDC, 5VDC, or 3.3VDC is shorted.
- LVPS overvoltage protection circuit

This circuit stops all outputs, if the power supply voltage 24VDC, 5VDC, or 3.3VDC exceeds the
specified voltage respectively.
At this time, the operating point is 36VDC or less for 24VDC, 7VDC or less for 5VDC and 3.3VDC.
7 - 19
7.5.2.2 FEEDER, SSF & REGI
PWBA MCU
PL8.3.6 HARN ASSY L SIDE AIO
PL3.1.18
P/J23 P/J231
I/L +24VDC
1 2 1 SOLENOID FEED MSI
CST FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC PL3.1.11
2 1 2
+3.3VDC
P/J232
PULL UP +3.3VDC
3 3 REGI SENSOR
SG
4 2 PL3.2.13
REGI SENSED (L) +3.3VDC
5 1
+3.3VDC
P/J233
PULL UP +3.3VDC
6 3 SSI NO PAPER
SG
7 2 SENSOR
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H) +3.3VDC PL3.2.13
8 1
+3.3VDC
P/J234
PULL UP +3.3VDC
9 3 CST NO PAPER
SG
10 2 SENSOR
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC PL3.2.13
11 1
HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL AIO

INTERLOCK PL9.1.9
+24VDC P/J26 P/J262
I/L +24VDC 2 1
4 CLUTCH ASSY DRV
REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC PL3.1.1
5 1 2
MiA07003KA
7 - 20

CST FEED CL ON (L)
ON/OFF signal of the SOLENOID FEED
+24VDC
REGI SENSED (L)
Paper detect signal of the Regi part by the Sensor Photo (REGI SENSOR)
+3.3VDC
PAPER EMPTY SENSED Paper detect signal of the SSI by the Sensor Photo
(H) +3.3VDC (SSI NO PAPER SENSOR)
PAPER EMPTY SENSED Paper detect signal of the Paper Cassette by the Sensor Photo
(L) +3.3VDC (CST NO PAPER SENSOR)
REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV
7 - 21
7.5.2.3 DRIVE
PWBA MCU DRIVE ASSY PH

PL8.3.6 PL7.1.4
HARN ASSY KSOL AIO

INTERLOCK PL7.1.5
+24VDC
P/J24 P/J241
I/L +24VDC COLOR MODE
1 2 1
K MODE SOL ON (L) +24VDC SWITCHING
2 1 2 SOLENOID
+3.3VDC HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL AIO

PL9.1.9
P/J26 P/J261
PULL UP +3.3VDC
1 3
SG COLOR MODE
2 2
K MODE SENSED (L) +3.3VDC SWITCHING SENSOR
3 1
INTERLOCK
+24VDC HARN ASSY MAIN MOT AIO
PL9.1.7
P/J21 P/J211 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
SG PL7.1.2
1 9
I/L +24VDC
2 8
SG
3 7
I/L +24VDC
4 6
SG
5 5 M
MAIN MOT ON
6 4
MAIN MOT ALARM
7 3
MAIN MOT CLK
8 2
MAIN MOT LOW
9 1
INTERLOCK
+24VDC HARN ASSY SUB MOT AIO
PL9.1.8
P/J22 P/J221 DRIVE ASSY SUB
SG PL7.1.1
1 9
I/L +24VDC
2 8
SG
3 7
I/L +24VDC
4 6
SG
5 5 M
SUB MOTO ON
6 4
SUB MOT ALARM
7 3
SUB MOT CLK
8 2
SUB MOT LOW
9 1
MiA07004KA
7 - 22

K MODE SOL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID
K MODE SENSED (L) Color mode detect signal of the DRIVE ASSY PH by the Sensor
+3.3VDC Photo (COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR)
MAIN MOT ON
MAIN MOT ALARM
Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
MAIN MOT CLK
MAIN MOT LOW
SUB MOT ON
SUB MOT ALARM
Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY SUB
SUB MOT CLK
SUB MOT LOW
7 - 23
7.5.2.4 ROS
PWBA MCU ROS ASSY

PL8.3.6 PL4.1.1
HARN ASSY ROS RE

INTERLOCK PL4.1.22
+24VDC
P/J40 P/J411
ROS MOT ON CLK SCANNER
1 15 1 5
SG LOCK MOT
2 14 2 4
I/L +24VDC ROS MOT ON
3 13 3 3
ROS MOT CLK SG
4 12 4 2
SOS +24VDC
5 11 5 1
LD ERR
6 10
PCONT
7 9
SG
8 8
V REF K +5VDC
9 7 1 3
V REF C SOS PWBA SOS
10 6 2 2
V REF M SG
11 5 3 1
V REF Y
12 4
ENB
13 3
SG
14 2
+3.3V LD
15 1
from Xerography
HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO
PL4.1.23
P/J41 P/J412
SG
1 8
DATA K
2 7
SG
3 6
DATA C
4 5
SG
5 4
DATA M
6 3
SG
7 2
DATA Y
8 1
MiA07006KA
7 - 24

ROS MOT ON
Drive control signal of the ROS MOTOR
ROS MOT CLK
SOS Reference signal for scan start of LASER
V REF K
V REF C
Emission control signal of the laser diode
V REF M
V REF Y
LD ERR Error signal of the laser diode
PCONT Power control signal of the laser diode
DATA K
DATA C
Video signal of the laser diode
DATA M
DATA Y
7 - 25
7.5.2.5 XEROGRAPHIC
PWBA MCU
PL8.3.6 HARN ASSY PHD XPRO
PL9.1.11
P/J42 P/J144
+3.3VDC DATA
1 4 PWBA EEPROM
CLOCK PL8.3.4
2 3
+3.3VDC
3 2
SG
4 1
PHD ASSY
PL4.1.21
+3.3VDC
P/J422
5 +3.3VLD 6 EEPROM PHD
DATA
6 5
7 CLOCK 4
+3.3VDC
8 3
SG
9 2
+3.3VLD
10 1
to ROS
HARN ASSY HUM AIO
PL9.1.6
P/J20 P/J201
TEMP SNS
+5VDC 1 4 SENSOR HUM
SG PL8.1.10
2 3
HUM SNS
3 2
+5VDC
4 1

+3.3VDC PL9.1.3
P/J14 P/J141
15 +3.3VDC 3 LED ASSY ERASE
ERASE Y/M/C ON (L) +3.3VDC PL4.1.8
16 2
ERASE K ON (L) +3.3VDC
17 1
TRANSFER ASSY
HARN ASSY L SIDE AIO PL6.1.7
PL3.1.18
P/J28 P/J281 P/J2811
+5VDC
1 5 1 5
ADC SENSOR
2 4 2 4
LED REM
3 3 3 3 ADC SENSOR
ADC V MONI
4 2 4 2
SG
5 1 5 1
MiA07007KA
7 - 26

CLOCK
Control signal of the PWBA EEPROM
DATA
CLOCK
Control signal of the EEPROM PHD
DATA
Temperature data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM
TEMP SNS
(Analog value)
Humidity data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM
HUM SNS
(Analog value)
ERASE K ON (L) +3.3VDC
ON/OFF signal of the LED ASSY ERASE
ERASE Y/M/C ON (L) +3.3VDC
Toner patch density data measured by the ADC SENSOR
ADC SENSOR
(Analog value)
LED REM Remote signal of the LED of ADC SENSOR
ADC V MONI Control signal of the ADC SENSOR
7 - 27
7.5.2.6 HIGH VOLTAGE
PWBA MCU PWBA HVPS

PL8.3.6 PL4.1.19
HARN ASSY HVPS AIO

PL9.1.5
CF
P/J16 P/J161
TR MON
10 1
NC
9 2
+3.0V REF DB-K
HV DO
8 3
HV LD TR-K
7 4
HV CLK DB-C
6 5
+3.0V REF TR-C
5 6
SG DB-M
4 7
MAIN CLK TR-M
3 8
SG DB-Y
2 9
I/L +24V TR-Y
1 10
PHD ASSY
PL4.1.21
BCR
BTR
K Developer
C
BTR : Bias Transfer Roll
BCR : Bias Charge Roll
MiA07008KA
7 - 28

TR MON
HV DO
HV LD Control signal of the HVPS
HV CLK
MAIN CLK
7 - 29
7.5.2.7 DEVELOPER
PWBA MCU
PL8.3.6
INTERLOCK
+24VDC HARN ASSY TNR MOT
PL5.1.25
P/J18 P181 J181
Y DISPENSE MOT A DISPENSE MOTOR (Y)
1 5 1
Y DISPENSE MOT B PL5.1.3
2 4 2
I/L +24VDC
3 3 3 M
INTERLOCK Y DISPENSE MOT XA
4 2 4
+24VDC Y DISPENSE MOT XB
5 1 5
P182 J182
M DISPENSE MOT A DISPENSE MOTOR (M)
6 5 1
M DISPENSE MOT B PL5.1.3
7 4 2
I/L +24VDC
8 3 3 M
M DISPENSE MOT XA
9 2 4
M DISPENSE MOT XB
10 1 5
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
P/J19
N.C.
1 P191 J191
C DISPENSE MOT A DISPENSE MOTOR (C)
2 5 1
C DISPENSE MOT B PL5.1.3
3 4 2
I/L +24VDC
4 3 3 M
INTERLOCK C DISPENSE MOT XA
5 2 4
+24VDC C DISPENSE MOT XB
6 1 5
P192 J192
K DISPENSE MOT A DISPENSE MOTOR (K)
7 5 1
K DISPENSE MOT B PL5.1.3
8 4 2
I/L +24VDC
9 3 3 M
K DISPENSE MOT XA
10 2 4
K DISPENSE MOT XB
11 1 5
HARN ASSY TONER CRUM

P/J31 PL5.1.26 P/J311
+3.3VDC DATA Y IN
1 4
CLK Y OUT
2 3 CONNECTOR CRUM (Y)
+3.3VDC
3 2 PL5.1.14
SG
4 1
P/J312
DATA M IN
5 4
CLK M OUT
6 3 CONNECTOR CRUM (M)
+3.3VDC PL5.1.14
7 2
SG
8 1
P/J313
DATA C IN
9 4
CLK C OUT
10 3 CONNECTOR CRUM (C)
+3.3VDC PL5.1.14
11 2
SG
12 1
P/J314
DATA K IN
13 4
CLK K OUT
14 3 CONNECTOR CRUM (K)
+3.3VDC PL5.1.14
15 2
SG
16 1
MiA07009KA
7 - 30

Y DISPENSE MOT A
Y DISPENSE MOT B
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y)
Y DISPENSE MOT XA
Y DISPENSE MOT XB
M DISPENSE MOT A
M DISPENSE MOT B
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (M)
M DISPENSE MOT XA
M DISPENSE MOT XB
C DISPENSE MOT A
C DISPENSE MOT B
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (C)
C DISPENSE MOT XA
C DISPENSE MOT XB
K DISPENSE MOT A
K DISPENSE MOT B
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (K)
K DISPENSE MOT XA
K DISPENSE MOT XB
DATA Y IN
Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (Y)
CLK Y OUT
DATA M IN
Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (M)
CLK M OUT
DATA C IN
Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (C)
CLK C OUT
DATA K IN
Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (K)
CLK K OUT
7 - 31
7.5.2.8 FUSING UNIT
PWBA MCU FUSING UNIT

PL8.3.6 PL6.1.1
HARN ASSY FUSING UNIT AIO
P/J17 PL6.1.2 P/J171 P/J175
VC
8 1 8 1 3 NC SNS
VD
7 2 7 2 2
SG
6 3 6 3 1
P/J176
SG
5 4 5 1 2 STS
STS
4 5 4 2 1
+3.3VDC
P/J172 P/J173
FUSING UNIT EXIT SENSED (L) +3.3VDC 6 3
3 1 3 1
2 SG 7 2 2 2 2
PULL UP +3.3VDC
1 8 1 3 1 3
EXIT
SENSOR
PWBA LVPS
PL8.2.1 HARN ASSY
HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN AIO FUSING UNIT AIO
PL9.1.3 PL6.1.2
P/J171
LAMP
3 3 P1711 Heater
P/J14 P/J501 CONTROL P/J47
xHEAT1 N HEAT1 2 2 P1712
10 5 3
FUSING UNIT ON LINE 1 1 P1713
9 6 1
Thermostat
P/J504
1
2
J5041
SG
Used in production 1
process only. 24V
2
PL9.1.3
200V Spec.
P/J171
3
P/J47 N HEAT1
2
3
LINE 1
1
MiA07010KA
7 - 32

VC Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor for controlling
VD temperature (analog value)
Heat Roll surface temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor
STS
for detecting high temperature (analog value)
FUSING UNIT EXIT SENSED (L) Paper detect signal of the FUSING UNIT Exit by the Sensor
+3.3VDC Photo (EXIT SENSOR)
FUSING UNIT ON Lighting signal of FUSING UNIT Lamp
RELAY TEST LOW
Test signal of the LVPS (Used in production process only)
RELAY TEST HIGH
7 - 33
7.5.2.9 CONTROLLER
PWBA ESS AIO HARN ASSY ESS AIO PWBA MCU

PL8.1.2 PL9.1.1 PL8.3.6
P/J2001 P/J10
+3.3VDC TEST PRINT +3.3VDC
1 18
SG
2 17
+3.3VDC
3 16
DEEP SLEEP
4 15
SG
5 14
STS
6 13
CMD
7 12
CREADY
8 11
SREADY
9 10
SG
10 9
VSYNC K
11 8
VSYNC C
12 7
VSYNC M
13 6
VSYNC Y
14 5
SG
15 4
HSYNC
16 3
SG
17 2
NC
18 1
HARN ASSY ESS VIDEO AIO

P/J2002 PL9.1.2 P/J11
SG
1 8
DATA K
2 7
SG
3 6
DATA C
4 5
SG
5 4
DATA M
6 3
SG
7 2
DATA Y
8 1
PWBA LVPS
PL8.2.12
+5VDC HARN ASSY ESS POWER AIO
PL9.1.10 +5VDC
P/J802 P/J40
+3.3VDC +5VDC +3.3VDC
1 1
SG
2 2
+3.3VDC
3 3
SG
4 4
HARNESS A-OP-ESS HARNESS A-OP-OPP CONSOLE ASSY

PL9.1.12 PL1.2.27 PANEL AIO
P/J403 P/J5301 P/J202 PL1.2.3
SG
14 1 14 1
+5VDC UI-RESET +5VDC
13 2 13 2
LED
12 3 12 3
+3.3VDC
11 4 11 4
WKUPL
10 5 10 5
SG
9 6 9 6
RXD
8 7 8 7
TXD
7 8 7 8
SG
6 9 6 9
SPEAKER
5 10 5 10
SG
4 11 4 11
+5VDC
3 12 3 12
SG
2 13 2 13
SG
1 14 1 14
MiA07011KA
7 - 34

TEST PRINT Control signal for the TEST PRINT mode
STS Status signal transmitted fro the PWBA MCU to the PWBA ESS
Command signal transmitted from the PWBA ESS to the
CMD
PWBA MCU
CREADY Signal for indicating weather or not the printer is ready for
SREADY receiving command signal
VSYNC K
VSYNC C Signal for indicating registration position of each of images
VSYNC M Y, M, C and K
VSYNC Y
HSYNC Signal for data
DATA K
DATA C
Video data of four colors
DATA M
DATA Y
UI-RESET
LED
WKUPL
Control signal of the CONSOLE ASSY
RXD
TXD
SPEAKER
7 - 35
7.5.2.10 SCANNER ASSY (ADF)
PWBA ESS AIO ADF ASSY

PL8.1.2 PL10.1.3
HARN ASSY ADF CONNECTOR

PL10.1.2 PWBA
+24VDC
P/J1003 JADF1 JDFM1 ADF MOTOR
+24V DC /B
1 1 1
SOL_OUT B
2 2 2
xSCAN_A_ADF A M
3 3 3
SCAN_A_ADF /A
4 4 4
SCAN_B_ADF +3.3VDC
5 5 JCV1
+5VDC xSCAN_B_ADF
6 6 1 ADF
+5V DC
7 7 2 COVER
S_ENTRY_N SENSOR
8 8 3
S_FEED_N
9 9 JDES1
S_COVER_N
10 10 1 ADF
SG
11 11 2 DOCUMENT
S_FEED2_N SENSOR
12 12 3
S_COVER2_N
13 13 JDS1
SG 1
14 14 ADF
+3.3V
2 FEED
3 SENSOR
MiA07014KA
7 - 36

xSCAN_A_ADF
SCAN_A_ADF
Drive control signal of the ADF MOTOR
SCAN_B_ADF
xSCAN_B_ADF
S_ENTRY_N Document detect signal of the ADF by the Sensor Photo
S_FEED_N Document detect signal of the ADF by the Sensor Photo
S_COVER_N Cover open or close signal of the ADF by the Sensor Photo
7 - 37
7.5.2.11 SCANNER ASSY (IIT)
PWBA ESS AIO IIT ASSY SUB

PL8.1.2 PL10.1.11
PWBA CCD LAMP

INVERTER
P/J1001 CON2
+24V DC
1 1
NC
2 2
SG
3 3
LED_ON
4 4
A-SG
5 5
CCD_12V
6 6 CON1
AFE3.3V
7 7 1
HOME SENS
8 8 2
DRIVER_5V
9 9
SG
10 10
xAFE RST
11 11
SH_R
12 12
AFESDIO
13 13
AFESCLK
14 14
xAFE_SEN
15 15
RXIN0-
16 16 1 2
RXIN0+
17 17
SG
18 18
RXIN1-
19 19
RXIN1+
20 20
SG
21 21
RXIN2-
22 22
RXIN2+ LAMP
23 23
SG
24 24
RXINCLK-
25 25
RXINCLK+
26 26
SG
27 27
LVDSCLK+
28 28
LVDSCLK-
29 29
A-SG
30 30
SCANNER MOTOR
P/J1002
SCAN MOT /B
1
SCAN MOT B
2
SCAN MOT /A M
3
SCAN MOT A
4
HARNESS ASSY FRONT USB

PL10.1.13 PWB ASSY FRONT USB
PL11.1.15
P/J1301 P/J1 J2
+5V DC
1 5 1
SG
2 4 2
D+
3 3 3
D-
4 2 4
+5VDC
5 1 5
MiA07015KA
7 - 38

HOME SENS Home Sensor Signal
xAFE RST
SH_R
AFESDIO Control signal of the PWBA CCD
AFESCLK
xAFE_SEN
RXIN0-
Image data of the document by the CCD
RXIN0+
RXIN1-
RXIN1+
RXIN2-
RXIN2+
RXINCLK-
Video Clock of image data by the PWBA CCD
RXINCLK+
LVDSCLK+
Control signal of the PWBA CCD
LVDSCLK-
SCAN MOT /B
SCAN MOT B
Drive control signal of the Scanner Motor
SCAN MOT /A
SCAN MOT A
7 - 39
7.5.2.12 250 FEEDER
PWBA FEED H PWBA MCU

PL12.2.1 PL8.3.6
HARN ASSY TRAY HARN ASSY OPTION AIO
PL12.3.23 PL3.1.20
INTERLOCK INTERLOCK
P/J419 P/J273 P/J27
+24VDC SG +24VDC
1 10 1 A2
SG
2 9 2 A3
SG
3 8 3 A4
I/L +24VDC
4 7 4 A5
I/L +24VDC
5 6 5 A6
+3.3VDC SG +3.3VDC
6 5 6 A7
+3.3VDC
7 4 7 A8
TRY SNS
8 3 8 A9
Rxd
9 2 9 A10
Txd
10 1 10 A11
INTERLOCK HARN ASSY TRAY COMP

+24VDC PL12.2.20
P/J420 P/J4201
I/L +24VDC CLUTCH ASSY
1 2 1
TURN CL ON (L) +24VDC DRV
3 1 2
PL12.2.6
+3.3VDC
P/J4200
SG
4 3 1 3
PAPER FEED SENSED (L) +3.3VDC PAPER PATH
5 2 2 2 SENSOR
3.3V PL12.4.13
6 1 3 1
INTERLOCK HARN ASSY TRAY COMP

+24VDC PL12.2.20
P/J421 P/J4211
I/L +24VDC SOLENOID FEED
1 2 1
FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC MSI
2 1 2 PL12.2.15
+3.3VDC CST2 NO PAPER

SENSOR
P/J4212 PL12.4.13
PULL UP +3.3VDC
3 3 1 3
SG
4 2 2 2
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC
5 1 3 1
MOTOR ASSY
HARN ASSY TRAY MOT SUB
PL12.2.2 PL12.2.16
P/J422 P/J4221 *CN2
FEED MOT ON/OFF * The CN1 and CN2 are
1 6
FEED MOT ALARM printed on the board.
2 5
3 FEED MOT CLK 4
FEED MOT CHANGE M
4 3
INTERLOCK
+24VDC *CN1
SG
5 2
I/L +24VDC
6 1
MiA07012KA
7 - 40

TRY SNS
Rxd Control signal of the PWBA FEEDER
Txd
TURN CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the TURN CLUTCH
FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the FEED CLUTCH
PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) Paper detect signal of the Feeder by the Sensor Photo
+3.3VDC (NO PAPER SENSOR)
FEED MOT ON/OFF
FEED MOT ALARM
Drive control signal of the FEED MOTOR
FEED MOT CLK
FEED MOT CHANGE
7 - 41
7.5.2.13 DUPLEX
PWBA MCU
PWBA DUP PL8.3.6
PL11.1.16 HARNESS ASSY DUP HARN ASSY DUP RELAY HARN ASSY OPTION
PL11.1.14 PL1.2.13 PL3.1.20
P/J601 P/J272 P/J271 P/J27
+3.3VDC Txd +3.3VDC
10 1 10 1 10 B1
Rxd
9 2 9 2 9 B2
DUP-HOT
8 3 8 3 8 B3
+3.3VDC
INTERLOCK 7 4 7 4 7 B4 INTERLOCK
+24VDC SG +24VDC
6 5 6 5 6 B5
I/L +24VDC
5 6 5 6 5 B6
I/L +24VDC
4 7 4 7 4 B7
SG
3 8 3 8 3 B8
SG
2 9 2 9 2 B9
SG
1 10 1 10 1 B10
B11
DRIVE ASSY
EXIT
P/J602 PL11.2.2
DUP UP_A
4
DUP UP_XA
3
DUP UP_B M
2
DUP UP_XB
1
DRIVE ASSY
DUP
P/J603 PL11.2.5
DUP DOWN_A
5
DUP DOWN_XA
4
DUP DOWN_B M
3
DUP DOWN_XB
2
NC
1
INTERLOCK
+24VDC
P/J604
I/L +24VDC
1 CLUTCH DUP
DUP CL ON (L) +24VDC PL11.2.2
2
MiA07013KC
7 - 42

DUP-HOT
Txd Control signal of the PWBA DUP
Rxd
DUP UP_A
DUP UP_XA
Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR UP
DUP UP_B
DUP UP_XB
DUP DOWN_A
DUP DOWN_XA
Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR DOWN
DUP DOWN_B
DUP DOWN_XB
DUP CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the DUP CLUTCH
FAN +24VDC
Drive control signal of the DUP FAN
FAN ALARM
7 - 43
Blank Page
7 - 44
Chapter 9 Installation and Removal
Chapter 9 Installation and Removal CONTENTS
9.1 Installation of Printer..................................................................................................9 - 1

9.1.1 Check the Contents ....................................................................................................................... 9 - 1
9.1.2 Remove the packaging tapes and protective sheet ....................................................................... 9 - 2
9.1.3 Install the toner Cartridges............................................................................................................. 9 - 3
9.1.4 Install optional accessories ............................................................................................................ 9 - 4
9.1.5 Install the power cord..................................................................................................................... 9 - 4
9.1.6 Load paper in the tray .................................................................................................................... 9 - 5
9.1.7 Set the IP Address ......................................................................................................................... 9 - 6
9.1.8 Other Network Settings.................................................................................................................. 9 - 7
9.1.9 Connect a USB or Network Cable ................................................................................................. 9 - 8
9.1.10 Install Print Drivers....................................................................................................................... 9 - 9
9.2 Removal (Undescribed)..........................................................................................9 - 10
9.1 Installation of Printer

9.1.1 Check the Contents
NOTE - Prepare a USB cable (2 m recommended) or a network cable and paper.

- The printer does not support inkjet paper.
- Printer - Safety Guide

- PostScript Driver Library CD
- PS Driver Contract
- Driver CD Kit
- PS End User License Agreement
- DocuWorks CD
- Power cord
- Telephone cable
- This Guide
- Operator panel label
(Apply on the operator panel as necessary.)
Next step: "9.1.2 Remove the packaging tapes and protective sheet”.
9–1
9.1.2 Remove the packaging tapes and protective sheet

1) Remove the packaging tapes in three locations.
NOTE Do not remove the yellow ribbons in this step.
2) Open the ADF and remove the tapes in two locations.
3) Pull the tape to remove the protective sheet.
4) Next step: “9.1.3 Install the toner cartridges”.
9–2
9.1.3 Install the toner Cartridges

1) Open the Side Cover.
2) Pull out the ribbons.
8 ribbons
3) Close the Side Cover.
Next step: "9.1.4 Install optional accessories".
9–3
9.1.4 Install optional accessories

Refer to the installation guide provided with your accessory.
Next step: "9.1.5 Install the power cord".
9.1.5 Install the power cord

1) Connect the Power Cord
Next step: "9.1.6 Load paper in the tray".
9–4
9.1.6 Load paper in the tray
NOTE When setting up the printer, load A4 size paper or larger.
1) Pull the tray out of the printer.
2) Adjust the paper guides, and align the width guides against the edges of the paper.
3) After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the printer.
Next step : When connecting via a network, go to "9.1.7 Set the IP Address".
When connecting via a USB cable, go to "9.1.9 Connect a USB or Network
Cable".
9–5
9.1.7 Set the IP Address

This step explains how to set an IPv4 address on the operator panel. For information on how to set
an IPv6 address, refer to the User Guide included on the Driver CD Kit.
NOTE The IP address and gateway address used here are examples.
To get your IP address, talk to your network administrator.
System
Ready OK IPv4 OK Subnet Mask OK
C M Y K Get IP Address ...Panel 255.255.255.0
Restart System
System This Setting OK
OK IPv4 OK
Report/List Becomes Effective
IP Address
x2 after Restart
System OK IP Address OK
Admin Menu IPv4 OK

0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask...255.255.255.0
Admin Menu OK IP Address OK
Phone Book... IPv4 OK

192.0.0.0
x4 Gateway Address
Admin Menu IP Address OK

OK
Wired Network 192.168.001.100 Gateway Address OK
0.0.0.0
Restart System
Wired Network OK This Setting OK
Ethernet...Auto Gateway Address OK
Becomes Effective 129.0.0.0

after Restart
Wired Network OK
TCP/IP Gateway Address OK
192.168.001.254
Set the subnet mask and gateway address. Restart System

TCP/IP OK
OK
This Setting
IP Mode Dual Stack
Becomes Effective
after Restart
TCP/IP OK
IPv4 OK
IPv4 IP Address...192.168.001.100
Set up is complete. Turn the printer off

IPv4 OK
and on.
Get IP Address DHCP/AutoIP IPv4 OK
Subnet Mask
NOTE
Get IP Address OK - To verify the IP address, print a list of your setting.
Subnet Mask OK
DHCP / Auto IP Refer to the User Guide on how to print it.
x4 0.0.0.0
- To return to , press the System button.
Get IP Address OK
Panel Subnet Mask OK
255.0.0.0
Restart System
OK
This Setting
Becomes Effective
after Restart
Next step: "9.1.8 Other Network Settings".
9–6
9.1.8 Other Network Settings

For information on other network settings, refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) included
on the Driver CD Kit: Driver CD Kit top menu > [Documentation] tab > [CD-ROM Documentation
(HTML)]
Next step: "9.1.10 Install Print Drivers".
9–7
9.1.9 Connect a USB or Network Cable

1) USB connection
NOTE Do not select anything in New Hardware Found Wizard that appears when the
printer and your computer are connected via a USB cable.
2) Network connection
Next step: "9.1.10 Install Print Drivers".
9–8
9.1.10 Install Print Drivers

3) Set the Driver CD.
NOTE - Do not select anything in New Hardware Found Wizard that appears when the
printer and your computer are connected via a USB cable.
- If the above screen does not appear automatically, double-click eznavi.exe in the
SetupVideo folder included on the Driver CD Kit.
1) When connecting via TCP/IP

1. Click [Installing Driver and Software].
2. Follow the instructions displayed on the installer screen.
2) When connecting via USB

1. Click [Installing Driver and Software].
2. Select the [Documentation] tab.
3. Select [CD-ROM Documentation (HTML)].
4. Select [DocuPrint CM305 df] > [Driver Installation] > [Installing a Printer Connected via
the USB port], and follow the instructions.
NOTE For information on how to install PostScript driver on a Macintosh computer, see
the PostScript User Guide.
Setup is Complete!
9–9
9.2 Removal (Undescribed)
9 – 10
Chapter 10 Machine Overview CONTENTS
10.1 Telephone System.................................................................................................10 - 1

10.1.1 Converting and Sending Voice in the Form of Electrical Signals............................................... 10 - 1
10.1.2 Analog and Digital Signals ......................................................................................................... 10 - 3
10.2 Telephone Call Connection Mechanism................................................................10 - 6
10.2.1 Analog Telephone Network........................................................................................................ 10 - 6
10.2.2 Telephone Call Connection Mechanism .................................................................................... 10 - 7
10.4 FAX System (Overview) ......................................................................................10 - 11
10.5 Unit Mechanisms .................................................................................................10 - 13
10.6 FAX Standards (ITU-T Recommendations).........................................................10 - 16
10.7 Fault Isolation Procedure for FAX .......................................................................10 - 17
10.7.1 Fault Occurs............................................................................................................................. 10 - 17
10.7.2 Send Fault................................................................................................................................ 10 - 17
10.7.3 Receive Fault ........................................................................................................................... 10 - 18
10.8 Other Problems ...................................................................................................10 - 19
10.9 Functions of SCANNER ASSY............................................................................10 - 20
10.9.1 Document Scanning................................................................................................................. 10 - 20
10.9.2 Document Scanning at Platen (IIT).......................................................................................... 10 - 21
10.9.3 Document Scanning at Auto Document Feeder (ADF)............................................................ 10 - 22
10.10 Paper Path.........................................................................................................10 - 23
10.10.1 Paper Path of ADF................................................................................................................. 10 - 23
10.11 Functions of Major Functional Components ......................................................10 - 24
10.11.1 Image Input Terminal (IIT) ..................................................................................................... 10 - 24
10.11.2 Auto Document Feeder (ADF) ............................................................................................... 10 - 25
10.11.3 Electrical ................................................................................................................................ 10 - 28
10.11.3.1 Electrical ........................................................................................................................ 10 - 28
10.11.3.2 Data Flow....................................................................................................................... 10 - 32
10.12 Control ...............................................................................................................10 - 33
10.12.1 Document Scanning Steps .................................................................................................... 10 - 33
10.12.1.1 AOC (Auto Offset Control) ............................................................................................. 10 - 33
10.12.1.2 AGC (Auto Gain Control): White Level Variation Adjustment ........................................ 10 - 33
10.12.1.3 Shading Compensation.................................................................................................. 10 - 33
10.12.2 CCD Image Sensor Overview................................................................................................ 10 - 34
10.12.3 System Configuration............................................................................................................. 10 - 35
10.13 Drive Transmission Route of ADF Motor...........................................................10 - 36
10.13.1 ADF Motor.............................................................................................................................. 10 - 36
10.1 Telephone System

10.1.1 Converting and Sending Voice in the Form of Electrical Signals
The human voice is a sound wave; in other words, air vibrations. Conversation between two people
results when such vibrations travel through the air and reach each other's ears. A string telephone
transmits the air vibrations generated between two people along a string stretched tight, thus allowing
conversation over a distance. In this system, a paper cup at one end of the string receives the air
vibrations, which are then transmitted along the string. A paper cup at the other end of the string
transmits them back to the air, so that they again become again audible sound waves.
A telephone is a device that replaces the vibrations transmitted by string with electrical signals. The two
paper cups correspond to microphone and speaker and the string to the telephone line. Because
electrical signals travel over the telephone line at a high speed with minimal attenuation, the telephone
enables conversation over great distances.
Voice is changed into electrical signals using electromagnetic induction, a process by which electrical
signals are generated by vibrating a coil in a magnetic field. Both the microphone and speaker exploit
this process. The microphone transduces sound into electrical signals using electromagnetic induction
that occurs at a moving coil coupled to a diaphragm picking up air vibrations.
On the other hand, the speaker functions in the reverse manner, transducing electrical signals back to
air vibrations. Therefore, its construction is basically the same as that of a microphone. Electrical
signals passing through a coil in the magnetic field vibrate the coil, which in turn vibrate the air to
reproduce the voice.
10 – 1
String telephone
Hello Hello
Vibration
Telephone
Hello Hello
N Electrical current N
S S
Diaphragm Diaphragm
Microphone Speaker
Electromagnetic induction
b
Magnet (N polarity)
a
Magnet (S polarity)
a. The coil in the magnetic field is vibrated.
The magnetic field around the coil is altered.
b. An electric current (alternating current) is generated in the coil.
Gnb06021KA
These electrical signals are analog signals that fluctuate in response to the volume of the voice.
10 – 2
10.1.2 Analog and Digital Signals

An electrical signal generated by the telephone's microphone is an analog signal. The waveform of this
analog signal fluctuates responsive to the voice volume. When the voice is loud, the amplitude
(voltage) increases; when soft, the amplitude decreases. When the voice is high-pitched, the frequency
(number of vibrations) increases; when low-pitched, the frequency decreases.
A signal whose values change in a continuous manner with time like this is called an analog signal. In
contrast, a digital signal is a set of values that change with time in a discrete instead of continuous
manner. In other words, an analog signal is like a hill. A digital signal is like stairs.
A digital signal is a series of values obtained by sampling a continuous analog signal at a certain
required rate. For example, when sampling is by time, the rate is once a second, millisecond, etc.
Because the sampling reduces the amount of data along the time axis, the converted signal is
compressed and smaller in data size. Thus, once digitized, the signal information is thinned out
compared to the original analog signal.
Moreover, digital signal transmission is performed by dividing a continuously changing electrical signal
according to a certain rate of time, then converting each division to a value of 1 or 0, depending on
whether it is greater or less than a specified threshold value. Compared to an analog signal, a digital
signal offers precise data exchange because the only change that must be handled is that between 1
(high voltage) and 0 (low voltage) with respect to a standard value (the threshold value).
10 – 3
Analog signal
Voltage
Time
The signal is converted to 1 or 0 depending on

whether it is higher or lower than a threshold value.
In other words, the waveform is quantified.
Voltage
Higher = 1
Threshold value
Lower = 0
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 Time
Digital signal
Voltage
1
0
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 Time
Gnb06022KA
10 – 4
NOTE The difference between analog and digital signals can be easily understood by
comparing analog measuring instruments, such as clocks and scales with their
needles and gradations to digital gauges that display results as a value. An
analog instrument with a continuously moving needle, can, at least in theory, be
read beyond the decimal point to infinitely small divisions (12.47253... g,
35.1864... g, etc.). A digital instrument, however, can only display results to the
minimum necessary decimal place (12.5 g, 35.0 g, etc.).
NOTE Conversion of an analog signal to digital signal is called AD conversion. The

reverse is called DA conversion. Image data read by a FAX is a digital signal in
which 0s and 1s are assigned according to whether or not there is black in the
squares of a paper surface divided into a grid. FAX communications that use an
analog telephone network perform DA conversion before transmitting the
scanned image from the phone, and AD conversion before printing the received
data.
10 – 5
10.2 Telephone Call Connection Mechanism

10.2.1 Analog Telephone Network
To make a telephone call, the calling party and called party each must have a telephone set
(telephone). These telephones must be connected by a transmission route. The transmission route
includes switches located in central offices. The route itself comprises various components such as
metallic cable and optical cable. The entire transmission path between the two telephones is called an
analog telephone network.
An analog telephone network comprises the following four parts:
Analog Telephone Network Configuration
Telephone set Switch Switch Telephone set
Subscriber line Transmission route Subscriber line
Gnb06023KA
Switching Equipment Network
Tandem switch
Telephone set
Local switch
Local switch
Tandem switch Telephone set
Tandem switch
Local switch
Local switch
Telephone set
Telephone set
Gnb06024KA
10 – 6
10.2.2 Telephone Call Connection Mechanism

1) When the handset is lifted, the hook switch is activated and a transmission signal (400Hz/48VDC),
called a dial tone (DT), is sent from the local switch. The dial tone is audible at the handset
speaker, indicating that the calling party can start dialing.
2) Entering the telephone number by rotating the dial or pushing the buttons transmits the number to
the local switch.
NOTE There are two types of telephone line corresponding to the two ways of
transmitting the phone number. They are known as dial types. Most recent
telephones can automatically distinguish the dial type.
One type is "Pulse Dialing (PD)", also called "Dial Pulse (DP)". After the rotary
dial on a dial phone is rotated, the dial returns to its original position. While
returning, the electric current is interrupted (dividing the signal into pulses) the
number of times corresponding to the number dialed. The switch derives the
number from the number of pulses. When the pulse repetition rate is ten pulses
per second, it is referred to as 10PPS (Pulses Per Second), when twenty, 20PPS.
The other type is a method known as "Tone Dialing (TD)", formally called "Dual-
Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF)". Each button on a push-button phone is assigned
a unique pair of frequencies (the "tone"), from which the switch derives the
number.
10 – 7
Pulse Dialing & Tone Dialing
Pulse dialing
"3, 5, ...... "
3 5 .........
Switch
Tone dialing
"3, 5, 2, ...... "

3 5 2 .........
Switch
DTMF matrix
697Hz
770Hz
Low
frequency
852Hz
941Hz
1209Hz 1336Hz 1447Hz
High frequency
Gnb06025KA
3) The switch connects lines according to the transmitted number.
4) When a connection between local switches is established, the local switch of the called party
sends a ringing signal to the telephone of the called party. The telephone that receives the ringing
signal emits its ringtone. At the same time, the called party's local switch sends a ring back tone
(RBT) to the calling party's telephone to indicate that a connection to the called party has been
established.
10 – 8
5) When the called party's handset is lifted, activating the hook switch, the local switch on the called
party side receives a response signal and stops sending tones to the calling and called parties.
This is when a communications path is established between the both parties.
Connecting Out-of-Town Calls
a. Lift the handset

Local Tandem Tandem Local
Switch Switch Switch Switch
1) Dial tone
Calling party Called party
b. Dial the number

3) Lines are automatically connected.
Connection established
2) Phone number
c. Calling
4) Ringing
signal
4) Ring back tone
d. Line established
Hello
Hello
5) Response
signal
Communications Path is established.
Gnb06026KA
10 – 9
10.3 Terminology
Line Types
• PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network): Analog telephone network.
• If there is no switch on site, set the line type to PSTN.
• PBX (Private Branch Exchange): On-site switch that connects multiple analog telephones to a
single line to establish an in-house phone system.
• If there is a switch on site, set the line type to PBX.
Dial Types
• Tone (Push) Dial/Pulse Dial (10PPS)/Pulse Dial (20PPS): See 10.2.2 Telephone Call Connection
Mechanism
Other
• Branch Connection: To connect multiple telephones to a single line in parallel. Telephones and
FAXes may not function properly in this configuration.
10 – 10
10.4 FAX System (Overview)

A FAX (abbreviation of facsimile) is a device that sends and receives image data using either an analog
or a digital telephone line. The following describes the analog line system (For G3, see 10.6 FAX
Standards).
The three basic units of a FAX are the scanner (for reading the image), the control circuit, and the
printer.
The scanner splits the image into a fine grid, then reads the brightness (white/black) of each cell. This
operation is called scanning. The white/black information is converted to a digital signal: bright cells
become 1, dark cells 0.
The digital signal from a scanned image is subjected to DA conversion (modulation) by the control
circuit to enable transmission over an analog telephone line. After conversion, the data is sent as an
analog signal. The sound audible during transmission is image data that has become an analog signal,
that is, an audio signal.
The analog signal arriving over the telephone line is then subjected to AD conversion (demodulation)
by the control circuit of the receiving FAX machine, and restored to a digital signal.
The black/white information obtained from the AD conversion is sent to the printer, where black cells
are reproduced on the paper at the positions where they were on the original.
FAX System (Overview)
Image scanner Control circuit Control circuit Printer
DA Telephone line AD
Scanning Printing
conversion conversion
Original Printing
Digital signal Analog signal Digital signal
Gnb06027KA
10 – 11
Blank Page
10 – 12
10.5 Unit Mechanisms

Scanner
The scanner consists of a lamp (fluorescent lamp, etc.) that illuminates the original document with
uniform light and charged coupled device (CCD) that reads the light reflected from the image.
A CCD is a light-receiving element that produces an electrical signal in response to light. In the case
of a FAX, a number of CCDs (e.g. 2048) are arranged in a line.
The white areas of the original document reflect the light from the lamp. The black areas reflect no
light. The CCDs read the light reflected from the original, outputting sequentially to the control
circuit which areas are white and which black as binary data (1/0 digital data: 1 bit).
NOTE To scan the original, the CCD device must be shifted a distance of one line after
each line is scanned. When the original is scanned on the platen glass (as for a
flatbed scanner), the CCD unit is moved with respect to the original. In the case
of a FAX equipped with the ADF (Automatic Document Feeder), scanning via the
ADF is performed by moving the original with the CCD fixed at one position. This
is known as constant velocity transport (CVT).
NOTE During scanning, the finer the grid into which the original is divided, the greater
the scanning precision of the original image. For a G3 FAX (normal mode: G3
Normal), scanning is performed at the resolution of 8 divisions per millimeter
(200 dpi) in the horizontal direction and 3.85 divisions per millimeter in the
vertical direction. This means that the 200 dpi in-line CCD unit is shifted
approximately four times per millimeter in the vertical direction. For an A4
original, the data amounts to approximately two million pixels. In the high-quality
mode (G3 Fine), scanning resolution is 8 divisions per millimeter in the
horizontal direction and 7.7 divisions per millimeter in the vertical direction,
where the data amounts to approximately four million pixels. As resolution
increases, the amount of data also increases, lengthening the transmission time.
Control Circuit
The control circuit executes scanning of image data by controlling the image scanner. A line of
CCDs scans the original image one line at a time. When scanning of one horizontal line is
completed, the next line below is scanned. As this continues, the original is scanned from end to
end one line at a time and converted to digital data as black-and-white information.
Because this image data is a set of digital signals, it cannot be transmitted using an analog
telephone line. It must be subjected to DA conversion (modulation). On the other hand, the
receiving FAX machine must perform AD conversion to restore the incoming digital data to analog
data.
DA conversion, analog signal transmission, analog signal reception, and AD conversion are all
performed by a modem (modulator/demodulator) in the control circuit. A modem consists of a
network control unit (NCU) for connecting to the telephone line and an A/D conversion unit for
performing DA and AD conversions.
10 – 13
FAX System (Detail)

Scanner
Original Black becomes 0,

Original
Scanning white 1 creating ...
111111
100001
101111
Lamp CCD
Digital signal
Control circuit Image Digital data
Modem
DA
A/D conversion
conversion
unit
(modulation)
NCU
Sending FAX
Analog signal
Telephone line
Control circuit
Receiving FAX
Modem
NCU
AD
conversion A/D conversion
(demodulation) unit
Digital signal
Printer
Print
Printing
Gnb06028KA
10 – 14
NOTE After the telephone number is entered, the NCU automatically performs steps 1
and 2 of the line connection procedure described in 10.2.2 Telephone Call
Connection Mechanism.
If on the receiving end, step 6 is automatically performed to answer.
The following is the line connection procedure between two FAXes based on the steps 1 to 5 of 10.2.2
Telephone Call Connection Mechanism. At the receiving FAX, step 6 is also automatically performed.
1) When an AT command (a modem control command) is sent from the control circuit to the modem,
the hook switch is activated, and a state is obtained that is identical to that when the handset of a
telephone is lifted. A dial tone (400Hz/48VDC) is sent from the local switch. The modem's speaker
emits the dial tone as an audible sound.
2) After image scanning, the telephone number (a previously stored number, number entered by
pressing phone buttons, etc.) is automatically dialed and transmitted to the local switch.
3) Steps 3, 4, and 5 for establishing a connection via the switches are identical to those for telephone.
4) The receiving party's FAX automatically answers when it receives the call signal, and the hook
switch is activated. The local switch on the receiving party side receives a response signal and
stops sending tones to the sending and receiving parties, thereby establishing a communications
path between the both parties.
In the case of a telephone call, only voice conversion between the two parties follows. For FAX,
preparation for delivery of image data is required that includes the following types of exchanges:
The sending FAX indicates that the transmission is a FAX transmission.

The receiving FAX indicates that it is ready to receive and also its communications capacity.
The sending FAX then sends data in accordance with the receiving FAX's communications capacity.
Once mutual preparation is completed, image data sending and receiving is started. Image data is
modulated into an analog signal by the A/D converter at the sending FAX, then sent from its NCU.
Image data received by the NCU of the receiving FAX is demodulated into a digital signal by its A/D
converter and then sent to the control circuit. When image data reception is completed, the FAX
automatically disconnects the line (hook is OFF).
In summary, the NCU automatically executes a series of such operations from hook switch ON to hook
switch OFF.
NOTE The control circuit also retains other important functions such as data
compression and memory. With data compression, any part of the scanned
image data that consists of continuous white or black pixels is encoded into a
single element, thus compressing the volume of data.
Memory temporarily stores data during transmission and reception.
Printer
The printer prints image data from the control circuit onto the surface of paper. The principle is the
same as that of an ordinary printer in that black is applied to specified locations on the paper.
10 – 15
10.6 FAX Standards (ITU-T Recommendations)

International FAX standards (ITU-T recommendations) include G1 to G4. G1 to G3 use analog
telephone networks. G4 uses a digital telephone network (ISDN). G3 is the standard currently in
greatest use. FAXes conforming to Super G3, a recently added standard, are equipped with a fast
33.6kps modem and reduce transmission times to about half those of G3 FAXes.
Minimum Trans-
Maximum
mission Time for Maximum
Standard Year Issued Transmission Features
Single-Page A4 Resolution
Speed
Document
First standard.
- Analog transmission.
Group 1 (G1) 1968 Approx. 6 min. 100 x 100dpi
(Analog) No band compression tech-
nology
Analog transmission.
-
Group 2 (G2) 1976 Approx. 3 min. 100 x 100dpi Band compression technol-
(Analog)
ogy adopted.
Connection to analog line
using FAX modem.
Approx. 1 min
14.4kbps Image data in digital for-
(14.4kbps)
Group 3 (G3) 1980 600 x 600dpi (Super G3: mat.
Approx. 3 sec
33.6kbps) Data compression.
(33.6kbps)
Most common standard in
use.
Digital transmission.
64kbps Supported by various digi-
Group 4 (G4) 1988 Approx. 3 sec. 400 x 400dpi
(Using ISDN) tal transmission services.
Halftone supported.
10 – 16
10.7 Fault Isolation Procedure for FAX

Because a FAX is composed of multiple blocks, pinpointing a fault is problematic.
This section describes a simple fault isolation procedure that is based on the contents of 10.4. FAX
System (Overview).
10.7.1 Fault Occurs

First, try using the copy function. If the copy function's printing results are correct, the probability of a
fault in the FAX itself is low. The fault is likely in the telephone line or receiving FAX. If the fault is in the
telephone line, first retry sending. If there is no improvement, contact the telephone company. If the
copy function's printing results are incorrect, it can be determined if the fault is in the scanner or printer
by operating each unit separately via a computer.
10.7.2 Send Fault

1) Problem with printing quality at receiving FAX, such as corrupt image, lines in image, top/bottom
cut off.
a) If copy function is normal
Cause:Degraded telephone line connection caused by noise, etc.; or a fault in receiving FAX's
printer.
Corrective Action:
Determine whether fault is in telephone line or at receiving FAX by trying copy function at receiving
FAX.
NOTE If the telephone line condition is degraded, white horizontal lines, missing rows,
and/or cut-off top/bottom may occur.
NOTE Branch connections or incoming call (call waiting) may also cause image
corruption.
b) If copy function is faulty

Cause:Dirt or fault in scanner.
Corrective Action:
Clean platen glass or repair scanner. If the original is being sent from the ADF, try executing a
copy with the original placed on the platen glass. If this solves the problem, the fault is in the ADF.
2) Cannot dial
Cause:Incorrect connection. Incorrect setup of dial type and/or line type.
Corrective Action:
Correct the connection. Reset the dial type and/or line type to correct settings.
NOTE Branch connections or incoming call (call waiting) may also cause image
corruption.
10 – 17
10.7.3 Receive Fault

1) Problem with printing quality, such as corrupt image, lines in image, top/bottom cut off.
a)If copy function is normal
Cause:Degraded telephone line connection caused by noise, etc.; or a fault in sending FAX's
scanner.
Corrective Action:
Determine whether fault is in telephone line or at sending FAX by trying copy function at receiving
FAX.
NOTE Branch connections or an incoming call (call waiting) may also cause image
corruption.
b)If copy function is faulty

Cause:Dirt or fault in printer.
Corrective Action:
Clean all parts of printer or repair printer.
2) Does not emit response signal

Cause:Incorrect connection. Incorrect setup of dial type, line type, and/or reception mode.
Corrective Action:
Correct the connection. Reset the dial type, line type, and/or receive mode to correct settings.
NOTE If a call is made to the FAX from a telephone, and the FAX does not emit its
ringing sound, a telephone line fault is highly probable.
10 – 18
10.8 Other Problems

Branch Connection (Parallel Connection)
During FAX reception, if the handset of another telephone on a branch connection is lifted, the
received image may be corrupted or a transmission error may occur. Branch connection may also
interfere with caller identification, call waiting, the receiving operation of connected telephones.
Call Waiting
If a call comes in during FAX sending/reception, as with branch connections the image may be
corrupted.
DSL (Digital Subscriber Line)

DSL, a high-speed digital transmission method using existing telephone lines, has several types.
These include ADSL (Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line) with differing upstream and
downstream transmission speeds, SDSL (Symmetric Digital Subscriber Line) with symmetrical
upstream and downstream transmission speeds, and VDSL (Very high bit rate Digital Subscriber
Line) which features higher speed. However, because the line is used for both voice and data
transmission, various problems may occur, such as noise during spoken conversation, low sound
volume, and mis-dialing. Replacing the splitter may improve the situation.
Noise
If electronic equipment (television, computer, microwave, etc.) or devices equipped with motors are
located near a FAX, noise from them may degrade the line condition.
Also, a telephone line, acting as an antenna, may absorb electric waves generated from wireless or
broadcasting equipment.
Because FAX data is audio data, the line quality affects the quality/stability of image data as well as
that of conversation.
10 – 19
10.9 Functions of SCANNER ASSY

10.9.1 Document Scanning
The Carriage Assy consists of components such as the CCD image sensor for inputting image, the
exposure lamp for illuminating the original document, and the lens for projecting the original image to
the CCD Image Sensor by reducing the image to fit the sensor size. The long light path between the
document and the lens is folded by multiple mirrors so that it can be contained within a small space.
ADF
Carriage Assy
IIT
Document
Mirror 4 Mirror 3
Mirror 2 Exposure Lamp
Mirror 1
Mirror 5
CCD Image Sensor Lens Carriage Assy
MiA06001GA
10 – 20
10.9.2 Document Scanning at Platen (IIT)

By the torque from the Carriage Motor, the Carriage Assy in the IIT moves at the shifting speed
corresponding to the set magnification to illuminate the document by the exposure lamp and to capture
the reflected light by the CCD Image Sensor through the multiple mirrors and the lens.
Document ADF
Carriage Assy Carriage Assy
IIT
Document
Mirror 4 Mirror 3
Mirror 1
Mirror 5
MiA06002GA
10 – 21
10.9.3 Document Scanning at Auto Document Feeder (ADF)

By the torque from the ADF Motor, the document is fed through the Scanner Home (CVT: Constant
Velocity Transport) Position at the feeding speed corresponding to the set magnification. While passing
through this position, the document is illuminated by the exposure lamp in the Carriage Assy, and the
reflected light is captured by the CCD Image Sensor through the multiple mirrors and the lens.
CVT Position
ADF Document
IIT
Carriage Assy
Document
Mirror 4 Mirror 3
Mirror 1
Mirror 5
MiA06003GA
10 – 22
10.10 Paper Path

Refer to "DocuPrint CM 305 df" for Paper Path of Printer.
10.10.1 Paper Path of ADF

When the sheet feeding from the Document Feeder Tray of the ADF starts, the Nudger Roll and the
Feed Roll that rotate driven by the torque from the ADF Motor. The sheet is nipped between the Feed
Roll and the ADF Separator Pad while being fed into the ADF.
Inside the ADF, the sheet is fed by the Takeaway Roll that rotates by the torque from the ADF Motor to
the Scanner Home (CVT: Constant Velocity Transport) Position in the Carriage Assy, and is scanned.
After being scanned, the sheet is ejected to the Document Output Tray of the ADF by the Exit Roll that
rotates by the torque from the ADF Motor.
: Paper transfer
: Paper sensors
Feed Roll Nudger Roll
Takeaway Roll Exit Roll
Feed Sensor Document Sensor

ADF Separator Pad
Home Position (CVT Position)

MiA06004GA
10 – 23
10.11 Functions of Major Functional Components

The sections below describe the functions of main components of the scanner.
Refer to "DocuPrint CM305 df" for the function of Major Functional Component of Printer.
10.11.1 Image Input Terminal (IIT)

10.11.2 Auto Document Feeder (ADF)
10.11.1 Image Input Terminal (IIT)

- Carriage Motor (Scanner Motor)
A stepping motor that drives the Scanner ASSY.
- Scanner Home Position Sensor (CVT Position)

A part of the rear section of the Scanner ASSY frame functions as an actuator Scanner Home Position
Sensor, thus detecting the Regi position.
- Exposure Lamp (Cold cathode fluorescent lamp)

The lamp that exposes the document.
- CCD Image Sensor (PWBA CCD)

A CCD image sensor that converts optical images into electrical signals.
Exposure Lamp
Scanner Home Carriage Assy

Position Sensor
FB Motor MiA06201GA
10 – 24
10.11.2 Auto Document Feeder (ADF)

- Document Sensor
A sensor that detects the presence or absence of a document on the ADF Document Tray.
- Cover Open Sensor

A switch that detects whether or not the ADF Top Cover is open.
- Feed Sensor
The Feed Sensor is installed immediately downstream from the Feed Roll to detect completion of
document feed.
- ADF Motor
The ADF Motor rotates the Nudger Roll, Feed Roll, Takeaway Roll, Regi Roll, and Exit Roll.
-PWBA ADF (Connector PWBA)

A PWB that controls the sensors and motor in the ADF.
Feed Sensor ADF Motor
Cover Open Sensor
PWBA ADF
Document Sensor
MiA06006GA
10 – 25
- Document Stopper
The Document Stopper is to properly adjust the lead edge of documents when they are set on the ADF.
When the Roll Assy Feed is in its home position, the Document Stopper is kept from moving by a
stopper located in the side of the Roll Assy Feed.
By receiving drive power, the front portion of Roll Assy Feed lowers, and then its stopper releases the
Document Stopper.
The Document Stopper is pressed down by the lead edge of a paper to be fed.
After the paper is fed into the device, the Document Stopper returns to its original position by the spring
force.
Stopper
(ROLL ASSY FEED)
Paper
Document Stopper
Document Stopper
MiA06007GA
10 – 26
- Pinch Roll Assy
The Pinch Roll Assy is normally pressed against the direction of the Takeaway Roll by the spring
pressure.
Documents are fed through between the Pinch Rolls and the Takeaway Roll to the CVT Window by the
rotation of the Takeaway Roll.
If a jam occurs between the Pinch Roll Assy and the Takeaway Roll, it is hard to retrieve documents
due to the high spring pressure of Pinch Roll Assy.
In order to retrieve jammed documents, open the Cover Assy ADF to release the spring pressure, and
make enough clearance between the Pinch Rolls and the Takeaway Roll.
Close Cover Assy ADF Open Cover Assy ADF
Arm Arm
Takeaway Roll Takeaway Roll
Cover Assy ADF Pinch Roll Cover Assy ADF Pinch Roll
Spring Spring
Pinch Roll Assy

MiA06008GA
10 – 27
10.11.3 Electrical
10.11.3.1 Electrical
- FAN (PL8.2.8)
Dissipates heat out of the printer to prevent the printer from overheating.
- SWITCH (HARN ASSY INLET AIO: PL8.3.7)

The SWITCH turns ON/OFF the AC power supply of the printer.
- Low Voltage Power Supply (PWBA LVPS: PL8.2.12)

The LVPS is provided in two types, 120V and 240V.
Supplies AC power from the power source to the FUSING UNIT heater and generates and supplies
stable low voltage DC power used for the logic circuit, etc.
LVPS contains control circuit for the heater of the FUSING UNIT, in addition to the power circuit.
- Machine Control Unit (PWBA MCU: PL8.3.6)

Controls printing operation based on the communication with the print controller and information from
the sensor/switch.
Major functions are as follows:
- Communication with the ESS.
- Receive of information from the sensors or switches.
- Control of Motor in DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB.
- Distributing low voltage DC power output from LVPS to each component
- Control of ROS ASSY
- High Voltage Power Supply (PWBA HVPS: PL4.1.19)

Supplies high voltage to the following parts in the TRANSFER ASSY and Developer to perform
charging, development, and primary transfer.
- BCR
- BTR
- Developer
- PWBA EEPROM (PL8.3.4)

Information unique to the printer is stored.
- Electronic Sub System (PWBA ESS AIO: PL8.1.2)

The ESS connected to the MCU controls the entire system (Diagnostic, Interface and Image
processing).
- HUMIDITY SENSOR (SENSOR HUM: PL8.1.10)

HUMIDITY SENSOR reads the temperature/humidity within the printer and converts the values to
voltage values.
- OPERATOR PANEL (CONSOLE ASSY PANEL AIO: PL1.2.3)

OPERATOR PANEL displays the state of the printer using LED.
10 – 28
- INTERLOCK SWITCH (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK AIO: PL8.1.1)
INTERLOCK SWITCH is a switch that cuts the +24VDC power supply to the HVPS or Motor, etc. upon
the opening of the Front Cover.
- WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (WIRELESS ADAPTER: PL8.1.11)

An adapter for enabling the network connectivity of the printer by wireless.
- SIDE COVER SWITCH (SWITCH: PL5.1.9)

SIDE COVER SW is a switch that detects the right side cover open.
- PWB ASSY FRONT USB (PL10.1.15)

A PWB for controlling the USB interface.
- PWBA FAX (PL8.1.5)

A PWB for controlling the FAX interface.
10 – 29
PWB ASSY FRONT USB
OPERATOR PANEL
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
SIDE COVER
SWITCH
SWITCH
MEMORY CARD
Electronic Sub System
WIRELESS ADAPTER
PWBA FAX
MiA06009GA
10 – 30
Machine
ControlL Unit
FAN
PWBA EEPROM
High Voltage
Power Supply
HUMIDITY SENSOR
Low Voltage Power Supply

MiA06010GA
10 – 31
10.11.3.2 Data Flow
The image data from the document set on the IIT or ADF goes through the following components
before it is printed at the Engine section.
Refer to "DocuPrint CM305 df" for Data Flow of Printer.

! ""#
10 – 32
10.12 Control
Refer to "DocuPrint CM305 df" for Control of Printer.
10.12.1 Document Scanning Steps
A CCD Image Sensor is used to read image data from the document. To ensure stabilized image
reading, the CCD Image Sensor output is adjusted. Adjustment includes Automatic Gain Control (AGC)
and Automatic Offset Control (AOC).
Reference data for adjustment is collected and used to perform compensation on the read image data.
Compensation includes shading compensation, white variation compensation, and black variation
compensation. These adjustment and compensation steps are described below.
Reference data is obtained by reading image data from a white reference plate via the CCD image
sensor.
10.12.1.1 AOC (Auto Offset Control)

AOC is performed by turning off the Exposure Lamp after AGC. This state is read by the CCD Image
Sensor as the black reference value, which is used to adjust CCD Image Sensor output. (The order of
AGC and AOC adjustment depends on the model.)
10.12.1.2 AGC (Auto Gain Control): White Level Variation Adjustment

During AGC, the Scanner ASSY is moved to the position of the white reference plate, and the Exposure
Lamp is illuminated. The light reflected from the white reference plate is read by the CCD Image Sensor
as the white reference value, which is used to adjust CCD Image Sensor output.
10.12.1.3 Shading Compensation

Shading compensation compensates for pixel-by-pixel sensitivity variations and the nonuniformity of
lamp light in the fast scanning direction. The AGC and AOC adjustment values are used to compensate
for the image data read by the CCD Image Sensor.
10 – 33
10.12.2 CCD Image Sensor Overview

The CCD Image Sensor is a four-color image sensor with three lines for the respective colors R (red), G
(green), B (blue), and one line for B/W (black and white).
10 – 34
10.12.3 System Configuration

The PWBA ESS AIO controls the FAX, Scanner, and ADF. FAX and copy operations are performed
according to data entered at the operation panel.
The following figure shows the system configuration.

!

"" "
)

"" !
$ %

& " '

"

# !
" *
"(
+,+-.'
10 – 35
10.13 Drive Transmission Route of ADF Motor

Refer to "DocuPrint CM305 df" for Drive Transmission Route of Printer.
10.13.1 ADF Motor

Rotation power of the ADF Motor is transmitted through the route below.
[ ADF PAPER FEED DRIVE ]

[ Name of moving parts ]
ADF Motor
GEAR MIDDLE 32T
GEAR DRIVE 40/56T
GEAR DRIVE 39/55T GEAR MIDDLE 32T GEAR 21/37T
GEAR 41T GEAR 20/39T GEAR 44T
[ Exit Roll ] GEAR 51T [ Takeaway Roll ]
Spring Clutch
[ Feed Roll ]
GEAR PICKUP 32T
[ Nudger Roll ]
ROLL ASSY FED

MiA06013KA
10 – 36

[ Name of moving parts ]
( )
[ Feed Roll ]
!" #$%&'
[ Nudger Roll ]

#+

[ Exit Roll ]

*

[ Takeaway Roll ]

10 – 37
PUBLICATION COMMENT SHEET
Use this feedback sheet to make us aware of the strengths and weaknesses of the material you
have received. Please comment on adequacy, quality, usability, format, parts of manual not
used, etc. Specific errors or deficiencies should be referenced by page and/or page number.
Mail to your Technical Support Department and they will pass to us.
(Customer Engineer→OpCo Technical Support Department→FX/TS/OSG)
Use black pencil or ink:
Name: Date: Publication No. :
Job Title : Employee No. : Title of Publication :
Opco (ountry) : Mailing Address

Date and Revision of Publication :
Page No. - Figure No. Description of Error or Deficiency (please be specific).
Please check if answer is requested. No Yes
If yes, be sure to fill in Name, Job Title, Employee No., OpCo name and Mailing Address
FIRST FOLD
Place
Postage
Stamp
Here
FUJI XEROX Co., Ltd.

Attn: TS/OSG
MinatoMirai Center Bldg. 6F
3-6-1 Minatomirai, Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi,
Kanagawa, Japan 220-0012
SECOND FOLD
CLEAR TAPE Before sealing, please be sure that all information is completed on reverse side. CLEAR TAPE

Docuprint cm305 DF SERVICE M

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Docuprint cm305 DF SERVICE M

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Docuprint cm305 DF SERVICE M

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DocuPrint CM305 df

Service Manual 1st Edition

Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CS/TS

[XEROX] [The Document Company] are registered trademarks.

Full Name Employee No.

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting

Chapter 4 Disassembly / Assembly and Adjustments

Chapter 5 Parts List

Chapter 7 Wiring Data

Chapter 8 Accessories (Not yet issued)

Chapter 10 Machine Overview

1 Getting to know the Service Manual .............................................................. Preface-1

1. Getting to know the Service Manual

• Publication Comment Sheet

2. How to use the Service Manual

2.1 Contents of Manual

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting

Chapter 4 Disassembly / Assembly and Adjustments

Chapter 5 Parts List

Chapter 7 Wiring Data

Chapter 10 Machine Overview

2.2 Information on Updating

3. Terms and Symbols

WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious

CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property

NOTE Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation.

REFERENCE Used to describe the technical terminology and supplementary explanations.

OBJECTIVE Used to explain purpose of adjustment.

Safety Critical Components (SCC)

Important Information Stored Component (ISC)

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure CONTENTS

1.1 Before Starting the Servicing ....................................................................................1-1

1.1 Before Starting the Servicing

5. Installing and removing the parts

8. Cleaning the Toner and Developer

11. Other Safety Precautions

1.1.2 Notes on the Handling of Customer Information

2. Handling PWB and HDD storing customer information

3. Rewritten-in-maintenance NVMs involving security concerns

5. Other notes on the handling of customer information

1.1.3 Other Things to Note

4. Handling of parts/consumables replaced

DocuPrint CM305 df weighs 29.6kg.

1.2 Servicing Call Procedure

1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition.

1.3 Detailed Contents of the Service Call

1.3.1 TRIM Servicing Procedure

2. Clean the interior of the machine

5. Check the overall operation after servicing as follows:

1.3.2 TRIM Check List

CAUTION Do not touch the Drum/Toner Cartridges with hand.

1.4 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts

Product Name Country Product Code Expected yield

Periodic Replacement Parts

Product Name Product Code Note

Fusing Unit-110V *1 EL300823 50kPV or 5 years